=
M1. Vif, ( AC. é 4 Lyin
DECEMBER ° 19 43
Ka
r fh
-
tienen —
WHY THE PC BOAT CHANGED ITS COURSE
HE lookout on the PC boat stared
again at the twinkling midnight sky.
“Must have been a falling star,” he
said half-aloud.
But, as he watched, a far-away point
of light—red this time—rose above the
horizon, lingered briefly . . . and dis-
appeared.
The lookout clutched his telephone.
“Bow lookout to bridge: Distress signal
3 points off the port bow, sir.”
Seconds later, the PC boat swerved
sharply and churned to the rescue.
The light which this sailor spotted is
called a Very signal. Twelve signal car-
tridges — red — green — white — together
with a hand projector are packed in a
six-inch, air-tight can—a Canco con-
tainer which has frequently meant rescue
to the crews of foundering ships... a
chance to fight again on the high seas.
To cans for Very Signals, add...
... complete torpedoes ...fuse containers
... demolition kits ... hand grenades...
containers for blood-plasma transfusion
kits... first-aid kits ... emergency field
rations ...and a host of other vital war
products—all made by Canco.
In addition, Canco machine shops are
devoting the greater part of their time
to the production of specified basic ma-
chine tools for other war needs.
At the same time, the amount of
food packed for the Army and Navy and
the home front shows no signs of slacken-
ing. Indeed, last year more food was
packed in cans than ever before.
These are some reasons why it was
necessary to drop certain can sizes and
why metal containers are no longer avail-
able for numerous consumer products.
Please understand, however, that this
company is doing everything possible to
“stretch” its metal supplies and to de-
velop
substitute containers
wherever possible.
AMERICAN CAN COMPANY
230 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 17, N.Y.
oN e)
CONTRIBUTE YOUR BLOOD
TO THE RED CROSS
suitable
As you read this advertisement—stop
and think—your blood could save the
life of a wounded American soldier! If
you live in or near one of the 33 cities
in which blood-donor centers are lo-
cated, call and make an appointment.
ucts. |
this
le to
»de- |
ners
i
NY
N.Y. |
P
— |
D
HRISTMAS! Reflect upo
faeeich every man has many—not upon your past misfo
ome. Fill your glass again, with a merry face and co
, but your Christmas shall be merry, and your New Year a
A not. hope to say it better. Phoenix Metal Cap Co., Chicago and B
DECEMBER * 1943
CHARLES A. BRESKIN, Publisher
CHRISTOPHER W. BROWNE, Editor-In-Chief
LLOYD STOUFFER, Editor
PEARL HAGENS, Managing Editor
CHARLES A. SOUTHWICK, JR., Technical Editor
R. L. VAN BOSKIRK, Washington Editor
JOSEPH BOLOGNA, Art Director
FLORENCE GETTER, Editorial Assistant
SARAN
Last July MopERN PACKAGING
presented a preliminary article on
Saran film, telling something of the
properties and war uses of this im-
portant new material. In this issue
appears the first complete labora-
tory report, with charts, tables and
summaries of the recognized testing
methods telling exactly what may
be expected of Saran in postwar
packaging. The article, by two of
the scientists who have been most
closely associated with Saran’s de-
velopment, starts on page 95.
This month’s cover
Hundreds of volunteers like those
in the photo, most of whom have
sons and husbands in_ service,
packed 55,000 Christmas packages
for men overseas at the Central
Red Cross Chapter of Queens,
Jamaica, L.I. Cartons holding 72
packages were lined with water-
proof paper and roped for shipment.
Job was completed in eight days,
half the time allotted. The Ameri-
can Red Cross sees to it that every
serviceman overseas receives a
package on Christmas day.
Member of Audit Bureau of Circulations
ALAN 5S. COLE
General Manager
P. H. BACKSTROM M. A. OLSEN
DANIEL M. BROADS Production
F. L. POSNER Circulation
WALTER S. ROSS Promotion
J. M. CONNORS
221 N. La Salle St, Chicago /, Ill.
R. C. BEGGS
815 Superior Ave. Cleveland 14, Ohio
L. B. CHAPPELL
427 West 5th St. Los Angeles 13, Calif.
EXECUTIVE and EDITORIAL OFFICES:
) 2 ._ =
ode “chuyiny
VOLUME 17 DECEMBER 1943
Special
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACKAGING INSTITUTE
1943 Conference—‘‘Meeting wartime restrictions”’
General
FROZEN VICTORY GARDENS
Home packaging for the freezer-locker
NAVY STANDARDS FOR PALLETIZED UNIT LOADS...
War lessons in time, space and labor saving
SHELF POSITION TESTS TO AID CANDY-BAR SALES...
A study in eye-catching display
DESIGN HISTORIES
PACKAGED VERSUS BULK HANDLING COSTS
A preview of Wharton School study
TWO NEW PAPER CLOSURES
Conservation caps keep coffee fresh
PEPSI-COLA FOUNTAIN SYRUP
5,000,000 crowns a month saved
SEEDS AT WAR
Packaging does a big Lend-Lease job
PACKAGING PAGEANT
MUST AMERICAN LABELS BE BLACKED OUT?........
Camouflage plan may preserve brand identity
NEW TECHNIQUE FOR READABILITY OF DRUG LABELS
Lederle redesigns packages for 70 products
DISPLAY GALLERY
AN ENGINEER SPEAKS FOR THE FUTURE
Suggesting needs in packaging machinery
CAMOUFLAGE TO BALK SNIPERS
First-aid kits dressed in khaki
Technical
Laboratory study points answer for Army
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Departments
WASHINGTON REVIEW 138
U. S. PATENT DIGEST 142
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 144
PLANTS AND PEOPLE 146
FOR YOUR INFORMATION.............0..0.0.0cce cece eee 148
122 E, 42nd St., New York 17, N. Y. WASHINGTON OFFICE: 625 Colorado Bldg., 14th & G. Sts., D.C. 6
Published the 5th of each month by Breskin Publishing Corporation. Publication office: Twentieth and Northampton Sts., Easton, Pa. Sponsors of the All-
America Package Competition.
Canadian, $9.00; foreign, $10.00.
Subscription $5.00 per year in United States; Canadian, $5.50; foreign, $6.00. Two-year subscription: United States, $8.00;
All foreign subscriptions payable in United States currency or equivalent in foreign currency computed in current exchange.
Price this issue, 50¢ per copy. Copyright 1943 by Breskin Publishing Corporation. All rights reserved including the right to reproduce this book or portion
thereof in any form. Printed in U.S. A.
Acceptance under the Act of June 5, 1934, at Easton, Pa. Authorized October 7, 1936.
All-
00;
ge.
ion
....f0r bag users
There’s new reason for interest in bags
of Alcoa Aluminum Foil
First, let’s be realistic. Aluminum foil
bags can never be as cheap as paper
bags. No, not even nearly as cheap.
However, the war-born abundance
of aluminum can’t help but have an
effect on the price of foil bags, postwar.
That price should be more interesting
than any you’ve ever had in the past.
There’s another reason for re-
examining foil bags for packing your
product . . . new construction and
sealing techniques. Plastic coatings
and membranes teamed up with
aluminum foil will make bags stronger.
Thermoplastic sealing agents will
make all seams tighter.
MA¢KLCOA ALUMINUM
These new reasons plus the old ones
... aluminum foil’s inherently superior
protective properties . . . challenge the
thinking of bag users. They demand a
look-see by even those who use car-
tons, cans and glass containers. These
metal bags may well be the answer to
lower packaging costs with complete
protection for your product.
The actual answer must wait till
the war’s end. Meanwhile some study
of the idea is indicated, for the reasons
mentioned. Shall we make it a co-
operative study? ALUMINUM COMPANY
or America, 2129 Gulf Building,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Bags of Alcoa Aluminum Foil will
be made, after the war, in this and
other styles to suit your needs.
DECEMBER * 1943
Aluminum
IS A NATURAL
PROTECTOR
Alone, or in combi-
nation with other
materials, it excels
in preserving fresh-
ness, flavor, volume,
aroma and color of
products that are
sensitive to air, light,
radiant heatand gain
or loss of moisture.
Its sparkling beauty
makes a handsome
package, too.
yD WORRYING
do a Master Job
TO-DAY!
Another good thought
passed on by
x *
MAKERS OF
FOOD DROTECION
DADERS
KALAMAZOO VEGETABLE PARCHMENT COMPANY
PARCHMENT . KALAMAZOO 99 . Ce
BRANCH PLANTS IN PHILADELPHIA, PA., AND HOUSTON, TEXAS
6 MODERN PACKAGING
~
ART
¢
=
= RAD BERRIES
eect
a77IL gt
s*
$ o*
i ad
If the war should end tomorrow what you
will have to offer the postwar world will
be precisely what you have ready today.
‘Recognizing this . . . many forward-thinking concerns are
already planning their postwar packages ... working out
now, details for which there may well not
be time later. Why not consult a Milprint
representative today? There is no obligation.
ine,
. et -@ul-
~ —— Lomine
han’: an eet
celloP xed ‘
id including Bags
inum FO forms | spec
5 0 uches ith!
aps, R° is r ps: soe nrer
ar Re god Mattar cau
io : w
Revere ind Winespie and Co ”)
Foldin simp!e
s
Y se
isploy®,
pispley”’ us prising 5, on =
umegrerr* terre Tat Kinds:
ave t printing 6 PLANTS AT MILWAUKEE «+ PHILADELPHIA + LOS ANGELES
grov"
Rot? z
SALES OFFICES IN . . . SAN FRANCISCO + CHICAGO
NEW YORK + MILWAUKEE - PHILADELPHIA - LOS ANGELES - BOSTON
ATLANTA + MINNEAPOLIS + ST. LOUIS - CLEVELAND - CINCINNATI
DECEMBER ®* 1943 7
yUT
MODERN PACKAGING
N A WORLD of uncertainties, there is one
sure fact you can include in your postwar
planning! Paperboard will play a major
role in future packaging,
Based on its performance since Pearl
Harbor, this versatile packaging material
opens up whole new vistas of beauty, econo-
my, and utility in the packaging field.
Here at Sutherland you will find the right
combination for your postwar packages —
men with a lifetime background of packaging
KALAMAZOO
WE THING YoU CAN PLAN ON/
design and technique plus men with produce
tion know-how, backed by huge modern
plants for paperboard manufacture, printing,
and fabrication into all shapes, sizes, and
types of packages.
Let us start work now on your future
packaging program. We can have your post-
war packages designed, approved by you, and
ready for production the minute the green
light flashes.
Write us about your problem!
13D, MICHIGAN
HERLAND PAPER COMPANY
CEL-0-SEAL BANDS
protect the purity
of Lilly pharmaceutical
prod ucts
The makers of quality drugs and phar-
maceuticals fully recognize the neces-
sity of protecting their products. Today
many leading manufacturers are using
CEL-O-SEAL cellulose bands for added
protection of package closures.
The application of a CEL-O-SEAL
band is the modern method of sealing
closures securely in place. These bands
keep closures on. They forestall tam-
pering with the contents of bottles,
jars and other containers. They help
prevent evaporation and leakage and
assure that health-guarding products
retain maximum possible strength.
Whatever your package closure prob-
lem .. . consider CEL-O-SEAL. There
are many types and styles, colors and
sizés. Write for complete information.
E. |. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.),
““Cel-O-Seal’’ Section, Empire State
Bidg., New York 1, New York.
Also sold by: Armstrong Cork
Company, Glass & Closure Division,
Lancaster, Pa.—I. F. Schnier Co.,
683 Bryant St., San Francisco, Calif.
REG. U.S. PAT. OFF.
DU PONT CEL-O-SEAL BANDS
TRADE MARK
BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER LIVING THROUGH CHEMISTRY
DECEMBER °* 1943
all ofem
@ Yes, there are cold vegetable adhesives or hot
animal glues made by Swift & Company for Can we help you?
all uses, including the following:
There are still a lot of noncritical
Bookbinding
adhesives available. There are still
Bottle labeling
many ways to do a good gluing job,
eset meen even under present conditions.
Case sealing Our work today isn’t “‘selling’’;
rather, it’s ‘“helping’’... helping our
customers meet the fast changing
Folding boxes
Laminating
Leather goods ne ,
~ conditions due to new materials, new
container problems, new demands,
and new restrictions.
Today our 50 years of glue and
Loose leaf binders
Magazine coverings
Mounting
Padding
Remoistening helpful to many customers. It’s yours
Spreader sets for the asking.
Tight wrapping Can we help you?
Tin labeling
Tube winding
a
e
a
a
a
a
a” adhesive experie i i
a perience is proving most
a
a
w
a
«
a
®
a
- SWIFT & COMPANY
Glue Division - Chicago 9
Factories at: Chicago, Ill., Harrison, N. J.,
South San Francisco, Calif., St. Joseph, Mo., Omaha, Neb.
, oo , y ,
f our branches and plants throughout th
TO RB BEF FS SRG SFR GF GSGS SZSZSZ GZ LAE
MODERN PACKAGING
oe won't be the
same as former holidays but,
for “their” sakes, let’s keep
our vision clear, our chins up,
and our faith steadfast. And
in that spirit we send you
CHRISTMAS
GREETINGS
INC.
hEsapeake 3344
FRANK D. PAL
528-34 North Western Ave. ¢ Chicago (12) Ilinoi
PACKAGE LABORATORY * SPECIAL MACHINERY
DEVELOPMENT MANUFACTURER
DECEMBER ° 1943
Among the bags produced for war service by Bemis are Multiwall
Paper Bags slipped over cloth bags for foods to be shipped over-
seas. These packages are especially designed so they can be tossed
into the water and carried ashore without damage to contents.
1277 ~* MODERN PACKAGING
Morale among fighting men depends upon full
mess kits, and Uncle Sam spares no effort to
see that his warriors on land and sea are the
best fed in the world.
Getting this all important food to the men on
our far-flung fronts in a sound, wholesome con-
dition is just as important as “keeping their
powder dry.” It’s a task that calls for wide ex-
perience and know-how...a task the bag indus-
try has taken in its stride.
In the 22 Bemis mills and factories more than
8,000 employees have made millions of bags
to protect and transport food over land and
sea, from farm and factory to fighting men. We
like to think this our contribution to morale
for Victory. In addition to this important work,
we still find time to supply industry and agri-
culture with bags for other war materials and
essential civilian goods.
Costs Cut and Losses Reduced
With Bemis Multiwall Paper Bags
Bemis Multiwall Paper Bags are economical,
one-trip containers that guard against moisture
and thus reduce caking and loss of quality.
Their extra strength maintains output by mini-
mizing breakage on production lines. Bemis
self-forming gussets speed filling and closing.
Brilliant Bemis printing makes brands stand out.
Let us work with you in supplying bags for
your war or civilian production. From the bags
themselves to their filling, closing, shipping
and storing, our staff of experts can help you.
If you have a packaging problem... present or
future ...let’s talk it over.
THAT DEPENDS ON
WHAT YOU EXPECT
ISNT ONE FROM THE SUPPLIER
SOURCE OF SUPPLY
JUST ABOUT AS
GOOD AS ANOTHER,
MR. COOK ?
All of us in the glass container and closure industry do our best
to make lighter, stronger, less expensive containers, and depend-
able, more efficient lower cost closures. Each company, to promote
these improvements, spends in research and development as much
as it can afford. And the efforts of all are, of course, commendable.
But some companies succeed beyond others in improving products,
lowering prices or bettering service. This may be because of
extensive experience, large facilities, exceptional financial ability,
or a strong insistence upon a higher manufacturing standard.
When, as with Anchor Hocking, all these attributes are combined,
that company is, obviously, better qualified as a highly desirable
source of supply.
M. L. COOK, one of Anchor Hocking’s ablest and
most popular men, has been a member of the Anchor
Hocking family for 17 years.
7
HOCKING
il, Yreuass a cars
ANCHOR HOCKING GLASS CORPORATION - LANCASTER, OHIO
Their Supplies Are Packed Right
... 4a Anaco CORRUGATED CONTAINERS
The Armed Services are as exacting about the container as they
are about its contents . . . that's why they ask every shipper to "Pack
It Right to Reach the Fight."
Never has Apaco taken greater pride in its products. Apaco
corrugated shipping cases, Belsinger textile cases, and Apaco folding
cartons—all are proving themselves invulnerable convoys for precious
AUGUSTA PAPER COMPANY supplies—getting them to every front dry ... intact... and ready
Augusta, Ga. for action! .
GEORGIA-ALABAMA PAPER CO.
Columbus, Ga.
BIBB PAPER COMPANY
Macon, Ga.
VOLUNTEER STATE PAPER AND
BOX COMPANY
Knoxville, Tenn.
*
Branches
Associates
MEMPHIS PAPER COMPANY
Memphis, Tenn.
LITTLE ROCK PAPER COMPANY
Little Rock, Ark. Established | iy
78 68 ee :
Manufacturers of CORRUGATED CONTAINERS - FOLDING CARTONS - PAPER BAGS - PAPER PRODUCTS
MODERN PACKAGING
PROVEN IN
IRCRAFT engines and fuselages now go to war
A wrapped and hermetically sealed in Pliofilm.
Wherever they go, they emerge ready for action —
as bright and spotless as the day they left the factory.
In the case of an aircraft engine, this use of Pliofilm
saves 75 man-hours, once required for the coating
and removal of heavy grease protection against
moisture. No other pliable, transparent packaging
material has saved so much precious time in war —
or withstood such severe moisture tests.
With peace there will be more Pliofilm than ever
before available to the packaging industry. Remem-
ber then what Pliofilm does now.
Pliofilm is the packaging material that keeps mois-
ture where you want it. Whether your product
requires preservation of moisture content — like
varden-fresh vegetables, or must be kept moisture-
free — like sulpha drugs, Pliofilm will answer your
postwar packaging problem. And gleaming, trans-
parent Pliofilm is an attractive merchandising
feature. Jewel-like precision of aircraft engines retained by Pliofilm.
WHAT PLIOFILM CAN DO FOR YOU
Actual experiments conducted by the Agricultural Experiment Station
of the University of Florida.
Pliofilm seals moisture in fruit, potato chips, pharmaceuticals, pre-
vegetables, cheese, frozen foods, cision instruments and cables. Two-
tobacco, meats and other products way moisture control makes liter-
with moisture content that should ally thousands of applications for
be preserved. And it seals moisture Pliofilm. For information write:
out of such moisture-sensitive prod- Pliofilm Sales Dept., Goodyear,
EIGHTEEN MONTHS IN PLIOFILM! Remember what
happens to ordinary unwrapped carrots after a week in ucts as dehydrated foods, peanuts, Akron 16, Ohio.
the icebox? These Pliofilm-protected carrots were stored
at 37° — for a year and a ha‘f. Official report: **Loss of THINGS ARE BETTER PACKAGED IN
weight was negligible, and the carrots held their color
perfectly — retained their firmness and vitamin content.”
900,.VEAR
ies
ALL FOUR MONTHS OLD! But the still-perfect oranges
were “‘stretch-wrapped” in Pliofilm. Official report:
THE GREATEST NAME
“The oranges wrapped in Pliofilm lost less than 2% of
their initial weight after four months’ storage — the IN RUBBER
original taste and appearance of the fruit were un Pitcfiien—T:M: The Goodyear Tike & Robber Cam
changed — Vitamin C content very slightly diminished.” .
DECEMBER °* 1943
JUST LIKE PAINTING A HOUSE,
Coated Lithwite, with its surface
mineral coating, gives you just
the white you want.
MODERN PACKAGING
right as ever:
Despite the shortage of critical wood pulps which necessitate the use
of pulps of darker and poorer quality, you can still get
folding cartons as white and bright as ever with Coated Lithwite
S YOU KNOW, many high-grade paperboards have
been affected by war conditions. But not Coated Lith-
wite. Its original whiteness and brightness, its brilliant
printability, its unusual folding and sealing qualities have
been maintained. And the reason: the surface coating of
this revolutionary paperboard is compounded of noncritical
materials!
All of this should be good news to carton buyers. For this
genuine mineral-coated paperboard enables you to give your
packages the advantage of better appearance and, fortunately
for you — because there have been fewer problems in the
production of Coated Lithwite than in some other high-
grade paperboards — limited quantities of Coated Lithwite
cartons are available from time to time.
Write. We will send you printed samples so you can
compare the striking qualities of Coated Lithwite with your
present cartons. Better still. Send along detailed specifi-
cations and a sample of your present carton and we will sub-
mit a quotation so you can also make a down-to-the-penny
cost comparison with the cartons you are now using.
FINER PRINTING. Coated Lithwite’s surface is
so uniform and hard, so free from ‘‘chalki-
ness,"’ that inks stand up brilliantly, halftones
and type print crisply—without fill-up or
smudge.
BETTER PERFORMANCE. Coated Lithwite bends,
scores and folds without shattering. Takes a
tight seal—and is not temperamental about
the type of glue used.
The GARDNER-RICHARDSON Co.
Manufacturers of Folding Cartons and Boxboard
MIDDLETOWN, OHIO
Sales Representatives in Principat Cities: PHILADELPHIA »« CLEVELAND « CHICAGO « ST. LOUIS « NEW YORK .« BOSTON e PITTSBURGH « DETROIT
DECEMBER ®* 1943 17
¢, LOW- -PRICED TRANSPARENT
UTILITY BOXES
STOCK MOLD
CUSTOM MADE
@ We manufacture a complete line of sturdy drawn
transparent plastic boxes in all shapes and sizes. Typ-
ical models are shown in photo. Every size and shape
can be manufactured to meet specifications. Rounds,
squares and oblongs are all available, and inserts and
partitions may be inserted to meet your requirements.
We also manufacture plas-
tics in other forms: injec- These boxes are presently being used by the Army,
tion and compression i
molded boxes; extruded Navy and Marine Corps for a great many purposes.
rods, tubes and special Th di 1 f : d : b
shapes including collap- ey are used in war plants for storing and routing sub-
sible tube bodies; acetate assemblies and for small parts in repair and service de-
and butyrate sheet cut to
size in thicknesses from partments. They give protection and visibility at the
.003.” and up. same time.
Production facilities are ample to handle large orders.
Prices and samples will be sent on request.
End use must be permissive under WPB rules and regu-
lations for sample requests and orders to be filled.
THE GREAT AMERICAN PLASTICS CO.
“Wasttcs Fatrtcated ty cr ery ELEM CLT ALLE Industry’ :
_INJECTION * EXTRUDING * COMPRESSION * TRANSFER MOLDING * HOLLOW MOLDING & FORMING * ac * ROD-TUBES AND SPECIAL SHAPES
Telephone: Leominster 1650 * LEOMINSTER, MASSACHUSETTS © Teletype Leominster 295
New York City Sales Agency: 27 West 20th Street *¢ Chelsea 3-0267-8
MODERN PACKAGING
It started in America. It traveled
by train—boat—plane—truck.
It was bounced about, knocked
around. It was even sat on for hours!
Then, months later, it became a
life-saving oasis for a pair of stranded
US. fliers.
You’ve guessed by now what it is
—a can of drinking water! A flat can
with a wax-sealed top and a special
inner lining that keeps water pure
indefinitely. Part of a pilot’sseat pack,
it’s opened for emergencies only.
Perhaps you’ve also guessed why
this precious water is packed in
cans. Cans are sturdy. They’re proof
The story of the traveling oasis
against dirt, heat, cold, light, mois-
ture, insects. You can depend on
cans—they deliver the goods safe!
You'll find the can on every front
today. It’s guarding American boys
... supplying our Allies... and still,
it’s on the job here at home.
The cans we’re making for war
today will some day be back—better
than ever. We’re gaining new knowl-
edge and experience as “Packaging
Headquarters for America”’ at war.
——TO MAKERS OF WAR GOOoDS———-
Rushed as we are, we can still take on more war
work. A part of our vast metal-working facili-
ties for forming, stamping, machining and as-
sembly is still available. Write or phone our War
Products Council, 100 E, 42nd St., N. Y. C,
CONTINENTAL
CAN COMPANY
HELP CAN THE AXIS
omy —BUY WAR BONDS
ne oak verne - : . peneenee t Doar
preeeeuteuugas
In 1839, Niepce and Daguerre of Paris discov-
ered how to fix an image on a tin plate, and the
art of photography was born... Tin-type methods
were simple and crude beside the long-range,
high-speed, full-color photography of today.
NEUTRAGLAS... offering the highest resistance
to solvent action and chemical attack ... was
developed by Kimble because no glassware can
be just “good enough” if better is obtainable.
MODERN PACKAGING
Standardize NOW on Kimble Ampuls,
SerumVials, Serum Bottles and Clinical
Glass containers of NEUTRAGLAS.
Dav still gets his pipeful — even
though its peacetime package has
gone to war. For versatile paper-
board cartons and shipping cases
have successfully taken over hun-
dreds of new packaging jobs—re-
leasing metals, rubber, plastics and
other critical materials for war use.
Because conversion to paper-
board has always been a specialty
at Container Corporation, we've had
a large share of this work. Our staff
are wizards at developing or adapt-
ing finishes, coating, linings, designs
for particular types of products —
and rich in that combination of
experience and imagination that
produces ideas.
CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
General Offices: 111 W. Washington St., Chicago * New York © Rochester * Natick, Mass. * Philadelphia
Akron © Cincinnati * Cleveland * Circleville © Detroit * Indianapolis * Wabash * Carthage * Anderson, Ind.
Pecria * Rocklsland ® Minneapolis * Baltimore © St.Louis * Fernandina © Dallas * Ft. Worth
DECEMBER ®* 1943
A WAR PR
The divisions of General Printing Ink Corporation are contributing to the war
effort in various ways. The list below represents sundry items which they have
developed or manufactured for the government and the armed forces. Several
technical assignments and experiments cannot be divulged.
* %& %& *%& Cameras for the Engineer Corps.
* *& *& *& Oil coolers for the Navy.
% % %& %& Shell trimmers (both for small arms and guns).
% % % %& Machining ship parts for the Navy and Maritime Com-
mission.
* *& %& %& Parts of range finders for the Navy.
%*% %& & %& Equipment for marking wire and cable used in air
armament.
% %& *& %*& Special printing machinery for product identification.
% %& *% %*& Equipment for map reproduction for Engineer Corps.
%& *& *& & Printing and photographic equipment for reproduc-
tion of templates for airplane industry.
*& *& & & Equipment for aircraft instrument dials.
%* %& %& %& Photo-composing machines for Bureau of Engraving
and Printing.
*& *& & %*& Equipment for Signal Corps.
*%& *& *& *& Navy blue compound (for waterproofing and flame-
proofing duck for the Navy).
%& %& %& %& Compound for shrimp net coating (fireproof, infra-red
reflectance camouflage specifications).
*& *%& *& %*& Nylon coatings and raincoat coatings for Quarter-
master Corps.
* *%& *% *% Development and manufacture of fluorescent inks
used by the air forces of this country and some of the
foreign powers.
%* *% *& * Inks for the Engineer Corps and Navy. :
*%& %& %& %& Shell marking and identification inks.
* *& *% *® Fingerprint inks for Army, Navy and Medical Corps.
% % *%& %& Parachute marking inks.
% %& %& *& Inks for marking communication equipment for
Signal Corps.
*% * *% * Duplicating and printing inks for Office of Emergency
Management.
* * * *& Special printing inks for Lend-Lease.
%* % *% *%& Printing and lithographic inks for all branches of
armed services.
* *& *& * Navy fireproof non-skid deck paints.
* *& *& *& ‘Sea Slicks’”’ for designation of submarines, lifeboats,
rafts, targets, etc., for the Air Force and Navy.
% %& *& * Tentage Compound (for waterproofing and flame-
proofing duck for the Army).
% %& & %& Various camouflage compounds for both Army and
avy to be used on osnaburg cloth, jute, burlap and
paper.
* %& *& *& Gas resistant and waterproof coatings for Army and
O.C.D.
* * * * Identification inks for synthetic rubber program.
GENERAL PRINTING INK CORPORATION
100 SIXTH AVENUE, NEW YORK 13, N. Y.
DIVISIONS
AMERICAN PRINTING INK COMPANY °
COMPANY ¢ RUTHERFORD MACHINERY COMPANY es
INDUSTRIAL FINISHES *« GEO. H. MORRILL COMPANY
EXPORT ° SIGMUND ULLMAN COMPANY e
22 MODERN PACKAGING
CHEMICAL COLOR & SUPPLY COMPANY °
EAGLE PRINTING INK
THE FUCHS & LANG MANUFACTURING CO. «* GENERAL
ROTOGRAVURE * SUN CHEMICAL & COLOR COMPANY
GENERAL PRINTING INK CORPORATION OF CANADA, LTD.
of
\e-
nd
nd
nd
NK
AL
NY
TD.
in to fix
a good drink
CorrEE is a refresher: That’s why every Army
K-ration kit is supplied with the makings of a
cup. And, to be certain the drink will be a
good one, the coffee powder (enough for a cup)
is packed in an envelope . . . air-tight, fume-
proof, water-proof and vapor-moisture-proof.
It is a teamwork job between metal foil and
Lumarith* foil. To the favorable qualities of
the metal, Lumarith adds the necessary
toughness, waterproofness and protection of
the printed instructions.
The same sort of packaging teamwork of
Lumarith with other materials is responsible
LUMARITH PLASTICS IN FILM... FOIL... MOLDING MATERIALS AND OTHER FORMS
LUMARITH
A CELANESE* PLASTIC
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
for the safe delivery of a great part of the sup-
plies and equipment shipped to our armed
forces all over the globe . . . keeping food fresh
and uncontaminated and equipment free of
rust and ready for instant use.
The technical service department of
Celanese Celluloid Corporation has informa-
tion of value to manufacturers who are con-
cerned with both short-range and long-range
planning. You are invited to call or write.
Celanese Celluloid Corporation, a division of
the Celanese Corporation of America, 180
Madison Avenue, New York City 16.
DECEMBER * 1943
I Bees Wish tia Kind Thought
Throughout the coming holidays millions of family toasts will be raised to
dear ones whose only home presence ts of the mind and thoughts...
Appreciating that this year, one is inclined to more quiet, cherished
reflections, it seems appropriate that we extend our thanks, with simple
sincerity, as a greeting of kind thoughts in the hope that the family
separations of this holiday season be firnly and permanently re-united long
before the next to come... For such is the power of Peace!
Sit A Meee
PRESIDENT, MANHATTAN PASTE AND GLUE COMPANY
DHESIVES
MANHATTAN PASTE & e GLUE G0.. ING.
a
Af? 24 UU eh.
hicago
GREENPOINT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, %
MODERN PACKAGING
BUT STRICTEY TERRI
Whether it’s in the groove jive or a vital war
message, Radio and Electronic tube perform-
ance depends on tiny leads and supports.
These thumb-sized tubes are made with
Callite Tungsten elements.
components are extra sensitive—super durable.
These delicate devices are shipped in MASON
MAILMASTERS
for extra safety
—easy packing
and sure de-
livery.
THE MASON BOX CO.
ATTLEBORO FALLS, MASS.
175 5TH AVE.
NEW YORK
DECEMBER ®* 1943
Make War Bonds the Christmas Order of the Day.
Urge your workers to make their personal Christmas
gifts in the form of War Bonds—and practice what you
preach! Make this a 100% War Bond Christmas—to
insure future Yuletides of peace and prosperity.
Make up your own posters to spread the ‘‘War Bonds
for Christmas” story across your plant. Tell the story
again and again on bulletin boards, in your plant maga-
zine, and on pay envelope stuffers.
But don’t forget your basic, all-important Pay-Roll
Savings Plan. How’s it going, these days? Perhaps it
needs a bit of stoking-up right this very minute, to
hold its full head of steam against the competitive de-
mands of the holiday season.
's PAY THE BONUS
... and drive even harder on the pay-roll savings plan!”
Well, you’re the man to stoke it! You can’t ex-
pect it to keep running indefinitely on last summer’s
enthusiasm. See to it that your participation percent-
ages, and your deduction percentages, both end up the
year at new levels.
Every month, now your Pay-Roll Savings ought to
run well ahead of the preceding month. For so many
families that formerly depended on the earnings
of a single worker, now enjoy the combined earn-
ings of several. Such family incomes are doubled,
trebled, even multiplied many times.
Now’s the time to turn as much as possible of these
increased earnings into War Bonds—War Bonds for
Christmas ... and War Bonds the whole year ’round!
GIVE THE PRESENT WITH A FUTURE—WAR BONDS!
This space contributed to Victory by
PUBLISHING CORP.
This advertisement prepared under the auspices of the United States Treasury Department and the War Advertising Council
26 MODERN PACKAGING
Y'
t
glass)
quan
dredi
tire
Stance
one |
make
brig]
Su
that
| PART IN 2000 MAKES IT CLEAR
seed
ie
THERE’S A
DIFFERENCE
IN GLASS
OU may find it hard to believe
that any ingredient of fine
| glassware must be measured in a
| quantity as small as five one-hun-
p dredths of one per cent of the en-
pure batch. But it’s true. For in-
jStance, as little as one pound of
°he material in a ton of glass can
make that glass decidedly clearer,
rizhter, more brilliant.
— careful measurement means
that the production of fine glass
depends, among other things, on
fine, accurate control over the in-
gredients. As a rule, any of today’s
commercial glassware will have
the clarity and brilliance you ex-
pect. You can take for granted that
its ingredients have been weighed
and mixed with care.
But the fact that only one pound
of one ingredient in 2000 pounds
of glass means better ware is im-
portant to you because it proves a
point—the point that there can be,
and often is, a difference in glass.
The difference is made up of
things that are little in themselves
Pa,
Pipes: ®
—such things as composition, ther-
mal shock resistance, brilliance,
clarity, toughness. When added to-
gether, they can make the big dif-
ference in the containers you buy,
the difference between ordinary
glass and top-quality glass.
That difference is important.
The skill and care that go into
the making of Armstrong’s Glass
are pictorially described in our
new booklet, “Men and Glass.” For
your free copy, drop a postcard to
Armstrong Cork Co., Glass
and Closure Division, 5912
Prince St., Lancaster, Pa.
er Convoy
Submarines and bombers are not the only
menace along America’s far-stretched supply
lines. Sub-zero cold, scorching heat, extreme
humidity, frequent hasty handling — all these
can exact a costly spoilage toll, if perishable
products are improperly packaged.
Warnercraft is helping “plug” such leaks.
New and better paperboard containers have
he
Official U. S. Navy Photograph
been evolved — tough boxes and cartons that
are moisture-proof, grease-proof, sift-proof.
A group of long-experienced Warner ex-
perts stands ready to assist you in securing
safer transit for your product. They will help
you help the war effort by packaging goods
that reach the embattled users just as they
left your plant.
Caron wc >) WARNERCRAFI
. - » For WARNERCRAFT SERVICE Makers of set-up and folding boxes of all types, transparent acetate
. - - For WARNERCRAFT QUALITY containers, hand made specialties, counter displays and dispensers.
. . + For WARNERCRAFT PRODUCTS THE WARNER BROTHERS COMPANY
Coll Brid t 4-010! N ‘ Main Office and Factory: 325 Lafayette Street, Bridgeport, Conn.
wictartons, sl - Se ee New York Sales Office: 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y.
MODERN PACKAGING
wHoa, ROVERS
Naturally, Rover, you wouldn't understand—but your
mistress. eye was caught by those gleaming, graceful
Maryland Glass Bottles in the store window
Yet, smart as are the Maryland Glass designs of pre-
y origin, they will be supplanted by even more al-
luriry styles after Victory . . . . In your post-war plan-
ning, kegp posted on Maryland Glass bottles and jars.
MARYLAND GRASS CORPORATION, BALTIMORE, MD. .... New York: 270
Broadway . .. . Chitggo: Berman Bros., 1501 S. Laflin St. . . . . St. Louis: H. A. Baumstark,
4030 Chouteau Ave.%... Memphis: S. Walter Scott, 435 S. Front St. .... Kansas City,
Mo.: Aller Todd, 1294™%4Jnion Ave. .... Cincinnati: J. E. McLaughlin, 401 Lock St. ....
San€zancisco: Owens-Illinois Pacific Coast Co.
MARYLAND
DECEMBER ®* 1943
MODERN HIGH-SPEED
FOUR-COLOR LITHOGRAPHY
The Harris Four-Color Offset Press illustrated above
was recently installed in our San Francisco plant as part
of an expansion program initiated more than two years
ago. This modern press is the newest addition to the
West's lithographing facilities. Purchased and built just
prior to Pearl Harbor, it typifies the attention that we, as
pioneers in Western lithography, continue to give to the
installation and use of the most modern lithographic
equipment, and our desire to maintain our customary
speed in delivering top quality work.
The Harris Four-Color Offset Press represents the last
word in four-color process reproduction equipment. It
prints 5,000 sheets, 42” x 58” (or smaller), per hour in
one operation. With its Harris Stream Feeder, it assures
top production—bettered by few other presses installed
anywhere in the country.
This Company has added the names of some of the West's
largest label users and advertisers to its list of customers
since the new Harris press was installed. Lithographic
reproduction for these many concerns has been handled
expeditiously, and always in a highly satisfactory manner.
The quality of such work has, without exception, been of
the very highest order.
We invite our old customers as well as others to take ad-
vantage of our new facilities. Call for a salesman. Let us
place that new lithograph job of yours on our production
schedule for early delivery.
THE LOUIS ROESCH CO.
Lithographers and Printers Since 1879
1886 MISSION STREET
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIF.
AN averace of five more tons per car ... that’s the war-load being shouldered by the railroads.
And that’s why “floored” shipping boxes must support many more pounds per package.
One case for better packaging rests on that fact. Crushed shipping boxes mean damaged merchan-
dise. That means waste of materials, manpower, time and shipping space . . . waste that can be greatly
curtailed by use of sturdy corrugated boxes engineered to meet the new conditions.
.
Ask an H & D Package Laboratory to check your shipping boxes. A few pennies more in the right
place may enable you to cut losses enormously.
d
Protect the Product
’ BETIER SEE YS’ AUTHORITY ON PACKAGING
- P ASEREIRE “CCRY:C0 nee Soe. eee sounn St grt ctosinn iteration
The cost? A penny post card. Mail your requests to...
HINDE 2 DAUCH, Executive Offices:
ns — 4314 Decatur Street, Sandusky, Ohio
FACTORIES in Baltimore @ Boston @ Buffalo @ Chicago © Cleveland @® Detroit @ Gloucester, N. J.
Hoboken @ Kansas City @ Lenoir, N. C. @ Montreal @ Richmond @ St. Louis @ Sandusky, Ohio @ Toronte
|
DECEMBER ®* 1943 i
MODERN PACKAGING
for a Precision Tool...
mM .. that Provides a INDDERM Method
of Checking Micrometers and Other
Precision Inspection Devices
Sav-Way’s new set of Master Setting and
Checking Rolls is housed as befits a pre-
cision tool of this calibre, in a modern
transparent plastic case.
Precision tools and inspection devices are
only as accurate as the methods and gages
by which they are set and checked. When
SAV-WAY
MASTER SETTING AND
anvils are worn unevenly, flat gage blocks
cannot give accurate readings. Sav-Way
Master Setting and Checking Rolls provide
for the first time a really accurate means of
checking micrometers, snap-gages, ampli-
fiers, dial indicators, and other inspection
devices, under all conditions of wear.
CHECKING ROLLS @
The set consists of 20 rolls ranging
from .100” to 2.000” in diameter. Rolls
are hardened, ground, and lapped to X
gage tolerance. They are deep frozen be-
fore finish grinding to eliminate internal
strains and provide accelerated ageing.
Send for Illustrated Literature
‘
~
in London or Berlin may change the entire course of your
business.
It takes far less time to unconditionally surrender a shat-
tered army than it does to change a business from a war to
a peacetime basis.
Today, Old Dominion’s creative and engineering staffs are
studying the possibilities of the new materials and new
methods which have been produced by this war. They are
ready, now, to apply their knowledge to your peacetime
packaging.
OLD DOMINION BOX COMPANY
CHARLOTTE NORTH CAROLINA
PLANTS IN NINE SOUTHERN CITIES
“THE SOUTHERN BOXMAKER WITH A NATIONAL EPUTATION ”
MODERN PACKAGING
IF YOU PLAN TO USE CORKS IN ’44
» « « you can’t afford to use
anything but top quality
T the present moment, it ap-
pears fairly certain that there
will be an adequate supply of top-
quality corks of all types to meet
packers’ closure needs in °44. There
are no restrictions on the use of
cork and a plentiful stock of corks
is available.
Restrictions on containers, and
on the manufacture of many prod-
ucts themselves, however, are still
in force. Because of these, and
other wartime limitations, many
o@g-2=
packers face the possibility of not
being able to produce enough pack-
ages to take care of all their cus-
tomers. This makes it more impor-
tant than ever before that you use
top-quality corks in °44.
For top-quality corks help you
make sure that every package you
can produce reaches your distribu-
tors in saleable condition. They re-
duce losses in production and dis-
tribution due to faulty sealing.
They keep the contents of your
packages safely, surely sealed,
ready for use in the best possible
condition.
So, if you’re using corks in 44,
get them from the company whose
name for 83 years has stood for
quality in the cork field. You can
get types, sizes, and quantities to
suit your needs, deliveries to meet
your production schedules. For fur-
ther information, get in touch with
your Armstrong representative, or
write direct to the Armstrong Cork
Company, Glass and Closure Di-
vision, 5912 Prince Street,
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
ARMSTRONG’S
CORKS and CAPS
DECEMBER ®* 1943
PULL MEASURE and ACCURATE WEIGHT
by automatic packing
Tus completely automatic machine has two filling
stations which pack by volume, fill by volume or weigh,
according to the consistency of the product and the size
of container. The machine also has provision for a vibrating
device for settling the product when this is required.
Model JK is a late model machine and incorporates many
improvements and refinements. One time-saving feature
of value to the user is the hand control for quick
adjusting of weight variation resulting from a change
Length:
Width:
Height:
Package Limits:
3’ 4%"
y 4"
Base 5” x 4”
SPECIFICATIONS
Running Speed: 60 per minute (2 H.P.)
12’ including standard conveyor (longer con-
veyor optional)
Height 14” to 12”
Model JK Automatic Gross
Weight Packing Machine,
operates as Volume Packer,
Volume Filler or Gross Weigher.
(Illustration shows Capping
Unit attached.)
in the density of the product. By the simple turn of
a knob this variation can be corrected while the machine
is running.
This machine handles powdered and granular materials of
all descriptions. The fact that it will automatically pack the
material, so as to get the exact quantity into the required
size of container, makes it particularly desirable for the
automatic filling of many difficult powdered products which
require packing.
Weight:
Operators:
3400 Ibs.
None
UNITED STATES AUTOMATIC BOX MACHINERY C0, INC.
Makers of complete line of packaging equipment for weighing, filling, cartoning, closing, box-making and wrapping
Also owning and operating
NATIONAL PACKAGING MACHINERY CO. AND CARTON MACHINERY CORPORATION
18 Arboretum Road, Roslindale, Boston, Mass.
Branch Offices: NEW YORK °
36 MODERN PACKAGING
CLEVELAND,
OHIO * CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
SRAM he SSR cca 2, </e ce a o Rhaeraeen EN ct PS VaR eA of ERR a a sine wa rmone apatite
Spas sins ac SN SA 3 lek nfs, Sahel ETRE LN SRE ORT ee es. a ees 53 ee
He's Got Bot
on the Ground!
High above Munich or Munda, this boy has both
feet on the ground. His heavy shoes are planted
squarely on Reynolds Aluminum, made from Bauxite
ore mined in America.
Long before Pearl Harbor, Reynolds anticipated
coming events—the need for a great new source of
aluminum. So, Reynolds staked all its resources to
fill this need—to mine its own Bauxite—to build
mammoth new plants.
Mounting U. S. plane production is proof of our suc-
cess. Today, Reynolds is turning out hundreds of
millions of pounds of finished metal. And some of it
is going into every American plane now clearing the
skies of Nazis and Japs.
Yes now our fliers have both feet on the ground be-
cause years ago we had our heads in the clouds, saw
what was coming and did something about it.
REYNOLDS METALS COMPANY
General Offices, Richmond,Va. Parts Division, Louisville, Ry.
37 PLANTS IN 13 STATES
y
t
eet ee ie e : ck >
STANDARDS IN WAR TIME
ee a
t ou fs percent of our men are in if,
armed Torces.|Voe oo a ive our i. a
= anes in if e fh ICU t con Tions.
|
Sedis a
com
orkin vil subctot molerials isnol sim ad
LZ pt cuca kt theyre tl dew
W. wy our bi as we fd Jon since 1909
k a r ‘ rause
INCORPORATED
92 E.19TH ST..NEW YORK, 3 N.Y
&
LO OR ee O_o OUP
Ni as
| so
4 ‘hens aianRe Ts st
=
e
incip
General Sales Offic
Works and Pr
SYLVANIA
“Trade Mark Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
aa)
be
=
:
=
as
O
oa
(a)
Foresight in
PACKAGING
calls Crexsits
2
SEAMLESS
SHATTERPROOF
ee ee dally with any
directed by physician.
KEEP IN COOL DRY PLACE
Ke 0 stones
f2 cupevio
(igre?
mee! er os
U.S. VITAMIN CORPORATION
NY
There is extra protection for products packaged in
IDIRGE S CLEARSITE . .. more than mere quality protection...
CLEARSITE survives handling and accidents which
P ” A R fal A C f U T IC A l $ would totally ruin less resilient containers as well as
their contents. CLEARSITE, process-labeled direct
DIETARY PRODUCTS upon the container protects eeled counterfeiting of
: valuable brand names. Test samples—and SEE for your-
DENTAL SUPPLIES : ineeri
self! Our Engineering Department is at your Service.
CELLUPLASTLC CORPORATION
HYCOLOID-CLEARSITE 60 AVENUE L NEWARK, N. J.
‘
os
CELLUPLASTICS
MODERN PACKAGING
~~
-
-" DERSPECTIVE
ts The sranged Iuieg
YOUR
BATTLE STATION
Every time you eat a
meal, you’re at a battle
station, fighting to save
food to feed our fight-
ing men. Remember,
the Army fights on its
stomach, so let’s make
sure to furnish them
with all the food they
need, by conserving our .
home supply. That way,
you'll help food fight
for freedom.
Take one of your packages, for instance. To you, it’s
mighty important. But as it gets farther away from home
base, in the hands of wholesaler, retailer or customer,
that importance diminishes. To them, it’s just another
item to be bought or sold.
Dobeckmun Packaging Engineers like to use the cus-
tomer’s perspective when they’re designing packages. If
your package can signal “come and get me” and
then deliver your product in perfect condition, that’s
the one for you.
We’ve proved to a lot of people that our converted
cellophanes, laminated films and foils deliver both eye
appeal and product protection. While we’re doing our
share of War work right now, our engineers have time
available for planning future packages with customer
perspective. We’d like to work with you.
EEKM UN
CLEVELAND, OHIO OAKLAND,
DECEMBER ®* 1943
Representatives: E. C. Collins, Baltimore
L the war is won
when you read this—if it isn’t won for
months to come, efficient cartoning re-
mains a leading problem for industry.
Material scarcity demands it!
The protection, identification, sales
value of cartons are qualities always in
need of improvement. The more these
features are stressed the fewer the lavish
details and the greater the saving in
materials. Cut out the waste and your
package becomes more efficient — more
welcome by the consumer.
It is possible now for Ridgelo Clay
Coated products to contribute to your
plans. Finer finishes that use less ink, less
valuable-fiber content, linings to protect,
rigidity with light weight and minimum
thickness—these are some of the advan-
tages of Ridgelo Clay Coated. They are
good reasons now for using Ridgelo —
they will be equally good in your carton
plans at any time.
3
Ne
\
mi
N\y
GET THE WASTE IN...
AND THE WAR PACKAGES OUT
Bradner Smith and Company and Mac Sim Bar Paper Company, Chicago @ H.B. Royce, Detroit
A. E. Kellogg, St. Louis © Philip Rudolph & Son, Inc., Philadelphia
Gordon Murphy and Norman A, Buist, Los Angeles
MODERN PACKAGING
bur
ore
our
less
ect,
um
an-
are
ton
Wie" oe
UT
troit
phia
Factory and Main Office: BALTIMORE, MD.
WHEN YOU
THINK ABOUT IT
As a user of glass containers there are doubt-
less many interesting things about Carr-
Lowrey that may not have occurred to you.
For example, while we’re not the oldest glass
manufacturer in the business... we have been
making quality glass containers for more than
50 years!
And while we are not numbered among the
largest glass manufacturers in America...
hundreds of well known drug, cosmetic, food
and household products are enclosed in Carr-
Lowrey containers.
CARR-LOWREY
GLASS CO.
New York Office: 500 FIFTH AVE:
In fact, when it comes to the manufacture of
glass packages specifically designed to meet
your particular need efficiently and economi-
cally, the excellence of Carr-Lowrey products
will be found to equal or exceed similar con-
tainers manufactured elsewhere!
That is because every order that we receive
is accorded the most painstaking treatment
by skilled workmen, jealous of their hard-
earned reputation for top quality craftsman-
ship in every detail.
Worth considering, isn’t it... WHEN YOU
THINK ABOUT IT.
DECEMBER °* 1943
Chicago Office: 1502 MERCHANDISE MART
OTHER
PACKOMATIC
MACHINES
Shipping Case Sealing Ma-
chines
Consecutive Numbering Ma-
chines
Carton Sealing Machines
Auger Packers
Paper Can Tube Gluers
Dating Devices
Paper Can Tube Cutters
Paper Can Shrinking Machines
Paper Can Labeling Machines
Shipping Case Printing Ma-
chines
Carton Making Machines
Automatic Volumetric Fillers
Paper Can Set-up Conveyors
Paper Can Label Dryers
MODERN PACKAGING
THESE MACHINES
eens ARE HELPING WIN
: THE WAR!
The operation of the Packomatic Case Printer is entirely
automatic. Saves warehouse space, eliminates use of
stickers and saves excess handling.
It will print both ends of the case simultaneously, after
the case is filled and sealed as you use them. Prints one
or two colors, and from one to seven lines of type. Or it
may be furnished to print both ends and both sides of
the container.
PACKOMATITC Packers who use glass containers will find great economy
AUTOMATIC __ in using these machines. No regular operator required.
PAPER CASE = Adijustable for a wide range of case sizes. Operates up
PRINTING to 20 cases per minute.
MACHINE
PACKOMATIC
MODEL "D" CASE
SEALER WITH 10 FT.
COMPRESSION UNIT
For Automatically Sealing All
Types of Paper Shipping Containers
The Packomatic Model “D"’ is care- automatic sealing of both top and
fully designed to automatically bottom flaps simultaneously, or it
seal the Government ‘‘V" cases, or
any other type of paper shipping
containers, giving continuous low- . . :
cost operation at any required speed. operator required. Easily adjustable
It will meet your requirements for for different sizes.
may be equipped for either top or
bottom sealing only. No regular
We can only supply equipment to essential
industries who can furnish suitable priority.
We are now accepting orders for post war
deliveries.
PACKOMATIG
PACKAGING MACHINERY
J. L. FERGUSON COMPANY, JOLIET, ILLINOIS
REPRESENTED IN ALL PRINCIPAL CITIES
...1n Warand Peace
% In war—by protecting vital supplies to our armed
forces. In peace—by protecting consumer goods against
contamination. Our multi-printed Cellophane and
Glassine bags and wrappers for food and other pro-
ducts mean sanitation, eye-appeal and increased sales.
Pioneering a better way of life is the American
habit. Whatever your product, we, as pioneers in
modern packaging, can help you plan an improved
package for your present or post-war use.
|
)
Traco-Packs e Traversheen e Traverwrap e Cellophane Bags
“Tite-Seal” Liners e Multi-Color printed Cellophane and
Glassine in Sheets or Rolls e Loxtite Fillers e Dividers
TRAVER CORPORATION
358-368 W. Ontario St. © CHICAGO, ILLINOIS ¢ 404 N. Sacramento Blvd.
DECEMBER * 1943 45
Richard Wright Took a Walk..
Fifty years ago Richard Wright, while strolling along Piccadilly
Circus in London, saw a package of machine-wrapped tobacco.
Instantly, he visualized what this could mean to the tobacco
industry of America.
Wright hurried home, put his ideas into action, and the Wright's Auto-
matic Machinery Company was born. Tobacco packaging in this country
was revolutionized.
In the years that followed, refinements were made and new develop-
ments added that opened up opportunities in other fields. Up to 1941
Wright's Automatic Machinery Company was designing and manufac-
turing automatic packing, bagging, wrapping and labeling machinery ha
for a growing list of companies in the food, liquor, tobacco and other the
industries. do
we
Since 1941 Wright's Automatic Machinery Company has been supply- er
ing precision instruments to the United States Navy. This important tre
experience will, one day soon, be expressed in terms of solving pack- sa
aging problems for post-war marketing. Our engineers and designers pr
are available now for consultation with firms interested in modern on
equipment for packaging, wrapping, labeling, stamping, or bagging, th
of their products. th
ar
pe
Re
sq
be
C
~ 1893 - 1943 ~— Packaging Engineers
es 1. D. WRIGHT, President ooo — R.H.WRIGHT, JR.,V. P. & Treas. on
WRIGHT’S AUTOMATIC MACHINERY COMPANY
DURHAM CABLE ADDRESS YONWRIGHT | NORTH CAROLINA, U. S. A.
" MODERN PACKAGING
ESTERTAY...An Expert TIYUE ae
otal Lithographer... Kifleman ...
sa anceesy
Dis een hs ws wm
Se Saget a a
Perea
ee aw
_ the big Heekin factories men
have gone forth in all branches of
the service—and on all fronts—to
do their share toward winning this
war. There are expert lithograph-
ers who today are expert riflemen;
traffic men who fly in bombers;
salesmen who ride in tanks and
production men who ride the seas
on battle-wagons .. . and when
this war ends, they'll be back with
the Heekin organization ready and
anxious to carry on again with your
peace time packaging problems.
Remember, metal packages
square, round or oval . . . do a
better job. Heekin Lithographed
Cans have been famous for lasting
colors . . . colors that harmonize
. colors that sell merchandise.
The Heekin Can Co., Cincinnati, O.
# HEEKIN -24092<p4ec Cans
ITH HARMONIZED COLORS
THIS {S
We've done our share of America’s packaging, too
In many lines, the bulk of production
of the industries is S&S packaged. ...
In many more, the job is split about
evenly between S&S and others... . In
almost every industry where the mate-
rial to be packaged is a powder,
granular substance or paste, S&S has
supplied a goodly percentage of the
packaging machines.
This is easy to understand when you
TODAY — WE'VE FOUND FOUR
We supply many essential new S&S machines
- and help convert old S&S equipment to
wartime uses. And, drugs and chemical products
for the armed forces and the home front —
munitions —a vast number of familiar foods
and a large percentage of the new dehydrated
foods —a hundred other war-important items
—re speeding through production faster, in
greater volume, because of this.
We are helping, too, in solving war's new and
STOKEQQ)MITH ©
FILLING -
MODERN PACKAGING
PACKAGING -
remember that, in many cases, it has
been S&S improvements that have
made the advances in packaging tech-
nique — that have made practical
many better packages at lower unit
costs. Further, it has been S&S devel-
opments, like that of the first tight-
wrapper, that alone have made
possible many new triumphs of modern
packaging.
NEW WARTIME WAYS TO SERVE:
unfamiliar packaging problems, through close
collaboration with many packagers.
And, we are doing this in addition to produc-
tion direct for the United States Government, at
whose disposal our facilities have been placed.
ONE OTHER JOB WE WANT—
If you have a packaging problem that's war-
essential, bring it to our engineers. We'll help
any way we can, so long as it contributes
toward Victory.
A GOODLY PERCENTAGE OF
AMERICA'S FAMOUS PRODUCTS
ARE PACKAGED ON
SS Filling Machines
SS Carton Filling and
Sealing Machines
$2 S$ Bag and Envelope
Fillers and Sealers
S$ « § Tight-Wrappers
SS Complete Packaging
Line
Frankford, Philadelphia 24, U. S. A.
WRAPPING MACHINES
__-weight is the first consideration |
-
OD Zé. Cons It our. engineers
ear ° ua S iat
gi”
Robert Gair Company, Inc.
New York—Toronto
Save Waste Paper. :
for War Production
FOLDING CARTONS - BOXBOARDS - FIBRE & CORRUGATED SHIPPING CONTAINERS
DECEMBER °* 1943 49
SF os
Sas nae
DECALS
ADD EYE
© APPEAL
Modern packages deserve smart, modern nameplates
and decoration. Investigate the unlimited effects in
color and design obtainable with genuine Meyercord
Decalcomania. Any trademark or decorative design, in
any number of colors, can be reproduced in any size—
for application on glass, wood, plastic, glazed crockery,
etc. Special production line techniques provide speedy,
economical application on flat or curved surfaces. The
durability of Meyercord Decals protect your brand-
mark for the life of the product ...and serve as
permanent salesmen for repeat purchases. Free design-
ing service. For full details write Department 812.
These colorful Don Juan plastic lipstick con-
tainers are decorated with little Decal figures of
soldiers, sailors, etc.. for the patriotic girl. A prod-
uctof Don Juan, Inc., 67 Vestry St., New York.
DECORATE packaces W\t™
MEYERCORD DECALS
L
The trend in modern package
identification and decoration is
to Meyercord Decals. Solon
Palmer, Inc., New York, N.Y.
identify the cleverly designed
blond wood container of their
famous ASCOT Shaving Soap
with a multi-colored Meyercord
Decal Trademark (brown, yel-
low and red) as illustrated
above. Remember...if your prod-
uct stands out... it sells out!
r
Back the Attack... Guy War Bonds
THE MEYERCORD CO.
CHICAGO
Main plant and general offices: 5323 WEST LAKE STREET, CHICAGO 44, ILLINOIS
Sales offices in principal cities of U.S. A., Mexico and South America
MODERN PACKAGING
May Christmas always bring J oy
to the hearts o the Young...
Peace to the hearts of Men
HAZEL-ATLAS GLASS CO.
WHEELING, W.VA.
(7
FLYING FORTRESSES
ARE POWERED BY
WRIGHT CYCLONES
Scandia helps
to ‘Keep ’em Flying’
Instead of packaging other products, the fruits of our
labors are now an essential part of the “package”
shown above. The engineering and production skill
of Scandia is “‘on the War-path”—an understandable
reason why Industry must wait.
~but watch Scandia spurt
on PACKAGING EQUIPMENT
when “Y”-day comes along—_—
Because Scandia cellophane tite-wrap packaging
machinery has always embodied all the Industrial
Scandia packaging equipment keeps essentials of SPEED, PERFORMANCE and SIM-
freshness in—and keeps moisture out;
protects foods, drugs, fruits, cigarettes, PLICITY for ‘round-the-clock’ production, inquiries
cosmetics, etc. Descriptive circulars ,
are available... for post-war delivery are already on the books.
N) adi
CCETEGHUGE MANUFACTURING CO.
NORTH ARLINGTON NEW JERSEY
MODERN PACKAGING
CELLOPHANE “ee AND
FOIL PAPERS...20lls aud sheets
ey
SY
R@TW-LITH,, 5 ne
15 W. 18TH ST., NEW YORK 11, N. Y. cums emanate
DECEMBER °* 1943
She packs agun
.-and keeps it ready
To use
It’s a U.S.Army pistol—the famous Hi- \
Standard .22 Automatic Long Rifle.* And
it reaches the eager hand of some soldier,
ready for action, thanks to a specially de-
signed, rugged, anti-corrosive, grease-proof
container made by United States Envelope
Company.
Here is one more example of the indi-
vidualized protective containers by U. S. E.
that are carrying sulfa drugs and bayonets,
field rations and ack-ack gun parts and he
many other Ordnance and Quartermastet fr
Corps materials . . . protecting and de- th
livering them ready for action. fin
Your protective packaging problem of w
ss the present or the future, military or civi- se
= , lian, can perhaps be solved now by some
war-created U. S. E. development applied in
to your individual needs . . . or by the a
*Manufactured by ; ; : ,
The High Standard _ creation of something entirely new. re
bie r, Manufacturing Corporation, ° li
x a, New Haven, Conn.
hf UNITED STATES ENVELOPE COMPANY ‘
V General Offices (
y SPRINGFIELD 2, MASSACHUSETTS R
“DE pctecdive
‘a / aches ws |
Products of United States Envelope Company include WAR PRODUCT PACKAGING e TRANSPARENT CONTAINERS e@ ENVELOPES
WRITING PAPER e LINWEAVE PAPERS e NOTE BOOKS e PAPER CUPS e TOILET TISSUE « PAPER TOWELS ‘
MODERN PACKAGING
54
Idier,
ly de-
proof
elope
indi-
S. E.
onets,
; and
nastet
id de-
*m of
t CiVi-
some
pplied
yy the
NY
LOPES
)WELS
Each year during the holidays, it
has been our past custom to send our
friends a keepsake, something we
thought worth the semi-permanence of
fine reproduction. This year, in a world
woefully short of paper, the annual
sentimental gesture seemed inept.
A few weeks ago, however, the men
in the shop began to ask about the
“Christmas job.” Then the stockroom
reported a leftover of fine paper, too
little for a commercial job. And our
Bill Scoble, connoisseur of the fine as
well as the commercial arts, saw a
Grant Wood painting, and coveted it.
But the painting was already en route
SPRING. IN THE CITY
Gift from Grant Wood... and us
to the museum which had paid some
$40,000 for it. Scoble thought of the
only substitute—a reproduction. The
owners gracefully gave permission...
So ruts YEAR it is our pleasure to
present a reproduction, faithful to the
best of our collective abilities, of Grant
Wood’s “Spring In The City.”
For fifteen years, Grant Wood tried
to find his soul and metier in France;
and like the novelist, Thomas Wolfe,
found America. He came home to
paint his own country in his own way.
**American Gothic,” the art sensation
of the Chicago World’s Fair Exhibit,
was first resented by his native Iowans
as insulting, but has become a best
selling print. Wood’s last few years,
were largely spent in teaching art,
which limited his own output.
Cea
Sraine IN THE CITY” is a simple
and homely scene in the soft colors
Wood usually worked. It has a peculiar
timeliness just now, when so many city
dwellers find new satisfaction in the
soil, and new food resources, in their
Victory Gardens...If you have not
been on our lists in the past, and
would like a copy, we shall be happy
to send one while the edition lasts.
EF ls on-F TéEMAN Co. > INC. © OCCASIONALLY ALTRUISTIC LITHOGRAPHERS
STARR AND BORDEN AVENUES, LONG ISLAND CITY, NEW YORK
DECEMBER ®* 1943
IT'S A
“PACKAGED” WAR:
@ The development of packaging by
American industry deserves much credit for
the success of our armed forces at fabulous
distances from the sources of supply. War
materials that have run the gauntlet of
enemy submarine and air attacks for thou-
sands and thousands of miles would be use-
less if not finally delivered in good condition.
With thousands of different: items, from
bullets to airplanes, now being packaged for
the largest armies ever conceived, the de-
mand for the materials and methods of war
packaging alone exceeds the total of any
previous peace-time packaging. And there
still remain very large packaging require-
ments for essential civilian use.
Not only are the demands extensive but
the requirements are unusually difficult.
Shipments must be protected against the
humid heat of the Solomons, the furious
cold of Iceland and the Aleutians, the sand-
laden winds of Africa, and the corrosive
salts of the seven seas. Protection, too,
must be provided against insects which can
enter the tiniest crevice or eat through the
toughest non-metallic material.
] 2 *
What's This Little
o *
7 0 st | tc h Sit p Pp YW) 0 | n g In spite of this overwhelming demand
and the difficult requirements, Bostitch has
: tried to take care of as many civilian needs
; n th e C 0 m ba t vl 0 n e ? as possible. Bostitch will increase its pro-
duction for civilian uses as rapidly as in-
i aa creasing supplies will permit without lessen-
CONTRIBUTING vital speed to hundreds of important ing its one hundred per cent effort to help
projects...from the paper work in the commanding offi-
cer’s tent ... to the linking of portable landing fields... : ; on
Speed with tiny desk fasteners ... speed with power- Some of the interesting applications of
ful tools and huge staples for assembling the “iron car- Bostitching in packaging for military use
pets” which make smooth landing areas on uneven are listed below, to illustrate the essentiality
ground...speed with hammers and tackers which help of this work:
build barracks and hospitals...
Back home, Bostitching also serves the war, solving
new fastening problems in war plants...continuing its Sealing powder bags;
time-saving work in war-converted civilian plants... : ‘
manufacturing camouflage nets, attaching deck cover- Fastening canvas covers on machined end
ing on landing craft, steel-stitching sheets of aluminum of steel pipe;
for planes.
win the war.
Tacking padding to cradle of bomb box;
Tacking zinc tags on shipping cases for
° ° ° ° war zones;
Bostitch fastens it better with wire...a
sible for many new techniques and ‘ Sealing waterproof bags to protect deli-
minded manufacturers will welcome, ' cate instruments;
The Bostitch line — unrivalled in complete . : .
to select the right combination of machin Sealing bags of moisture-absorbent chemi
If you have priorities... or want to bul) ny cals for packing with delicate metal in-
post-war plans, investigate now. ‘ struments, to prevent rust from moisture
Bostitch (Boston Wire Stitcher Compa , “ay °
East Greenwich, R. I. (Bostitch-Canada, q in the air;
Right: A special Bostitch war tool. Making grommets to protect rotating
bands on large calibre shells;
: Assembling boxes for hand grenades,
sfohkpahaa ammunition, bomb fins, fuzes, clothing,
food, and other ordnance, quartermaster,
W772 FASTER : and medical supplies;
Vee Gt VA/ wilh WILE. . 7, Tacking oil paper and felt linings into
A large wooden boxes for shipping wings and
ALL TYPES OF STAPLES APPLIED BY MACHINES 4 he = fuselages.
ALL TYPES OF MACHINES FOR APPLYING STAPLES 3
56 MODERN PACKAGING
cult.
the
rious
and-
sive
too,
| can
1 the
nand
1 has
1eeds
pro-
s in-
ssen-
help
is of
r use
iality
box;
d end
‘s for
deli-
hemi-
al in-
isture
rating
1ades,
thing,
aster,
; into
zs and
Day sy pay the need for wood pulp mounts.
Long ago the paper and pulp industry took on
far greater responsibilities than the routine
office supplies of war — forms, books, bonds
and stamps by the billion.
Wood pulp today is a vital material-of war.
It is used in producing hand grenades, gas
tanks, camouflage, ammunition boxes, and hun-
dreds of other fighting aids. It is molded into
airplane wing tips. It is impregnated with resins
and pressed into metal bearings and gears.
The need is so great that the paper industry is
salvaging waste paper and paper board at the
— Paper
-\ takes a
waste
measure
rate of 500,000 tons a month. As a matter of
fact, it has never stopped trying to protect its
source. of supply. While the needed lumber
jacks are lacking, vigorous salvage campaigns
are helping enormously to supply paper fiber
and to make up for steady deficits in virgin pulp.
The results have been valuable to every phase
of the war effort.
Making a thousand miles of paper a day, as we
do, we are in close touch with every need and
development in the industry. We know that
waste paper will play an important part until
peace is ours. Save your paper waste and do it
methodically. Get in touch with your local sal-
vage committee!
OXFORD PAPER
EXECUTIVE OFFICES: 230 Park Ave., New York 17, N. Y.
WESTERN SALES OFFICE: 35 E. Wacker Dr., Chicago 1, Ill.
MILLS AT: Rumford, Maine; West Carrollton, Ohio
COMPANY
DECEMBER * 1943
TURRET GUNNER'S SEAT
WING-TIP RIBS
A wing-tip rib or an ammunition box may seem to have little
bearing on your urgent need for protective packaging papers for
SCae ASeaes food at home and abroad.
x
But Riegel-X, our new group of impregnated base papers for
plastic laminates, is only one of the reasons why we cannot serve
all our customers, with all they want, all the time. Paper is being
used to replace many other materials in vitally needed products
—and our mills and laboratories are under a heavy strain for we
are one of the largest manufacturers of special industrial and
protective papers.
x
We are doing our best to serve you within the necessary limita-
tions imposed upon us. Where we cannot supply you adequately,
we will gladly help you by recommending substitutes or other
sources of supply. Riegel Paper Corporation, 342 Madison Ave-
nue, New York 17, N. Y.
4]
RIEGEL-X
A group of plain and impregnated base papers for
ee both fluid and direct pressure plastic laminates.
MODERN PACKAGING
tle
for
for
ing
cts
we
ita-
aly,
her
ve-
M-M-M...A DIFFERENT
PACKAGE...BUT I CAN
SEE IT’S THE SAME
GOOD BRAND!
Don’t Sacrifice Familiar Features
When Changing to a Wartime Package!
When you are forced to switch from the old,
familiar container to a different package, be
sure to preserve those valuable recognition
features you have established over the years.
Let us show you how easy it is to retain
your brand name, trade-mark and other
FREE!
Our 28-page book
—‘‘The Value and
Patriotic Use of
Full Color’’ tells
how to get beauti-
ful results at low
cost. Write today
for your free copy.
For over 75 years—head-
quarters for high- — col-
orful, lithographe
identity characteristics in their established
colors and design, even though the package
itself undergoes a revolutionary change in
materials, style, size or shape.
As one of the world’s largest producers of
packaging materials and fine Full Color
Lithography, we offer you the benefits of
experience, skill and ability to produce
packaging of various types in sparkling Full
Color at surprisingly modest cost. Write us
today.
Contractors to the Government—War Work Comes First!
ns boxe STECHER- TRAUNG
wraps, packets, folding boxes,
one pda td — é
“ao. - LITHOGRAPH CORPORATION 4
Rochester, N. Y. San Sevieroure Cal
Offices in Pra Cities
SOLVED! Another Metal Replacement Problem
BETTER
f bnew thousands of pounds of metal
formerly used by Durkee Famous
Foods for their Shortening package are
needed for the war effort, so Durkee has
adopted the metal replacement unit il-
lustrated.
The rigid fibreboard carton is lami-
nated inside and out with Du Pont Cello-
phane. A heat-sealed Cellophane disc
provides a completely airtight closure,
held solidly in place by the removable
fibre lid.
This lightweight, leak-
proof, easy-to-handle package keeps the
product in splendid condition. The filling
operation is speedy and easy. Durkee has
found that—both in the factory and in
the consumer’s kitchen—this new con-
tainer is superior in many ways to metal
containers formerly used.
If you have a metal replacement prob-
lem, perhaps we can be of assistance.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.),
Cellophane Division,
Wilmington 98, Del.
REG. U.S. PAT. OFF.
Du Pont Cellophane
THINGS FOR BETTER
60 MODERN PACKAGING
LIVING...THROUGH
CHEMISTRY
TRY
VOLUME 17
FROZEN VICTORY GARDENS
¢ MODERN PACKAGING
DECEMBER 1943 NUMBER 4
In thousands of frozen-food lock-
ers, modern, moistureproof heat-
sealing materials this year are
keeping Victory Garden produce
fresh for Christmas dinner. Nearly
1,500,000 housewives already are
(o Lo} belo me debh Welham belo me) Molo(el <oleptelon
—a new trend in packaging
We and the victory garden have created something brand
new in the packaging field.
Millions of American housewives have learned to package
their fresh fruits and vegetables in cellophane bags and paper-
board boxes for quick-freeze storage in locker plants or home
freezers—and for the first time the housewife has become a
direct, major consumer of paper packages. She is being
made package-conscious.
The implications of this trend are tremendous:
Will it cut into the volume of commercial processing of
foods in the normal, peacetime economy?
Will the production and sale of the traditional food-pack-
aging materials (glass and tin) be affected?
Will the channels of normal food distribution and mer-
chandising be disrupted?
Will the locker plant drop its servicing or packaging
functions and become purely a storage place for home-
packaged foods?
Answers to some of these questions are clouded in postwar
uncertainty, but there are certain facts and certain obvious
signs and portents that should be carefully noted.
Heavy military demand on a limited supply of canned
goods has spurred the victory garden program and, in turn,
all types of home packaging and preservation of produce.
The familiar home canning in glass jars has shared in this
boom. But—is this purely a wartime phenomenon due to
subside after the war to the previous ratio of hot-packing
to freezer preservation methods? When rationing ceases
will the grocer’s canned foods be in normal, prewar
demand?
There are good indications that things will not be the same.
The housewife has learned that foods properly quick-frozen
and properly packaged can be superior in freshness and flavor.
She has learned the economy of doing her own processing
and packaging. Perhaps most important of all, she has in
the last year found available excellent moistureproof bags
and cartons especially designed for her, for easy and effective
home packaging and sealing.
The new “‘locker packages,” in pint, quart and two-quart
sizes, are equal in every way to the best that has been used by
the commercial quick-frozen food industry. In combination
with the locker or home freezer, they bring to a new high the
ease and convenience of home food preservation. They
DECEMBER ®* 1943 61
make available frozen foods at a cost with which the com-
mercial industry cannot hope to compete. Except for the
job of butchering and wrapping meats and large pieces, they
seem to obviate the packaging services which the locker
operator has heretofore usually provided.
Several manufacturers are now actively promoting various
types of unit packages for home packing and subsequent
freezing. Most of them are bag-and-box combinations;
seme are bag alone or box alone, but all have these things in
common: a high degree of moisture-vaporproofness and
ease of filling and sealing. The heat seal is effected by the
housewife with her curling iron or flat iron.
HOME-USE MATERIALS
As shown by accompanying illustrations, many of these
packages have been dressed up with attractive printed designs
and instructions. Some have “windows” so that the con-
tents may be identified at a glance. Most of the boxes are
shipped flat with or without the cellophane inner bag in-
serted.
One of the attractive window containers is a bag-in-
box arrangement (Fig. 2). Specifically designed for home
use, the carton has step-by-step instructions for assembling,
filling and sealing printed on the back panel. The bag of
lacquered cellophane is spot-glued to all sides of the carton
to facilitate a wide opening for filling when the box is squared
up. Except for the top opening, the bag is presealed with
duplex heat-sealed seams. A dotted line marks the filling
level on the box and the bag is closed by the user either by
making a simple cross seal with an electric curling iron or
flat sealing on a tabletop with an ordinary flat iron. The
rectangular, space-conserving box comes in pint and quart
sizes, two pints nesting in the same space as one quart.
Simple notched tuck-end locks hold securely when pushed
into position.
A similar box, furnished in pint and quart sizes is shown
by Fig. 4. This box also has an attractive printed color and
MODERN PACKAGING
1—Peaches are sliced fresh into cellophane bag inside
window box, then covered with syrup. 2—Cellophane is
easily heat sealed with the housewife’s curling iron.
design; including illustrated directions. It is supplied with
the cellophane bag, presealed at side and bottom, ready to be
inserted in the carton by the user. The lengthy flap on the
bag may be heat sealed as above or closed simply by twisting
and tying. The carton itself, wax-coated, is said to be
moistureproof and airtight, and its lock flaps may be sealed
with an iron. A dewaxed space on one flap provides for
identification of contents. The manufacturers report that
best results are obtained when the separate cellophane bags
are wrapped in a warm wet cloth at least 24 hours before use.
Another type of box (Fig. 5), depends entirely upon the box
for protection and has no separate bag. A new thermoplastic
coating applied to the box makes it liquid-tight and is said
to reduce dehydration by inhibiting moisture-vapor transfer
through the walls. The same coating provides a heat-seal
closure of the triple top flaps, effected by the housewife with
a flat iron. The triple-sealed bottom is constructed of three
layers of flaps cemented firmly together under pressure.
This box, made square to minimize upsets in the locker, is
shipped set up and closed to assure cleanliness. It is re-
usable, the manufacturer says.
One type of plain, undecorated paperboard box (Fig. 6)
is shipped flat with separate No. 300 MSAT cellophane bags
to be inserted. The box is .025 special kraft lined board.
Available in three sizes—about ?/; quart, a heaping quart
and about 11/3; quarts—it is sold in units of 100. When the
bags are heat sealed by a curling iron, the package is said
to be airtight and moistureproof.
An example of the bag-alone package is shown in Fig. 7.
This bag of paper laminated with cellophane—or in normal
side
le is
iron.
with
to be
1 the
sting
o be
ealed
s for
that
bags
2 use.
e box
lastic
; said
unsfer
t-seal
. with
three
ssure.
er, 1S
is re-
ig. 6)
> bags
yoard.
quart
on the
s said
‘ig. 7.
ormal
times with pliofilm—is simply filled and sealed with a flat
jron and is said to give good air and moisture protection to
the contents.
The separate cellophane liner provided with some boxes
has an advantage in that the outer container often may be
re-used.
Other materials currently used in frozen-food lockers
are wax-coated cylindrical containers, so-called locker paper
which is a wet-strength paper wax-coated on one side, and
glassine and parchment laminated bags. For use by locker-
plant operators and others in wrapping of meat and large
pieces, moistureproof cellophane is supplied in rolls in cutter
boxes.
The special locker boxes and packaging materials are sold
by locker plants, often at cost, and by paper supply houses
and dealers in freezing equipment. They may soon find
their way onto the shelves of hardware and grocery stores
as a regular item. Consumers now in some cases may order
direct from the manufacturers in bulk quantities.
It was revealed at the recent Des Moines convention of
the National Frozen Food Locker Assn. that there are now
4,780 locker plants in 47 states, handling more than a half-
billion pounds of meat, poultry, fruit and vegetables a year.
Most of these plants are concentrated in the Middle West
and Pacific Northwest, with Iowa (550) and Washington
(375) topping the list. Increase has been rapid in the last
two years in sections where previously there were few plants,
particularly in urban areas.
The average locker plant has 500 lockers. This indicates
a total of at least 2,390,000 families now patronizing the
locker plants. It is estimated that by 1948 there will be
10,000 plants. If the average of 500 lockers to the plant is
merely maintained, that means that 5,000,000 families will
be participating.
In addition, there are nearly 60,000 home freezer and
frozen storage units in use. Machinery shortages have re-
tarded their manufacture during the war; demand far exceeds
the supply, and after the war their sales are expected to mush-
room. In the meantime, there are reported instances of ice-
cream cabinets having been removed from soda fountains and
carted off to freeze beans and chickens for this winter’s table.
Not only vegetables and fruit, but cut-up poultry also is
being packaged in the new home containers, heat sealed and
then frozen. Dressed poultry and large cuts of meat are
wrapped in sheets of cellophane usually cut from a roll.
Baked beans, chili con carne and even mince pie are today
going into farm freezers along with eggs and dairy products.
Apples, broccoli, brussels- sprouts, cauliflower and cran-
berries are successfully frozen.
HOUSEWIFE’S OPINION
A typical housewife who has turned to packaging her own
produce for freezing states that she did so after finding “‘plenty
of faults” in the materials and packages offered at the locker
plants. Nevertheless, queried as to probable effect of the
freezing trend on canned and other packaged foods after the
war, she declares that, ‘‘Many housewives will have learned
that locker freezing is easier than home canning and that fresh
garden stuff when frozen—if properly handled—is better
than canned food. They will also have learned that home
gardens mean work. They may decide to buy commercial
frozen foods and forget about preserving their own. But
personally, I don’t see how any housewife who has become
accustomed to her own nice, clean packaged meat, cut as she
wants it, can ever go back to the careless, untidy meat
handling of the average butcher.”
Competent observers appear to agree that the locker
operator has been somewhat at fault in failing to keep step
with packaging progress. Until very recently, the packaging
methods of most locker plants were deficient in the all-
important point of moisture-vaporproofness—far behind the
commercial quick-freezing industry in this respect. In a
way, the housewife has helped to bring about recent develop-
ment of locker packages by insisting on a freezer package
as good as that she found in the store.
WHICH WAY EXPANSION ?
The locker plant trend probably will be in the direction
of large-scale expansion of freezing and storage facilities
with diminution of preparation and packaging facilities as the
latter activities move directly into the home. In volume of
business the locker-plant industry is destined for steady -
growth. Servicing facilities may not be entirely dropped, for
there has been developed recently one small but interesting
trend: participation by urban families and apartment dwell-
ers who simply buy large quantities of produce at the most
favorable market price and take it to a locker plant to be
processed, packaged and stored against future withdrawals.
Locker-plant growth may, however, be affected to some
extent by increasing use of deep-freeze units in the home, a
practice which in some cases knocks out the locker plant
entirely. Large home freezers will hold several months’
food for a moderate-sized family. If the home freezer’s
facilities are inadequate for long storage, it still may be used
for the original freezing of food packages and for spot storage
of supplies as they are withdrawn from locker storage.
One way in which locker plants may make up for loss of
3—Into the family’s freezer locker goes produce of the
victory garden, neatly packaged against dehydration.
DECEMBER °* 1943 63
business on processing for home consumers is by engaging in
processing on a commercial scale. This is already being
done and the practice seems to be increasing. Many plants
in the Midwest are receiving frozen foods in bulk quantities
from the coasts and re-packaging it in consumer units to be
sold to locker clientele. Frozen fruits, to a certain extent,
also are being handled in this manner. Poultry and meats
are often put up in handy units by the locker operator and
sold directly to the consumer who may place them in his
locker for future use: All this represents an interesting
market for the new type of unit package.
Whether this food processing by the locker operator will
be at the expense of the commercial quick-freezer or the
canner, or whether it will merely conserve a great deal of
food that might otherwise be wasted are points upon which
no conclusion can be hazarded at this time.
A possible additional trend in the business was suggested
at the Des Moines conference by Frank R. Wilson, Assistant
Secretary of Commerce, who predicted that large refrigerated
warehouses will be established in principal cities to collect
frozen foods in carload lots from outlying locker plants and
distribute them to metropolitan consumers.
Prof. Slater Bull of the University of Illinois warned the
locker-plant operators that after the war they will face con-
siderable competition from the manufacturers of small
home-unit freezers ‘“‘which probably will be marketed for as
low as $200.”
Prof. Harry Carlton of the University of Tennessee, one of
the nation’s outstanding authorities on locker-plant freezing,
told the conference that careful attention should be paid to
proper packaging to preserve moisture. He recommended
the lacquered cellophane as being the best wrapping ma-
terial now available.
“Even if you charged your patron a half cent per pound
more,’’ Prof. Carlton told the operators, ‘‘for giving his food
the best possible protection, it amounts to only 75 cents
for a 150-lb. hind-quarter of meat worth approximately $35;
preventing a 2 per cent dehydration loss would pay the bill.”
Prof. Carlton warned that the closure, whether it be a fold
or a heat seal, should be carefully made. Although generally
crediting the package manufacturers for their recent develop-
ments, he declared that there was need for more careful
4—This bag-in-box package has illustrated directions
for filling and sealing printed on the back panel. Cello-
phane bag may be closed either by tying or heat sealing.
MODERN PACKAGING
seaming on some of the cellophane bags. ‘“‘It is true that
there is only a small percentage of leakers,”’ he said, “‘but
a small leak may spoil a package of food. A small leak of
unfrozen heavy sugar syrup will thoroughly mess up a locker.”
“Do not confuse moistureproofness with moisture-vapor-
proofness,”” Prof. Carlton warned. ‘‘They have no relation
in the protection of frozen foods. In protecting the many
types of food passing through the locker plant we use sheets
for wrapping irregular pieces such as meat cuts and containers
in which are packed smaller pieces of more or less uniform
size, such as fruit and vegetables, or cut-up chickens. The
same material for protective purposes is required in either
package.”’
PACKAGING FOR LOCKERS
The best recent discussion of packaging as applied to
locker plants is the paper read at the Des Moines meeting
by A. W. Shaffer.* An abridged version of this paper is
presented herewith:
It is said that the community refrigerated locker plant
development has been the stepchild of the frozen-food
industry, at least from the standpoint of the packaging and
freezing of perishable food products in order to prevent dry-
ing out or desiccation.
In spite of the importance placed on the use of proper
packaging materials by the industry, many locker plants are
still using inadequate materials or lack the necessary informa-
tion and experience to make proper use of the materials they
already have.
These improper packaging practices in the locker industry
may be due to many factors, among them the fact that it is a
new industry that has expanded so rapidly within the past
few years that insufficient time has been given to the packag-
ing phase of the business.
Locker plants are usually small in comparison with the
establishments of some of the large commercial packers of
frozen foods, who have laboratory facilities for testing the
various packaging materials. The locker plants are therefore
at a disadvantage in evaluating the comparative merits of
various packaging materials.
Proper packaging of course is only one link, but a vital one
in the chain of precautions to be taken to assure quality
results. The best package cannot offset poor processing or
inadequate freezing, nor can packaging improve the basic
quality of the product itself.
We should set as the ultimate goal the arrival at the con-
sumer’s table of frozen products, whether fruits, vegetables,
meats, poultry or fish that will: (1) taste as good as the same
products strictly fresh; (2) have the quality and appearance
of prime fresh products.
The frozen food industry as a whole is facing fundamental
changes in that the old style bulk containers and methods
of freezing no longer answer all needs nor meet the growing
demand for small consumer units.
Quite naturally, this new demand can only be met by unit
packages which permit day-to-day consumption in small
quantities. In the final analysis it represents the develop-
ment of a new style of food distribution which will eventually
compare with consumer units of canned goods in breadth and
variety, but equalling fresh goods in flavor and quality.
Some packaged goods industries have developed an over-
whelming variety of container sizes and shapes that represent
~ * Ree Section, Cellophane Division, E. I. du Pont de Nemours &
o., Inc.
the
of
the
ore
_ of
one
ity
or
ASIC
on-
les,
me
nce
ital
ods
ing
init
nall
lop-
ally
and
ver-
ent
rs &
5—-The box-alone type has no
cellophane liner, but is it-
self coated with a thermo-
plastic which makes it liq-
uid-tight and allows heat
sealing of the triple top
flaps with an ordinary flat
iron by the housewife. This
box is shipped already set up.
fancied demands or subconscious desires to have something
different. It has taken years of sales research and manu-
facturing studies to show that this often means exorbitant
costs, unsatisfactory packages and situations where the
packaging material has dominated the situation rather than
basic requirements of the product itself.
Today there is no-reason why a relatively new industry
such as the refrigerated locker industry should repeat such
mistakes. Basic fundamentals for frozen food package
design are as follows:°
Protection
Structural strength
Ease of handling
Trade satisfaction
Standardization
6. Cost
Each of the basic principles should be studied in con-
nection with the needs of the individual locker plant.
Protection of the product from the time it is processed and
frozen and until it reaches the consumer’s table is paramount.
Regardless of any other factor, if the food has deteriorated
it will create resistance to future use. Therefore this factor
cannot be overstressed.
Second, in the locker plant it is a mistake to use a package
lacking in structural strength. While the locker package does
not undergo the long distance shipment which commercial
packages do, nevertheless, this is more than offset by the fact
the locker package is not handled under as favorable con-
ditions. So entirely aside from the package performing its
chief function of preventing desiccation and protecting
flavor, it should have sufficient strength to stand up under
at least normal stacking and handling conditions. It should
also be tough and strong enough to withstand normal and
low temperatures.
Third, the wrapping materials and containers used in
locker plants must necessarily be easy to handle. Trick packages
must be shunned, for more often than not their best selling
argument is based upon some novelty feature which has not
been tried, tested and proven to be workable under practical
operating conditions. Containers should possess the same
oe Wh
characteristics as wrapping materials in the matter of hand-
ling. They should be easily assembled, easy to fill and have
an effective seal that is easy to manipulate.
Trade satisfaction is the next factor that cannot be over-
‘looked by the successful locker operator. Packaging is a
necessary part of marketing. Except for certain aspects in
processing and in the volume handled, many of the packaging
problems in a locker plant are significantly similar to the
problems faced by the commercial packer. The end results
are the same. The consumer or the locker patron passes
trial judgment on the package. Each package must be de-
signed to result in consumer satisfaction. All packages used
for merchandising frozen foods must be attractive. Even
for locker use, package appearance should not be neglected.
While it is true that the locker container or package is not
required to do the direct selling job of a retail store unit, a
package that is attractive, clean and sanitary looking has an
important psychological effect upon the consumer and can-
not help but do its share in helping to perpetuate and expand
the locker plant industry. .
STANDARD CONTAINERS
Standardization of container sizes and packages is another
requirement which cannot be too highly stressed as the effects
are far reaching. Costs of most containers such as the
‘‘bag-in-box”’ type used for fruits and vegetables vary with
volume purchased. Therefore it is evident that a wide range
of sizes requires careful planning to avoid increased cost.
Through the development of the quick frozen industry,
certainly since 1930, there has been a trend from bulk to
small packages. About that time the quick frozen fruits
and vegetables industry was ready to develop the retail
market which requires smaller packages than a 30- to 50-
gal. or even a 5-gal. institutional container. The whole
packaging period of that time may be described as a trial-
and-error period.
In setting up sizes for frozen varieties of fruits and vege-
tables, first consideration is the purpose of the package and
DECEMBER ®* 1943 65
second the size best suited for this purpose. The answer to
these questions will determine the sizes of packages for
various uses as well as standardization of them throughout
the locker field. Packages based upon consumer preference
will serve as a guide post in setting standards in most in-
stances.
What about the cost of the package? Low costs with
particular reference to packaging materials come through
standardization, use of materials in most economical fashion,
volume purchases and adequate inventories to avoid rush
shipments.
Cost of the package is important—extremely important—
but only in relation to the other fundamentals previously
mentioned, which are: protection, structural strength, ease
in handling, trade satisfaction and standardization.
BASIC REQUIREMENTS
Before discussing packaging methods as they apply to
locker plants, first take a look at what might be termed the
fundamental requirements of: proper packaging materials:
1. They must protect the food from desiccation and
oxidation. Of the numerous factors considered in
selecting a suitable packaging material, moisture-vapor-
proofness should be considered first because this affects
the quality of the product more directly than does any
of the others. There should be no compromise on this
point because loss in flavor, appearance and weight
means that the basic reason for freezing in the first
place is voided.
It is important that packaging materials be of a type
that will protect the food from absorbing outside
flavors, odors and contamination.
It is also important that the material does not crack
or become brittle at low temperatures; absorb blood,
water, oil or grease, nor impart any flavor or odor to
the enclosed product.
With fruits and vegetables where the ‘‘bag-in-carton’’
type is most widely used, it is important that the
package be leakproof, stainproof, easy to fill and have
an effective seal.
The requirements for the proper packaging of meats
and poultry are equally as important as those for
fruits and vegetables. The loss of moisture from the
surface of the meat or poultry, or contact with air
permits oxidation and development of rancidity of the
fat. Wrapping materials must not only be moisture-
vaporproof, but should also be moisture-resisting to
insure stripping quality. By stripping quality is
meant the ability of the wrapper to be removed from
the meat while still in a frozen condition without
undue sticking or tearing which results from absorption
of liquids and subsequent freezing.
A wrapper possessing these qualities will also protect
the original weight of the product wrapped and thereby
reduce to a minimum or eliminate entirely the shrinkage
losses due to evaporation or transfer of moisture or
juices from the meat into the wrapper itself.
Much can be said on packaging methods. A wide variance
exists in the methods used in wrapping meats, and in filling
and sealing containers holding syrup fruits and vegetables.
Some distinction must be made in the methods and hand-
ling problems in a locker plant which may require the hand-
ling of a relatively few packages per day compared with
the large commercial packer who handles thousands of pack-
ages requiring a straight-line production set-up.
The question has often been asked of the commercial
6—Inexpensive plain carton, sold in units of 100, has separate cellophane bag, easily inserted by the user.
This package is manufactured in three sizes. 7—Example of bag-alone container is this bag of paper
laminated with cellophane, which is simply sealed with a flat iron on kitchen table top, as illustrated.
6
MODERN PACKAGING
ym
ut
on
ct
by
ge
packer and it may well apply to the frozen food locker field.
“What is the ideal package for frozen foods?’’ This is a ques-
tion difficult for anyone to answer because of the variance in
size, Shape and nature of the products to be packaged. An
ideal package for frozen vegetables such as cut corn, lima
beans or peas would not necessarily be satisfactory for frozen
steaks. Likewise the steak package would be unsuited for
frozen peaches or cauliflower.
MOISTURE PROTECTION
However, there are certain qualities which all finished
packages of frozen foods must possess, of which the most
important is maximum resistance to moisture-vapor pene-
tration, inwardly or outwardly. No matter how good the
packaging material «nay be in resisting the passage of mois-
ture-vapor, no package is better than its closure. This point
cannot be over-emphasized. It is equally true in the wrap-
ping of meats and poultry as it is with containers for holding
fruits and vegetables.
Because of this, there has been a decided trend in recent
years for food locker plants to adopt something that has been
standard practice in the commercial frozen food field for
years. It is the use of what is commonly referred to as the
bag-in-box type of container for fruits and vegetables.
This type of package may take the form of a separate bag
and carton or a prefabricated bag liner attached to the inside
walls of the carton and used as a single unit.
Protection in this type of package is not dependent upon
the carton itself cr the.way in which it is sealed, but rather
upon the use of a separate independently sealed moistureproof
cellophane bag liner of the heat-seal type in combination with
a carton to produce the desired protective results and to
meet requirements in handling, compactness and structural
strength.
In connection with the use of cellophane in the frozen food
industry, the use of the moisture-proof type is assumed
and not the type of film known to the trade as ‘‘plain trans-
parent” cellophane. This is not recommended for frozen
foods because it does not afford moisture-vaporproof protec-
tion.
The paperboard container enclosing the cellophane bag
lining is fashioned from selected material, free from odor,
and paraffin coated to resist moisture or water penetration.
Suitable containers made of paperboard may be divided
into two classes, depending upon their shape. Each class
has its good and bad points. One class of paper containers
includes cups, tubes and circular-shaped straight-wall side
spiral-wound containers commonly classified as the round
type. The other includes square-cornered cartons available
in almost any size or shape. For locker plant use the most
acceptable has been the rectangular shape in the 1- and 2-lb.
sizes.
The rectangular and spiral-wound cylindrical-shaped con-
tainers are available with moistureproof cellophane bag
liners which can be heat sealed to make them moisture-vapor-
tight as well as liquidtight.
A note of caution should be sounded in connection with
the handling of the bag-in-box type of package. It is not
sound practice to insert flat bags in cartons, then fill and trust
to luck that the weight of the product will properly round out
the corners of the bag. Unless the bag is preformed over a
mandrel, it will not usually shape itself properly to the walls
of the carton. Improper shaping causes excessive wrinkling
PHOTOS, COURTESY DU PONT CO.
8—Cut chicken, too, is efficiently packaged in the new
moisture-vaporproof container with heat-sealing cello-
Phane. Locker operators now use this better packaging.
and pinching of the cellophane, and the chance for pin-holing
or cracking.
In filling the bag every effort should be made to keep the
mouth or upper rim as clean as possible. The top portion of
the bag is where the heat seal is made and it is obvious this
surface must be kept free of product to insure a proper seal.
After the container has been filled, the part of the bag
extending beyond the upper rim of the carton should be care-
fully flattened and pressed together to remove as much air
as possible within the package and thereby prevent oxidation.
The next step is the final sealing of the bag to prevent liquid
leakage or air penetration.
The sealing iron should be at the proper temperature.
Bags made of moistureproof heat-sealing cellophane for frozen
fruits and vegetables may be best sealed with a temperature
of about 255 deg. to 265 deg. F. and pressure applied for up-
wards of a second or so. Care must be exercised to prevent
the iron from becoming too hot. Too much heat will burn
the cellophane and cause it to become brittle, so that it may
crack when subjected to freezing temperatures. Too low a
temperature will result in weak seals.
Just as fruits and vegetables are more adequately pro-
tected from desiccation and oxidation by the use of a sealed
container of the types represented by these samples, so
meats and poultry retain their full flavor and appearance,
and suffer no loss due to desiccation when the same procedure
is followed in securing a moisture-vaportight sealed package.
The packaging problem for meats in locker plants is under-
going constant study and much experience has been gained
in developing sounder and better methods of wrapping—
thanks in no small measure to the helpfulness and cooperation
of locker operators.
‘“‘What is the best way to wrap a cut of meat?’’ is a ques-
tion often asked. This can be answered best by analysis of
the method used to apply the (Continued on page 154)
DECEMBER ®* 1943 67
Navy standards for palletized unit loads
1—The Navy's new standard.
ization of clothing containers
permits quick and efficient
modern equipment to get
in its best work. Photo
shows “fork truck” depositing
top deck of palletized load
in a railroad freight car.
Ki ccvine Naval Forces well-clad is a colossal task. It re-
quires the handling of 1,000 truckloads and carloads a
week and more than a million garmentsaday. These are not
merely the blue undress, blue dress, whites and dungarees of
peacetime, but hundreds of different items for sea and land,
for arctics and tropics, for jungle, for camouflage.
The heart of the huge circulatory system which keeps these
garments moving is the U. S. Naval Clothing Depot in Brook-
lyn, housed in two 8-story buildings, two blocks long and one
block wide. A walk of approximately 7!/, miles is required to
inspect the plant, which is not only one of the largest clothing
manufactories in the world, but a reception center for the
thousands of garments received daily from contractors.
Plans for handling this packaging procedure were inaugu-
rated under the direction of Capt. Charles D. Kirk, S.C.,
U.S.N., Supply Officer in Command of the Naval Clothing
Depot. This plan entailed the standardization and simplifi-
cation of all packing and packaging procedures to’ save man-
hours and materials, notably sulfate fibre. Though de-
signed for the Naval Clothing Depot, this plan has applica-
tions in many branches of industry. Many boxmakers and
2
itATEN STANDS
iad HATS
BUT 44 Ow. CARE Kt.
; .
* .
rT RSS 12545
RE, £2545
BACK NOE EOR WISTRERUTING PUENTS ane
MODERI¥ PACKAGING
2—Three pack sizes for standard 4 ft. by 4 ft. pallet loads. They are designated as standard, half-standard
and quarter standard. 3—The pallet accomodates 18 standards, 36 half-standards or 72 quarter-standards.
clothing manufacturers supplying the Navy are already be-
coming acquainted with these applications. There is a good
chance that a fair share of the features of the system will be
carried over into the nation’s industry in peacetime.
Before setting up its new plan, members of the depot
studied thousands of containers already in use. It was
finally decided to reverse the old policy by “‘standardizing the
boxes, letting the issues fall where they may.”’ A big part of
the problem of handling the enormous quantities of clothing
passing through the depot involved transportation to move it
through the great distance within the building, into and out
of elevators, and on the shipping floor. First step in reform
was the adoption of what is called the ‘‘palletized’’ method of
transporting packaged items. For this, standardized pallets,
taking loads in units of 4 ft. by 4 ft. were selected. These
pallets differ from the skids formerly used in that they have
three runners instead of two and a bottom as well as a top
deck. This construction requires the use of a fork truck to
lift it. The forks on the small motorized trucks may be
moved up and down so that the palletized units may be de-
posited wherever desired in double-decker fashion.
>
ry fb -§— >
ot
as
he
of
ng
ut
rm
of
ts,
Se
ve
PARK NUL Fron ExXPont
5
4—Export cartons are fitted over domestic standard cartons and can accomodate three standards, 6 half-stand-
ards, 12 quarter-standards or combinations of these. 5—Waterproof tape is applied to seams and to all flaps
and openings. Treated this way, these export containers were dry after nine hours under running water.
Having settled upon the use of the 4 ft. by 4 ft. pallets, the
depot standardized its packs in three divisons as follows:
Pack No. 1—Equivalent to a “‘retail’’ pack, this is comprised
of three sizes of containers, called the standard, half-standard
and quarter-standard. The accompanying photograph shows
the three sizes. A pallet accommodates 18 standards, 36
half-standards or 72 quarter-standards, or combinations.
Pack No. 1 is used for supplying distribution points and ships.
Its units are purposely kept small to save space on ships and
to prevent wear and tear on garments which might not be
needed.
Pack No. 2—Equivalent to a ‘‘wholesale” pack, this is the
Bulk Pack, used for shipments sent to training stations. Itis
standardized in units of four to the pallet.
Pack No. 3—The Export Pack. This is an outer carton
into which the units of Pack 1 are placed. The outer carton
of waterproof board is sealed with waterproof adhesive;
waterproof tape is applied to all seams and joints, and each
pallet is bound girthwise with steel straps. Standardized,
five cartons to a pallet.
In the palletized system, the pallet cover fits on the top and
holds the top layer of cartons in place. The cartons by the
force of their weight hold the other layers in place for ordi-
nary storage around the depot. Before shipping, however,
each palletized load is bound together with */, in. by .020
curved-edge steel strapping.
The economy of the new method is apparent in the time
saved in gathering up the cartons and delivering them to the
shipping floor. Formerly, transveyors, or ‘‘jiggers,’’ as the
small hand-trucks are called, were used to gather up the car-
tons and take them to elevators into which the loads had to
be transferred by hand. There was another similar hand
operation necessary to get the cartons out of the elevators and
onto other trucks. Finally, there was the task of loading—
still by hand—into freight cars. This procedure, which re-
quired the equivalent of the work of 14 men for a half-day is
now accomplished by one worker in less than two hours.
The saving is made because the fork truck mechanically picks
up the entire palletized load at one time and drives it into the
elevator, dropping it there. A similar hand-truck picks up
the load when the elevator has descended, takes it to the ship-
ping floor, finally to the freight car and deposits it there for
its final journey. Freight cars can accommodate two tiers
of these units and the fork trucks set the upper load in place
just as readily as they set the lower one on the floor of the car.
(Under the old system, when the smaller cartons were stacked
by hand, it was necessary, under union rules, to hire a helper
for each worker who stacked cartons above shoulder level.)
The average freight car accommodates 40 of these new palle-
tized units.
The savings in cardboard, kraft paper, paper tape, metal-
stitching and steel strapping under the new system are es-
pecially noteworthy. For example, ten ‘Hats, White,” to
use the Navy designation, were formerly placed in a box of
200-Ib. test corrugated board and each set of four such boxes
was placed in a master carton. These, in turn, were placed in
bulk containers. The object of this careful packing was to
keep the hats shaped as blocked. This care was entirely
wasted, because nine sailors out of ten prefer to shape their
white hats to suit themselves. Now the 200-lb. test boxes,
the master cartons and the bulk containers have all been
eliminated. Instead, the half-standard boxes of Pack 1 are
used. Sixty hats are tiered and compressed together and
placed in each box. These boxes are smaller than the ones
which formerly held only 40 hats. A pallet load consists of
2,160 hats. The accompanying photographs show the ma-
terials saved under the new system.
Formerly, in shipping overcoats, each was placed in an in-
dividual corrugated box and each set of three such boxes was
placed in a master container. Now the corrugated box has
been replaced by a 50-lb. basis weight kraft paper bag and
eight overcoats fit into the same size of box that formerly held
three.
The elimination of individual packaging for large garments
has resulted in substantial economies. In the elimination of
thousands of boxes alone, at a minimum cost of 5¢ apiece, the
saving runs into large sums. Wherever feasible, the kraft
wrapping paper formerly used to enclose underwear, socks and
other small items, in units of a dozen, has been eliminated and
with it the gummed paper which sealed the assortments,
DECEMBER °* 1943 69
MODERN PACKAGING
now a group of such items is simply tied together with string.
Large savings have been effected in the handling of bolts
of cloth. Formerly each bolt was wrapped with two layers
of reinforced asphalt laminated duplex paper (for waterproof-
ing) and two wrappers of 75-lb. basis weight, heavy-duty
kraft paper. The waterproof paper was a needless frill, the
Navy said, because the cloth goes through a sponging process
before it is made up into garments. So both of the water-
proof paper wrappings were eliminated and a 60-lb. kraft was
substituted for the 75-lb. wrapping. (Care is taken to
salvage the 60-lb. paper for re-use or for sales to paper mills.)
The elimination of the full overlap slotting in standard and
half-standard containers has also been a worthwhile conserva-
tion measure. While this type of closure is desirable, it is
said to be wasteful of material and man-hours in a carton’s
manufacture. Instead. the box is slotted with inside flaps
meeting and the outer ones overlap with no cutting required.
More than 30 carloads of fibre are saved every six months,
as wellas a considerable quantity of metal for stitching through
a change in the bulk container. Formerly the entire body
and the covers were made of 500-Ib. test, double-wall, corru-
gated board which required stitching at the closure. A new
type of cover was designed of 350-lb. test, single-wall board,
which folds together without stitching.
One of the greatest economies effected involves the Export
Pack. Before the new system was devised, it was assumed
that any carton might be exported. Therefore, every item
that passed through the department was packed to withstand
the hazards of export. Now every item is packed for domes-
tic shipment and those destined for export are later placed in
larger export cartons of the type described as Pack 3 earlier
in this article. Made of export V-Board, this unit holds
three standards, six half-standards or 12 quarter-standards, or
combinations of these Pack 1 cartons. Today, when an
order is received for a given quantity of garments to be ex-
ported, they are taken in their original domestic cartons and
dropped into the waterproofed export boxes. After the boxes
are filled, they are closed and waterproof adhesive is applied on
top to the areas of contact between the flaps. Then water-
proof tape is applied to all seams, flaps and openings and man-
ufacturers’ joints. This waterproofs the box in accordance
with tests lasting nine hours under running water. The final
step is reinforcement by steel straps (the °/, in. by .020-in.
curved edge variety)—three girthwise encirclements to each
box. Export containers are kept on their pallets even
aboard ship.
The method of packing twill is interesting. It was for-
merly packed in heavy cases, 1,000 yards to the lot. Now
2,000 yards are piled on the lower half of a half-slotted carton
resting on a pallet. Over this is telescoped a half overlap
slotted carton, approximately 44 in. in depth. Then the top
flaps are folded over and the whole load is strapped to the
pallet. Though it weighs about 1,500 pounds, the load is
handled automatically with the transporter and fork truck.
These can be stowed away two-high, without dunnage.
It requires little imagination (Continued on page 156)
6—Bulk packs, equivalent to a “wholesale” pack, stand-
ardized in units of four to the pallet. Used for shipments
to training stations. 7—Same bulk containers in storage.
8—Palletized unit load of hats in 36 half-standard con-
tainers. Sixty hats in one of these boxes takes less space
than 40 occupied by old packing methods. 9—Containers
and strapping saved by new methods of packing hats.
ste
be
of
co
ric
ca
di
a S be ot
ch
en
IT -
on
ap
op
nd-
nts
ge.
on-
1ce
ers
ats.
Diagram of average candy counter
stand. Spot 1 is considered the
best position. Spot 2, left and right
of center, is considered average
or favorable. Spots 3 and 4 are
considered poor. Spot 5, left or
right, is also considered poor, but
can be greatly improved by use of
displays along the back of rack.
SHELE POSITION TESTS to aid candy bar sales
qr to show the influence of shelf position, display ad-
vertising and suggestion selling on sales of a popular-
priced candy bar was recently conducted by the Point of
Purchase Advertising Institute.
The test, conducted in 50 outlets such as newsstands,
cigar counters, subway, hotel and theater lobby stands, was
made for a manufacturer who plans postwar expansion in
lines he will package and brand for distributors.
POPAT has broken down total results for use by a number
of manufacturers who plan to develop the test idea as a
basis for sales training material in store merchandising
work.
Results of the study indicate that sales from average-
prominent position on the counter increase in direct propor-
tion to the display cards used and sales clerk support given to
the unit items.
The test item was a newly developed peanut candy bar
priced at 10 cents. It was first displayed in a poor position,
alone. In the second phase of the test, the merchandise
was displayed in an average-prominent position. Next it
was given average-prominent position, plus display ma-
terial. Finally it was displayed in an average-prominent
position and supported with display cards and suggestion
selling by sales people.
On the first day of the test with the product in poor posi-
tion, 11 units were sold. On the second day, with good
position, 201 units were sold. On the third day, the total
went to 859 units with the merchandise in average-prominent
position and supported by display material. On the final
day, also in average-prominent position, but supported with
proper display and suggestion selling to all customers, the
total sales jumped to 1,172 units.
Relative selling positions used for the study are shown
on the accompanying diagram as follows:
Spot 1.—The best spot on a unit of the type shown.
This spot was not used in the test because the Institute
wanted only average-prominent or average-favorable
position. (Consideration of the spot as most favorable
is in this case the contention of the candy manufacturer
for whom the study was made and is not based, as far as
known, on other data.)
Spot 2.—Left and right of center were considered
average or favorable positions in the test. If there is
any difference in degree of value of the two positions,
Spot 2 right (facing the customer) was considered the
better.
Spot 3.—Considered poor position, but slightly better
than Spot 4.
Spot 4.—Poor position, but not as good as Spot 3.
These spots are low down on the unit and well to the
edges. Both were used in the poor position test.
Spot 5.—Left and right of center were also considered
poor—because of their location at top level and at the
edges of the shelf. Spots 5 were greatly increased in
value by the use of display cards along the back of the
unit with the merchandise placed in front of the card,
it was found. This position was also found good when
merchandise was placed in this lccation in display con-
tainers tilted so that the merchandise showed.
The candy company with which POPAI worked out the
tests expects to continue the study over larger samples and
under varying conditions. Further detail will include study
of sales messages used on the display cards and merchandising
talks the clerks use in contact selling.
DECEMBER °* 1943
71
MODERN PACKAGING
Duy
Something is happening to the carriage trade and
merchandisers of luxury lines are already beginning
to gear for an expected greater transition in the
postwar era. Four new American perfumes intro-
duced last month by the House of Leigh, now a
division of Shulton, Inc., are an indication of this
trend. This company’s perfumes used to sell in the
$7.50-an-ounce bracket. The new aromatic scents
are offered at less than half that price, although
equal in quality to those sold at the former price,
the company states. This innovation, it is said, is
in anticipation of a demand for American perfumes
at an American price. Packaging of these new per-
fumes is streamlined to high-speed assembly-line
handling. Each of the four scents—Poetic Dream,
Risqué, Heartbeat and Dulcinea—are being put in
the same kind of a bottle and the same kind of a box.
Each, however, has a separate identifying tight wrap
and label, inspired by the character of the various
scents. An etched crest is the same on all glass
bottle stoppers. The over-wrap is the same on every
box, with suitable end labels for each scent.
Heaters for war gones
When American boys start crossing the Alps, there
will be a neat package in the vanguard to help ease
the cold. Waterproof, paperlined boxes will take
Carrier Unit Heaters for shower and utility rooms up
to the front. Packaged for export, according to Navy
Department Bureau of Yards and Docks, each box
contains two 46E-126 unit heaters, two aquastats,
one thermostat, four 1-beam clamps and four hanger
rods. * Heaters are of a steam type and will provide
for circulation of heated air.
To prevent corrosion and rust en route from
Carrier’s factory at Syracuse, N. Y., to any part of
the world, each part (including motors and controls)
is wrapped in a heavy, greaseproof paper. The
paper keeps out rain, snow or salt water spray. The
parts are then put into a wooden box, lined with
waterproof paper and sealed to insure a tight covering
and lining. In the accompanying illustrations may
be seen the unit heaters and parts before and after
they are wrapped, and the paper liner for the box.
All parts fit securely in the box and are separated
for protection by wooden partitions.
Bouillon cube packets
Bouillon cubes are an extremely hygroscopic product
ing and therefore must be carefully protected to keep out
the moisture. Wyler’s bouillon cubes formerly came in
tro- tin containers. Now five of these individually waxed
va paper wrapped cubes come in a heat-sealed cellophane
this tube which is placed in a tiny folding carton scarcely
the bigger than a five-cent package of chewing gum.
nts The carton is a good example of how product identity,
ugh appetite appeal and informative data can be arranged
‘ice, over a few square inches of space. Product name is
i, is at the top, then an illustration of a steaming cup of
mes broth, below which is a sales message: ‘‘Refresh
per- yourself with a cup today.”’ Colors are red, blue and
line yellow with a white background. The cubes are
‘am, wrapped by means of hand-operated gauges over
t in moving conveyors. The cellophane tubes are crimped
box. and heat sealed.
vrap
ere Credit; Cellophane tubing, Humitube Co., Peoria, IIl.,
oe and Milprint, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis. Covers, Mil-
ve
print, Inc., and Morris Paper Mills, Chicago. Cartons,
American Coating Mills, Inc., Elkhart, Ind.
A, Bean business
there More and more dry foods in cartons are being intro-
- duced for the civilian market by companies which in
take normal times are leaders in the packing of hot proc-
essed foods in tins. A great deal of ingenuity has
Navy been shown in developing items which can be pack-
| box aged this way to present them with counter and
stats, appetite appeal.
—— Two. new ones that appeared recently are College
ovide Inn Chili Dinner and Western Style Beans. AIl-
though these units contain nothing more than dried
from beans and spices, they have been dressed up to give
rt of the ration-harried housewife new ideas for preparing
trols) these nourishing everyday foods. A sombrero-ed
Th Mexican besid tus plant is the pictorial sug-
exican beside a cactus plant is pictorial sug
The gestion for the Chili dinner, while a cowboy cooking
with over an open, outdoor fire is used as the illustration
esti for the Western Style Beans. The reverse panels
deve each depict a dish of the foods as they look when
_ prepared. End panels contain the recipes and direc-
ree tions for adding the packets of spices inside the carton.
rate
. Credit: Carton, Container Corp. of America, Chicago.
DECEMBER °* 1943 7
Package versus bulk handling costs
xk k &
YN topic has been the subject of an investigation just
completed by the writer of this article with the help of
several of his colleagues in the Department of Marketing,
Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of
Pennsylvania.
There is some information on the difference in the cost of
certain grocery products to household consumers (consumer
price) when in a package and when in bulk quantities that
must be weighed or measured out to customers in the retail
store. Certain grocery products are still distributed in both
of these ways and where information concerning relative
costs has not been collected this can be readily done. There
are also available some statements of what this difference in
cost to household consumers would be if certain food products
now sold only in package would be marketed in bulk form.
But there is some doubt whether such statements should be
classified as information or misinformation. They usually
aver that the consumer price for the same quantity of a given
product if sold in bulk form would be substantially less than
the consumer pays for the product in the package. How so?
This question is not answered by ‘‘giving the figures,’’ so to
speak, but it is not difficult to see that the conclusion is
generally reached somewhat as follows.
Assume that the consumer pays 10 cents a package for the
product. From somewhere a figure of, say, 1'/2 cents is
gotten as the cost of packaging (even though accurate
average packaging costs of individual grocery products for
the entire trade, or any sizable section of it, are not to be had).
From some other undisclosed source a figure of say '/2 cent
per package for cost of advertising is gotten. If the product
were sold in bulk, the argument runs, since there would be no
package, both the costs of packaging and of advertising
would be avoided. The same quantity and quality of the
product in bulk form would be sold to consumers for only 8
cents instead of ten. Of course, nothing is said of the greater
protection, convenience and sanitation afforded by the
package that would be lost if the change to bulk handling
were made or, if so, they are treated as inconsequential.
Marketing costs important
Packaging is assumed to be a marketing function rather
than one of production although the contrary assumption
would not alter the situation. It is true that the consumer
price would follow downwards any significant lowering of
marketing costs if competition were active all along the line
from manufacturer to retailer which appears to be the case
for the grocery trade taken as a whole. Hence the respective
marketing costs of a product in bulk and in package form
assume a vital importance from the public’s point of view.
They are also important to the trade, not only because of their
effects upon the respective profits of the individual marketing
concerns that are to be had from the “bulk distribution” and
the ‘‘package distribution” of a given product but also as an
approximate measure of what it costs the trade taken as a
whole to give household consumers the extra services of the
* Professor of Marketing, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce,
University of Pennsylvania.
74 MODERN PACKAGING
by Ralph F. Breyer*
package, a few of which were alluded to above, and to obtain
for itself certain peculiar marketing services afforded by the
package. This latter meaning will become clearer as the
discussion proceeds.
In view of this two-fold importance of the respective
distribution costs of a product in bulk and in packages it
seemed desirable to explore the possibilities of establishing
such differences in these costs as might exist to endeavor
actually to compute the cost differences on one or two
products in a comparatively small market area and to draw
out in a particularized fashion the significance of such cost
differences. To make such a small-scale exploratory cost
study the Container Corp. of America gave a grant to the
University of Pennsylvania. It was under this grant that the
“pilot”? study, so to speak, mentioned in the first sentence
of this article was made and what follows is based upon
portions of that study.
Rice one of test products
Instead of endeavoring to establish the total cost of market-
ing for bulk distribution and for package distribution of a
given product, the study just referred to attempted merely
to find what the difference in such costs are that are caused
entirely or primarily by the disparities in the types of con-
tainers for each system, namely bulk and package.
Rice was one of the two food products covered by the study
and since it will be used exclusively as the basis of further
discussion, it can be employed here to illustrate the objective
of the study. The study sought to determine how much
more or less it cost to market (including the entire marketing
process from producer through successive wholesale and
retail stages to the consumer) cleaned rice to household con-
sumers because it was distributed in one form (bulk) rather
than in another (package). The distinction between these
two forms lies in the nature of their respective container?
patterns. For bulk distribution rice is placed in 100-lb.
burlap or cotton bags at the mill and it remains in this con-
tainer until it reaches the retail store where it is weighed
out in small consumer quantities and placed in manila paper
bags or in cellophane bags in a few instances. For package
distribution the product may either be placed in the package,
holding consumer quantities, at the mill or at some other
point prior to the arrival of the rice in the store, more usually
a wholesaler’s or large chain’s warehouse. In either case the
packages are placed in fibreboard shipping containers in
which they arrive at the store. Where the packaging is done
at some point other than the mill, the rice is moved to this
point in exactly the same 100-lb. bags as are used for bulk
distribution.
Since the differences in costs of marketing were confined
solely to those caused by the dissimilarities of these two con-
tainer patterns, advertising costs, except for such advertising
matter as was incorporated in the package, were eliminated
from the cost calculations on the ground that such advertising
is not caused by the use of the package although the latter
1 The word container when used without a qualifier refers to any and all
types of receptacles for holding the product that accompany the product as
‘it moves from producer to consumer.
ch
er
1er
ne
his
ilk
ied
on-
ing
ted
ing
ter
| all
t as
facilitates such advertising. The cost of personal selling had
to be excluded also because it was not feasible to measure
the difference in the cost of this activity as between the bulk
and the packaged form of the product. Since the remairing
marketing activities relate primarily to the physical handling
of the rice they have been termed ‘“‘bulk handling’”’ where the
rice is in bulk form and “‘package handling”’ where it is in
package form, and the cost differences that were established
were those for bulk and package handling.
If particular marketing channels are located, in each of
which rice is handled both in bulk and package form and
follows the same route of physical flow, then any cost differ-
ences that may occur as between the bulk handling and the
package handling of rice in each such particular channel
would come about by virtue of the existence of one or more
of the following three circumstances: (1) an operation has
to be performed or a financial burden must be carried for
package handling and not for bulk handling; (2) an operation
or financial burden is required for bulk handling but not
for package handling; (3) the operation must be performed
or the financial burden must be carried for both bulk and
package handling, but because of differences in surrounding
circumstances it costs more per pound of rice for the one
than the other type of handling.
Such being the case particular channels (such as Mill A
to Wholesaler B to Retailer C; Mill A to Wholesaler B to
Retailer D; Mill A to Wholesaler E to Retailer F; and so
on) each handling rice in both bulk and package form were
first located. Then the entire length of the channel was
examined to discover all operations? that might fall into any
one of the three classes mentioned above (such operations
being termed ‘‘cost-difference operations’). The costs of
such operations were determined and this was charged
against bulk handling or package handling as the case might
be. The total of such charges against each type of handling
for each particular channel was calculated and the difference
in such totals, running against one or the other, was taken to
be the difference in the cost of bulk and package handling
of rice for that particular channel. Below is given a list of
the specific operations that were commonly found to show
cost differences when the packaging was done at a wholesale
warehouse located in an eastern metropolitan area. Some
of these, such as packaging and put-up, always evidence such
cost differences, whereas others, like the difference in salvage
price for used bags, sometimes do and sometimes do not.
1. At Processor Level:
(None)
At Wholesaler Level:
(a) Packaging, including weight losses.
(b) Difference in the average salvage price re-
ceived for used bag by wholesaler and by
retailer.
(c) Order assembly.
(d) Delivery.
3. At Retailer Level:
(a) Put-up (weighing and wrapping), including
weight losses.
(b) Getting a package of rice from the shelf for a
retail customer.
bo
The study of cost differences for rice was confined to those
occurring for the bulk and packaged rice sold in one large
metropolitan area in the East. (Continued on page 152)
? In this and all subsequent cases the word ‘‘operation’’ should be assumed
to include purely financial burdens.
*
TRAIL BLAZING
— two years ago, Walter P. Paepcke,
president of the Container Corp. of America,
announced that at the request of his company,
“a factual, scientific and scholarly study of the
economics of packaging’’ was being undertaken
by the Wharton School of Finance and Commerce
of the University of Pennsylvania.
That study, in spite of the dislocations of a
chaotic period, has now been completed and
MODERN PACKAGING presents to its readers an
advance report by the research professor who
conducted it.
This is a pioneer investigation in a field of vast
interest to everyone concerned with packaging
and also of vital importance to every consumer
of packaged merchandise. Whatever may be
thought of the method or the conclusions of this
study, tribute is due to the institution that con-
ducted it and the company that sponsored it.
The fact is that trail-blazing in research dis-
closes much more than the original ‘“‘quod erat
demonstrandum.”’ In this case, there was
nothing whatever to serve as a guide. New
patterns had to be found. The original plan
included more than one product, but abnormal
conditions made progress very slow and unfore-
seen circumstances made it possible to follow
through to completion with only one product.
It can now be seen, as Dr. Breyer himself points
out, that the investigation of this one product
and the scope to which the research was limited
has resulted in a fragmentary study which ob-
viously leaves many questions unanswered.
That one remaining product, too, is one which
doesn’t call for mass production packaging meth-
ods, nor for that matter does it call imperatively
for packaging at all! Consequently, as the re-
searchers would be the first to admit, it was im-
possible in this study for packaging to demon-
strate its real values.
Nevertheless, the study makes a plain case for
packaging. As the reader will see, in five out
of 11 cases the handling of packaged rice was
less expensive than bulk handling and in a sixth
case, it was ‘“‘even-Stephen.”’ It is obvious
that a study equally scientific and of equal in-
tegrity could be conducted on products of a
perishable character. Such a study would not
need to be limited to the operations of wholesale
houses who use only hand and semi-automatic
methods, but would cover all the speedy modern
low-cost mechanized methods used in up-to-date
manufacturing plants, and could also include
investigation of the “intangible elements”’ to
which Dr. Breyer attaches much importance.
Then indeed packaging would show its real
value to every user of packaged goods.
DECEMBER ®* 1943
*
on topic has been the subject of an investigation just
completed by the writer of this article with the help of
several of his colleagues in the Department of Marketing,
Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of
Pennsylvania.
There is some information on the difference in the cost of
certain grocery products to household consumers (consumer
price) when in a package and when in bulk quantities that
must be weighed or measured out to customers in the retail
store. Certain grocery products are still distributed in both
of these ways and where information concerning relative
costs has not been collected this can be readily done. There
are also available some statements of what this difference in
cost to household consumers would be if certain food products
now sold only in package would be marketed in bulk form.
But there is some doubt whether such statements should be
classified as information or misinformation. They usually
aver that the consumer price for the same quantity of a given
product if sold in bulk form would be substantially less than
the consumer pays for the product in the package. How so?
This question is not answered by ‘‘giving the figures,” so to
speak, but it is not difficult to see that the conclusion is
generally reached somewhat as follows.
Assume that the consumer pays 10 cents a package for the
product. From somewhere a figure of, say, 11/, cents is
gotten as the cost of packaging (even though accurate
average packaging costs of individual grocery products for
the entire trade, or any sizable section of it, are not to be had).
From some other undisclosed source a figure of say 1/2 cent
per package for cost of advertising is gotten. If the product
were sold in bulk, the argument runs, since there would be no
package, both the costs of packaging and of advertising
would be avoided. The same quantity and quality of the
product in bulk form would be sold to consumers for only 8
cents instead of ten. Of course, nothing is said of the greater
protection, convenience and sanitation afforded by the
package that would be lost if the change to bulk handling
were made or, if so, they are treated as inconsequential.
Marketing costs important
Packaging is assumed to be a marketing function rather
than one of production although the contrary assumption
would not alter the situation. It is true that the consumer
price would follow downwards any significant lowering of
marketing costs if competition were active all along the line
from manufacturer to retailer which appears to be the case
for the grocery trade taken as a whole. Hence the respective
marketing costs of a product in bulk and in package form
assume a vital importance from the public’s point of view.
They are also important to the trade, not only because of their
effects upon the respective profits of the individual marketing
concerns that are to be had from the “‘bulk distribution” and
the “package distribution” of a given product but also as an
approximate measure of what it costs the trade taken as a
whole to give household consumers the extra services of the
* Professor of Marketing, Wharton School of Finance and Commerce,
University of Pennsylvania.
74 MODERN PACKAGING
Package versus bulk handling costs
xk kK &
by Ralph F. Breyer*
package, a few of which were alluded to above, and to obtain
for itself certain peculiar marketing services afforded by the
package. This latter meaning will become clearer as the
discussion proceeds.
In view of this two-fold importance of the respective
distribution costs of a product in bulk and in packages it
seemed desirable to explore the possibilities of establishing
such differences in these costs as might exist to endeavor
actually to compute the cost differences on one or two
products in a comparatively small market area and to draw
out in a particularized fashion the significance of such cost
differences. To make such a small-scale exploratory cost
study the Container Corp. of America gave a grant to the
University of Pennsylvania. It was under this grant that the
“pilot”? study, so to speak, mentioned in the first sentence
of this article was made and what follows is based upon
portions of that study.
Rice one of test products
Instead of endeavoring to establish the total cost of market-
ing for bulk distribution and for package distribution of a
given product, the study just referred to attempted merely
to find what the difference in such costs are that are caused
entirely or primarily by the disparities in the types of con-
tainers for each system, namely bulk and package.
Rice was one of the two food products covered by the study
and since it will be used exclusively as the basis of further
discussion, it can be employed here to illustrate the objective
of the study. The study sought to determine how much
more or less it cost to market (including the entire marketing
process from producer through successive wholesale and
retail stages to the consumer) cleaned rice to household con-
sumers because it was distributed in one form (bulk) rather
than in another (package). The distinction between these
two forms lies in the nature of their respective container’
patterns. For bulk distribution rice is placed in 100-lb.
burlap or cotton bags at the mill and it remains in this con-
tainer until it reaches the retail store where it is weighed
out in small consumer quantities and placed in manila paper
bags or in cellophane bags in a few instances. For package
distribution the product may either be placed in the package,
holding consumer quantities, at the mill or at some other
point prior to the arrival of the rice in the store, more usually
a wholesaler’s or large chain’s warehouse. In either case the
packages are placed in fibreboard shipping containers in
which they arrive at the store. Where the packaging is done
at some point other than the mill, the rice is moved to this
point in exactly the same 100-lb. bags as are used for bulk
distribution.
Since the differences in costs of marketing were confined
solely to those caused by the dissimilarities of these two con-
tainer patterns, advertising costs, except for such advertising
matter as was incorporated in the package, were eliminated
from the cost calculations on the ground that such advertising
is not caused by the use of the package although the latter
1 The word container when used without a qualifier refers to any and all
types of receptacles for holding the product that accompany the product as
“it moves irom producer to consumer.
a ee a” a ee
SF a a a aa ae ae ae a
~~ “=
m RP TR
aS «6
l-
Lis
facilitates such advertising. The cost of personal selling had
to be excluded also because it was not feasible to measure
the difference in the cost of this activity as between the bulk
and the packaged form of the product. Since the remairing
marketing activities relate primarily to the physical handling
of the rice they have been termed ‘“‘bulk handling” where the
rice is in bulk form and “package handling’’ where it is in
package form, and the cost differences that were established
were those for bulk and package handling.
If particular marketing channels are located, in each of
which rice is handled both in bulk and package form and
follows the same route of physical flow, then any cost differ-
ences that may occur as between the bulk handling and the
package handling of rice in each such particular channel
would come about by virtue of the existence of one or more
of the following three circumstances: (1) an operation has
to be performed or a financial burden must be carried for
package handling and not for bulk handling; (2) an operation
or financial burden is required for bulk handling but not
for package handling; (3) the operation must be performed
or the financial burden must be carried for both bulk and
package handling, but because of differences in surrounding
circumstances it costs more per pound of rice for the one
than the other type of handling.
Such being the case particular channels (such as Mill A
to Wholesaler B to Retailer C; Mill A to Wholesaler B to
Retailer D; Mill A to Wholesaler E to Retailer F; and so
on) each handling rice in both bulk and package form were
first located. Then the entire length of the channel was
examined to discover all operations? that might fall into any
one of the three classes mentioned above (such operations
being termed ‘‘cost-difference operations’). The costs of
such operations were determined and this was charged
against bulk handling or package handling as the case might
be. The total of such charges against each type of handling
for each particular channel was calculated and the difference
in such totals, running against one or the other, was taken to
be the difference in the cost of bulk and package handling
of rice for that particular channel. Below is given a list of
the specific operations that were commonly found to show
cost differences when the packaging was done at a wholesale
warehouse located in an eastern metropolitan area. Some
of these, such as packaging and put-up, always evidence such
cost differences, whereas others, like the difference in salvage
price for used bags, sometimes do and sometimes do not.
1. At Processor Level:
(None)
2. At Wholesaler Level:
(a) Packaging, including weight losses.
(b) Difference in the average salvage price re-
ceived for used bag by wholesaler and by
retailer.
(c) Order assembly. ;
(d) Delivery.
3. At Retailer Level:
(a) Put-up (weighing and wrapping), including
weight losses.
(b) Getting a package of rice from the shelf for a
retail customer.
The study of cost differences for rice was confined to those
occurring for the bulk and packaged rice sold in one large
metropolitan area in the East. (Continued on page 152)
? Im this and all subsequent cases the word ‘‘operation’’ should be assumed
to include purely financial burdens.
*
TRAIL BLAZING
early two years ago, Walter P. Paepcke,
\ president of the Container Corp. of America,
announced that at the request of his company,
“a factual, scientific and scholarly study of the
economics of packaging’’ was being undertaken
by the Wharton School of Finance and Commerce
of the University of Pennsylvania.
That study, in spite of the dislocations of a
chaotic period, has now been completed and
MODERN PACKAGING presents to its readers an
advance report by the research professor who
conducted it.
This is a pioneer investigation in a field of vast
interest to everyone concerned with packaging
and also of vital importance to every consumer
of packaged merchandise. Whatever may be
thought of the method or the conclusions of this
study, tribute is due to the institution that con-
ducted it and the company that sponsored it.
The fact is that trail-blazing in research dis-
closes much more than the original ‘“‘quod erat
demonstrandum.” In this case, there was
nothing whatever to serve as a guide. New
patterns had to be found. The original plan
included more than one product, but abnormal
conditions made progress very slow and unfore-
seen circumstances made it possible to follow
through to completion with only one product.
It can now be seen, as Dr. Breyer himself points
out, that the investigation of this one product
and the scope to which the research was limited
has resulted in a fragmentary study which ob-
viously leaves many questions unanswered.
That one remaining product, too, is one which
doesn’t call for mass production packaging meth-
ods, nor for that matter does it call imperatively
for packaging at all! Consequently, as the re-
searchers would be the first to admit, it was im-
possible in this study for packaging to demon-
strate its real values.
Nevertheless, the study makes a plain case for
packaging. As the reader will see, in five out
of 11 cases the handling of packaged rice was
less expensive than bulk handling and in a sixth
case, it was ‘‘even-Stephen.”’ It is obvious
that a study equally scientific and of equal in-
tegrity could be conducted on products of a
perishable character. Such a study would not
need to be limited to the operations of wholesale
houses who use only hand and semi-automatic
methods, but would cover all the speedy modern
low-cost mechanized methods used in up-to-date
manufacturing plants, and could also include
investigation of the “intangible elements” to
which Dr. Breyer attaches much importance.
Then indeed packaging would show its real
value to every user of packaged goods.
DECEMBER ®* 1943
wo NEW
Bk
E cyosunts=
Nc ways of doing things with wartime substitute materials
continue to make their appearance in the packaging field.
Two new types of paper closures for wide-mouth bottles—
one of them said to be capable of a hermetic seal—have just
been introduced.
The vacuum seal makes use of a tacky liner disc, heavily
coated on the under side with an amorphous wax, which is
applied first to the bottle top and held in place by a paper
side ring while vacuumization takes place. The tacky liner
holds the vacuum and the ring is removed after the bottle
emerges from the vacuumizer. Then a paper disc of over-
size dimension is placed over the liner and the ring is replaced,
resting atop the disc. The whole assembly goes under a
special capping machine which turns the edge of the disc
down tightly around the thread of the bottle opening and
seals it firmly by driving the side ring back into place.
This vacuum closure is the development of a Buffalo paper-
box company which also has designed the special capper
for use with it and has evolved a quadruple filling and capping
production line. Such a line is now being set up in the plant
of the Griffin Grocery Co., Muskogee, Okla., which is already
packing its “Griffin” and ‘‘Polar Bear’’ brands of coffee with
the paper closure. It compares favorably in cost with other
closures now available.
Griffin reports that the closure was thoroughly tested before
being adopted and was found to give adequate vacuum pro-
tection to ground coffee. Manufacturers of the closure de-
clare that it will withstand up to 20 in. vacuum without
wrinkling; 28 in. has been held successfully but the badly
wrinkled condition of the liners indicated that leaks might
later develop, they say.
The liner disc is made of white paperboard. The side ring
is cut from convolutely wound tubes of kraft, pressed to give
it a slight shoulder at the top. The oversize top disc is of
brown chipboard and is die stamped to give it a slight in-
dentation in the diameter of the bottle top and a crimped
1—The disc-and-ring type paper closure is said to hold up to 20 in of vacuum and is being used to cap at least two
brands of vacuum-packed coffee now on the market. Housewife opens the jar by prying off the ring with a knife.
2 and 3—Screw-type closure is being used for both coffee and cosmetics, with varying types of liners. It is
said to make a tight closure, although not a hermetic seal. Both types of cap can be colored and decorated.
2
“one « ne
ae np
MODERN PACKAGING
Hroge s
ote niry ¢
» GRIN
Coffee a
2 FoR FETER ee
tab
“pie crust” edge which facilitates folding over the thread of
the bottle.
While the disc-and-ring cap will unscrew in ordinary usage,
in the case of vacuumized products where the tacky liner is
used the manufacturers recommend that the jar be opened
by pulling off or prying up the ring. The disc and liner then
can be easily removed. They can be replaced by reversing
the process, a slight pressure of the hand replacing the
ring.
Studies by the manufacturer of the closure indicate that one
operator should be able to assemble 20 rings and liners and
place them over the jars in one minute. Following vacuum-
ization, the lifting of the rings from the jars, placing the disc
and rings in a suitable press and pushing the ring over should
be done at the speed of about 10 per minute per person. In the
case of a non-vacuumized closure, a single filler is expected to
operate at the speed of 15 containers per minute, while the
quadruple filler should operate at a speed of 60 per minute.
The second new paper closure is a screw-top type developed
by one of the glass companies. It is already in use on wide-
mouth jars in both the food and cosmetic fields.
These caps are being made by one of the subsidiaries of a
glass company. They are being supplied in 53-, 58- and 63-
mm. sizes, GCA Standard 400 finish, continuous thread.
The material is sulphite manila fibre and the cap is supplied
with two types of liners, although it is said that any standard
liner can be used. For coffee jars, the manufacturer is sup-
plying a combination pulp and oil liner called ‘‘Silite’’ and the
cosmetic users have a vinylite liner.
e The construction principles of the second cap are simple
- enough. A disc of sulphite manila is pressed into shape in
the form of a cap and a heavy outer ferrule consisting of sev-
t eral thicknesses of moldable pulp is wound around it. This
y description is perhaps over-simplified, but this outer ferrule
imparts such strength and rigidity as to keep the cap from
_——— = == Fr wa
g
: 4—Special capping machine for disc-and-ring closure of
- the vacuum type. This principle can be adapted to either
d hand or pneumatic capper of conventional design. 5—
Steps in vacuum sealing with the paper closure: Right,
above, tacky liner is placed within ring, and ring and
liner on top of the jar finish. Below, as jar comes out
of vacuumizer, ring is removed, disc placed over liner,
the ring replaced and driven home in the capper.
3
VACUUMIZER _
Ee
t
‘ WHOLE ASSEMBLY
REMOVE PLACE DISK PLACE RING GOES UNDER CAPPER
RING OVER LINER OVER DISC WHICH PUSHES RING HOME
AND LINER
DECEMBER ®* 1943
spreading while allowing sufficient torque to be applied to
give a very strong and persistent seal.
All the parts of this closure are thoroughly impregnated
with a specially processed wax and they are then formed in
automatic presses, which were developed especially for the
job in the plant of the manufacturer.
The manufacturer claims that the closure functions in
actual production use exactly as does a metal or plastic
closure; it can be applied either by hand or by automatic
machine. Also it is said that the closure can be readily
unscrewed by the user, and then—as in the case of coffee—
reapplied quite tightly to protect the contents remaining in
the container. The closure can be removed and replaced as
many times as may be necessary.
Additional machinery for the manufacture of this closure
is being installed and it is expected that capacity will soon
reach 1,000,000 caps per day. Production so far has been
unable to keep pace with demand. Material supply is also
something of a problem, but if paper continues to be less
critical than metal or plastics the substitute closure may
find widespread adoption.
The users have not been stampeded by urgent need into
accepting this cap without thorough test. One of the cos-
MODERN PACKAGING
metic manufacturers informed MODERN PACKAGING that
it had successfully withstood the most rigid tests for cil-
and water-resistance, as well as most careful tests to deter-
mine the permanency and adequacy of the seal. They do not
require a hermetic seal for their products. In the production
line, they are handling these caps on fully automatic capping
machines with the regulation hopper-feed.
Eventually, these caps will appear as decorative members
of a package ensemble. The material of which they are made
and their method of fabrication both permit interesting color
effects and printed reproduction of trademarks, etc. So far,
however, because of the urgent need in the closure field, the
manufacturers are confining their attention to production in
natural color.
Coffee distributors are taking hold of the screw cap eagerly.
It forms a tight enough seal, experiment has demonstrated,
to retain the coffee aroma for a considerable length of time.
Reid-Murdoch and Kroger have no hesitation in marketing
their coffee in this package in ground form, while the A. & P.
organization, sticking to their traditional practice, pack theirs
in the bean only. The latter organization made no tests of
this cap for gas- and air-tightness because of this fact. They
are filling the jars mechanically and the caps are applied by
hand.
Some of the users feel that though the paper screw cap
seems to be not quite as sturdy as the metal cap, their tests
have demonstrated satisfactory results in respect to retaining
its rigidity for periods which are more than equivalent of
average shelf life. In cost, these caps are somewhat higher
than the metal types which they have displaced, but the
cosmetic houses report that they are less expensive than
plastic caps. If later experience and volume production
work out as expected, they are inclined to predict a permanent
place for this cap.
The manufacturer states that improvements are constantly
being made in both material and construction to comply with
various conditions encountered in actual use with varying
types of products.
Credit: Ring-and-disc vacuum closure by F. N. Burt Co., Inc.,
Buffalo, N. Y. Screw-top closure by Perma-Seal Closure Co.,
St. Paul. Minn.
6—These are the three compo-
nent parts of the disc-and-ring
closure. Smaller disc is heavily
coated on one side with an
amorphous wax which effects
the vacuum seal. Larger disc
with crimped edge is then laid
on and driven down inside ring,
as shown in Fig. 5. 1—Dissec-
tion of screw-type closure (Fig. 2),
showing coated liner and outer
ferrule of moldable pulp, cut
to reveal their construction.
2) oe ot
—
oq
er
he
an
on
tly
ith
nC,
~
/O.,
po-
ing
rily
cts
lisc
laid
ing,
3eC-
.2),
uter
cut
ion.
pow fountain syrup, introduced since the Govern-
ment restricted metal for crowns, is solving the metal cap
problem to the tune of 5,000,000 crowns a month.
This saving was made through replacement of metal crowns
by paper caps and plastic dispensers on bottles of fountain
syrup. Translated into tonnage of metal available for war
use, the monthly saving multiplied by 12 equals 210 tons a
year or enough to build four heavy tanks of 50 tons each,
according to Walter S. Mack, Jr., president.
Pepsi-Cola fountain syrup, which offers the company an
enviable new sales outlet, is shipped in 12-o0z. bottles similar
in appearance to the familiar “big, big bottle’ except for a
color-applied label and paper cap. Use of the paper cap,
similar to a milk bottle top, is possible since the syrup con-
tains no carbonation and therefore does not have to be main-
tained under pressure like a carbonated beverage.
Fountain operators are supplied with plastic pouring de-
?
2—Paper caps similar to those on milk
bottles can be used on the syrup bottles
to save metal since the syrup contains
no carbonation and therefore does not
have to be held under pressure. 3—
Fountain operators are supplied with
a colorful trademarked plastic pouring
device for the syrup. This replaces
Paper: cap after bottle is opened.
Cola goes
to the fountains
1—Syrup is poured by hand froma 12-oz. bottle, while
customer watches, into a glass bearing a syrup
line indicating the exact amount of syrup to be
used before ice and carbonated water are added.
vices which replace the paper caps after the bottle is opened.
This dispenser top also bears the Pepsi-Cola trademark.
This method of dispensing the beverage at fountains shows
thoughtful planning in the use of available packaging mate-
rials at a time when material and labor shortages would have
made it-impossible to obtain other specially designed counter-
dispenser units.
This fountain service provides sanitation and careful meas-
uring of ingredients, and assures fountain customers of getting
Pepsi-Cola when they ask for it, Mr. Mack pointed out.
The syrup is poured by hand (while the customer watches)
from the bottle into a special 10-0z. Pepsi-Cola glass bearing
a syrup line to indicate the exact amount of syrup to be
used before ice and carbonated water are added.
Credit: Paper caps, Smith-Lee Corp., Oneida, N. Y. Plastic
dispensers, Advertising Novelty Co., Philadelphia.
3
DECEMBER ®* 1943
by Millard C. Faught
hen it comes to wartime packaging problems, the people
in the seed business are really in a class by themselves.
Few things are fussier about the packages they travel in than
are seeds. If seeds get too hot, too cold, too wet, too dry,
too near strange odors, or take airplane rides too high up in
the sky, they may die or at least lose their power to germinate
and yield food for man. In total war, the yield of a few tiny
seeds can mean the difference between victory or death
through starvation to civilians and soldiers alike.
Military strategists well understand the ‘‘logistics’’ of seeds.
One Commando transport plane can carry enough seeds to
raise 10 trainloads of vegetables. To take advantage of this
fact, Uncle Sam has sent to his allies overseas 62,000,000 Ibs.
of seeds of all kinds. He has kept his own soldiers in places
like Australia and India well supplied too, because every ton
of food that the Army or the allies can raise where they will
eat it is one more ton of cargo space freed for guns and planes.
From March, 1941, to October, 1943, the United States had
PHOTO, FOOD DISTRIBUTION ADMINISTRATION
MODERN PACKAGING
1—Great bulk of seeds moves in sacks.
sent, under lend lease, to the allies these vast quantities of
vegetable seed: United Kingdom, 40,092,081 lbs. ; Middle East,
11,405; Australia, 1,548,960; Govt. of India, 29,963; Southern
Rhodesia, 28,000; British East Africa, 25,356; Equatorial
Africa, 6,592; New Caledonia, 50,865; Malta, 3,000; Russia,
19,240,198; North Africa, 416,052. The total was 61,452,427.
Other millions of pounds have gone to our own armed forces
and still more have been sent by private individuals in the
United States to families in Britain and Russia so that they
could raise true ‘‘Victory”’ gardens.
The combined results make one of the best chronicles of the
entire war. Hitler thought he could devastate the rich
Ukraine, starve the Russians and use the same soil to feed his
own ravaging hordes. Now his villainous ambitions are a
Nazi mockery. As fast, last spring, as the Russian soldiers
could hurl the Nazis out off the black soil, American seeds
were arriving to plant the liberated earth. Here is evidence
from a letter received recently by our State Department:
agin,
milli
were
conc
subt
Whe
seed
so al
norr
inne
St
ship
ship
sing
nur
enti
roe :
suck
U
bein
grea
vide
In p
ing |
proj
suck
E
5,00
in s
2—]
3—]
met
4
“As National Commissar for Agriculture in the name of
the collective farming peasants of the Soviet Republic I
desire to express my thanks to all American organizations
and individuals who participated in the purchase, assem-
bling and forwarding of vegetable seeds to Russia. After the
withdrawal of the Germans from occupied regions, which
they ruthlessly devastated and scorched, the help of
American vegetable seeds assisted in re-establishing
normal life to many destitute families.
BENEDICTOV, Commissar for Agriculture.”
Part of those thanks go to the men who overcame the pack-
aging and shipping problems which preceded delivery of the
millions of pounds of life-saving seeds. American seedsmen
were as thorough in their methods for insuring the quality and
condition of their seeds as were certain Dutch seedsmen in
subtly sabotaging seeds stolen from them by the Nazis.
Wherever possible the Dutch seed merchants handled their
seeds so they would be ruined in transit. We handled ours
so all would arrive in good order in spite of a shortage of many
normal types of overseas shipping containers like soldered tin
inner cases.
Surprisingly, the great bulk of the war seeds which we have
shipped have made their hazardous journey in trucks, Liberty
ships, planes and even by burro or oxcart, packed only in
single and double thickness cloth bags. The author has seen
numerous cargo vessels loading in American ports with the
entire holds filled with white seed sacks, packed together like
roe in a fat fish. Fig. 1 shows a warehouse room filled with
such sacks. ;
Under normal conditions transatlantic shipments of seed,
being on a far smaller scale, are likely to be conducted with
greater care. Shipment of most seeds in bags is adequate pro-
vided they do not become damp or wet any place in transit.
In peacetime, when more time is likely to elapse before plant-
ing than is the case in the emergency of war, a much greater
proportion of seeds is shipped in moistureproof containers
such as lined boxes, drums and various types of cans.
Even under the material shortage exigencies of war, some
5,000,000 Ibs. of seeds have been sent abroad in the past year
in special containers. These were the non-lend-lease seeds
2—More than 5,000,000 Ibs. of vegetable seeds have been sent as gifts from Americans to British and Russian families.
sent by the British and the Russian War Relief Societies in the
United States to householders in Britain and the Soviet.
Fig. 2 shows a typical ‘family carton.’’ Each gift box con-
tained a well-rounded selection of seeds adequate to supply a
family with a year’s supply of vegetables, mostly storageable
biennials. For shipment the in“ividual cartons were packed
in strap-bound wooden boxes of the type shown in Fig. 3.
The boxes are lined with oiled paper and are used to ship small
bags as well as the cartons pictured in Fig. 2.
Figs. 4 and 5 show another type of seed container, fibre
board drums which are used in sizes ranging from 1 to 60 gals.
They have proved a very satisfactory substitute for tin con-
tainers where shipments must be protected from moisture and
heavy treatment such as they would receive in going to a
place like Equatorial Africa.
The drums pictured were made for the W. Atlee Burpee
Seed Co. The shell itself is of waterproofed laminated seam-
less jute fibre. The ends are flanged wooden bulkheads with
self-locking steel rims. They are light enough to meet the
requirements of air express but at the same time sufficiently
rugged to withstand ‘‘crash landings” or a mule’s back.
Fig. 6 shows a much scarcer prewar type of seed container,
a tin cannister which can be soldered airtight after filling.
These containers are designed to be moisture, disease, insect
_ and rodent free. One drawback is that certain seeds may
“sweat” inside over a period of time.
This war, in which seeds are playing such a strategic role,
is virtually revolutionizing international traffic in seeds.
Heretofore, the United States has been a heavy importer of
seeds from the Low Countries, Germany, the Balkans, Russia
and North Africa. Now the flow, ona vastly increased scale,
is the other way, except to enemy and enemy occupied areas.
The consensus among seed shippers is that the container
people are doing a fine job with the woefully limited mate-
rials now available, but that in the future, with thousands of
kinds and varieties of seeds and bulbs to be sent abroad to
every type of climate, a huge assortment of ‘‘tailor-made’”’
containers will be needed.
Credit: Drums, Carpenter Container Corp., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Cannister, American Can Co., New York, and others.
3—In wood boxes go ‘‘American seeds for British soil.” 4 and 5—Water-resistant, seamless, jute-fibre drums have replaced
metal containers. 6—WNothing short of a torpedo is likely to get into this soldered tin can of seeds for South Africa.
4 5
6
DECEMBER °* 1943
A s
cab
Thorens
two dec
time the
by a gr
fifty do!
A '
fl det
Lenthe:
perfum:
pale bl
nosegay
Tc
| int
impreg
against
new W
previot
contait
The illustrative theme in full color and old-fashioned letter- Newcomer among the ranks of paperboard powder containers —
| ing on this box for Americana Fruit Cake, adopted by Berke 3 is this elongated, octagonal-shaped box for Yardley After- Water’
Cake Co., will carry the spirit of American Christmas tradition Shower powder. The only metal used*is for the dispenser top,
wherever it goes. It was planned principally as a gift item for yet because of the shape there is a striking similarity to pre- Si
meninservice. The lid is constructed like a folding carton. The viously used metal containers. The wide front panel allows tc
base is like that of a set-up box. Designed by Alan Berni, New ample space for brand and product identification. Dispenser top “Hair
York. Folding Carton by Eastern States Carton Division of and background are black. Design and lettering are in green of Wy
Robert Gair Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y. white and gold. Container by Imperial Box Co., Brooklyn, N. Y held t
a knif
) Effectiveness of the seal is one of the important factors in Five-pound units of pea-soya soup mix, packed by the War vba
@/ the seleciion of a ceramic container. This problem has been 4 Food Administration for lend-lease, are being put into sturdy, _—
solved by combination ceramic and cork closures on these graceful delta-seal kraft bags printed in two-color design. Instructions of a ,
pink and blue containers for SRF day lotion and SRF night cream for preparation are printed in 15 languages. Each of these kraft ve
distributed by Sperti, Inc. The ceramic part of the lotion con- bags is placed in a double MST cellophane bag and heat sealed.
tainer cap is made with a stem. A pierced piece of cork is then Nine 5-lb. units are sewn in a heavy cotton bag and this is put Vv
placed over the stem and adhered to the ceramic piece. A cork into a mulliwall bag, sealed with cloth tape. Complete unit is q 20
disc is secured inside the cream jar cap so that when the closure designed for protection and cargo space saving. Maximum bottle
is put on it fits the jar finish precisely. Design models by Rook- preservation is assured by a new gassing process. Bags by Bemis hot a1
wood Potteries, Cincinnati, Ohio. Ceramic containers and caps Bro. Bag Co., St. Louis, Mo. Tape by Industrial Tape Corp., Chica
by Vanderlaan Tile Co., New York. Closures fabricated by New Brunswick, N. J. Gassing process, The Dow Chemical sales-
Armstrong Cork Co., Lancaster, Pa. Co., Midland, Mich.
MODERN PACKAGING
A super-duper in luxury re-use packaging is this musical
) cabinet box put out by Belsic Products containing a
Thorens stormproof cigarette lighter, a drawer of cigarettes and
two decks of fine playing cards. The box plays a melody each
time the lid is opened. . It is made of fine polished walnut, set off
by a graceful band of reptile leather. The unit sells for about
fifty dollars plus tax.
A tiny shadow-box, displaying a boutonniere that can be
( detached and worn on lapel is the Christmas gift item
Lentheric is featuring for three miniature bottles of its leading
perfumes, ‘“Tweed,” “‘A Beintot’”’ and ‘‘Confetti.”” The box is
pale blue with a white scroll design around the frame for the
nosegay. A ribbon holds the bouquet in place.
/ Today’s wooden lipsticks are a far cry from the early ones
introduced to take the place of metal. A new process of
impregnating wood with a chemical which seals the wood pores
against the absorption of additional moisture is claimed for this
new wooden lipstick adopted by Luxor. Special machinery,
previously used for applying the lettering and design on metal
containers, has been converted for use on wooden containers
finished in clear lacquer. Lipstick containers by Scovill Mfg. Co.,
iners :
Waterbury, Conn.
fter-
top,
pre- \ Similar to an old-fashioned patch box in which ladies used
lows to keep court plaster is this new opal glass jar-and-lid for
r top “Hairid’”’ and ‘‘Odorid,’’ two toiletries distributed by the House
Teen of Wynchase, Merchandise Mart, Chicago. The two elements are
V.¥ held together by a band label and the lid is removed by running
a knife blade around a line indicated on the band. The glass
War top saves metal and plastic. Labels are printed in rich brown
tones with white for accent. The package has the counter appeal
irdy, ‘ ,
ene of a luxury cosmetic. Jars and lids by Hazel-Atlas Glass Co.,
— Wheeling, W. Va. Labels by A. J. Andersen, Chicago..
aled.
Bsa What more appropriate than Derby’s Merry-Go-Round box
it Is -octagonal construction, for a revolving tray containing
_— bottles of five different sauces—barbecue, steak, Worcestershire,
emus hotandchop suey. This unit put out by Glaser, Crandell Co.,
rp. Chicago, is designed for department store and gift shop counter
lical
sales—a tempting item to pep up ration-planned meals.
DECEMBER ®* 1943
overprinting.
1—New water-resistant labels—of high wet-strength paper varnished front and back—can be camouflaged by
2—Label applied with water-resistant adhesive shown after 7 days’ immersion in brine.
Must American labels be blacked out?
oa who are merchandising-minded are disturbed by a
recent Army camouflage move which would cloak in
complete anonymity the brands of food products now pouring
overseas. They feel that they should have the privilege of
carrying their brand names to the millions of American troops
abroad, and—more important—they know that the same
Army cans are going to feed millions of civilians in scores of
foreign lands where American brands will be bidding for
business after the war.
The Army, of course, has a sound reason, or rather two
reasons, for its action. It has found that the bright labels
and bright tin ends of food cans attract enemy planes and
gunfire to troop-concentration areas and it has found that
ordinary cans may rust and contaminate the food when
subjected to extreme conditions of exposure in the field. The
Army’s answer is direct and thorough: It has ruled labels
off the cans and directed that the cans be completely covered
with a drab-colored, wax-base, corrosion-resistant paint
bearing only a single identifying word as ‘‘Peas,”’ ‘‘Beans,”’
etc. In 10 of the largest canneries the Army already has set
up facilities for applying this label ‘‘blackout”’ and it is re-
ported to be considering ways and means of extending the
process to all canneries doing Army packing.
There can, of course, be no quarrel with the Army’s purpose,
which is to conceal military dispositions and protect the lives
of our soldiers. That is a matter of military necessity. But
packaging men have been asking themselves whether there is
not some way to attain the Army’s two aims while at the
same time preserving brand identity.
The situation was the subject of considerable discussion
both on and off the floor at last month’s New York conven-
tion of the Packaging Institute. It should be a matter of
interest to the entire packaging field that two companies,
working cooperatively, have developed a promising solution.
The solution, which awaits acceptance by the Quartermaster
Corps, involves a special new water-resistant label developed
84
MODERN PACKAGING
by a leading lithographer and the new water- and corrosion-
resistant aqueous adhesive with wide temperature range
evolved by one of the adhesives manufacturers. Some de-
tails on the latter development were given at the Packaging
Institute meeting.
The suggested procedure involves also the cooperation of
can manufacturers in spraying the outer surfaces of can tops
and bottoms with a non-reflecting dull lacquer. It involves
finally the overprinting of the canner’s regular color labels—
made on high wet-strength paper—with a camouflage pattern
scientifically designed to kill reflection values but leaving the
basic label easily discernible on close examination. Samples
of cans so camouflaged are shown in Fig. 1.
This procedure is simple; it requires no new machinery
and will not appreciably delay production, its proponents
say. The labels can be applied by a standard labeling ma-
chine or comparable results may be expected of hand-labeling
operations by use of a comparable water-resistant lap paste.
The hot melt pick-up resin is said, furthermore, to be suitable
for spot labeling in automatic equipment capable of applying
this type of material to No. 10 cans at both ends of the label.
The new adhesive simply takes the place of the usual pick-up
gum on the ordinary labeling machine. It gives a water-
resistant seal and joint at the lap. The manufacturer of the
label ‘‘spares” the varnish on the corresponding edges.
The process is inexpensive; its backers estimate that the
complete job of water-resistant labeling can be done at an
additional cost of only about 11/2 cents per case of 24 No. 2
cans.
The Quartermaster Corps has long been searching for labels
and adhesives which have greater resistance to exposure.
There is the classic story of the barge loads of canned food
which floated ashore on a Solomons island—after having
been flung overboard during an emergency—completely
naked of labels or any other means of identification of the
contents. This situation has been corrected by improved
ine,
ion-
nge
de-
ring
1 of
‘ops
lves
Is—
tern
the
ples
lery
ents
ma-
ling
ste.
able
ying
bel.
-Up
'ter-
the
bels
ure.
‘ood
ying
tely
the
ved
adhesives, but there has been evidence that some adhesives
still commonly used, such as the more hygroscopic types of
lap paste and cold pick-up gum, actually promote the corro-
sion of cans and the consequent contamination of contents
under extreme conditions of exposure.
The adhesives firm which developed the new water-resistant
formula conducted laboratory tests comparing standard can
labels and adhesives with the new resistant label and adhesive.
Its report asserts that both types of labeling were applied by
a standard labeler in a New Jersey plant after which the cans
were totally immersed in a brine solution at room temperature
and then spun periodically. Within 3'/2 hours, it is said, the
ordinary adhesives gave way at the lap seam and the ordinary
labels themselves disintegrated to a considerable degree.
The water-resistant labels and adhesives, however, stood
up for the entire seven days that the test was conducted, the
report stated, and ‘‘it is reasonable to assume, from the con-
dition of the samples, that they would withstand considerably
longer immersion without appreciable change.’’ On removal
from the 5 per cent sodium chloride bath, the labels were
somewhat wrinkled (Fig. 2), but when they had air-dried they
showed only a slight ripple, which was not considered objec-
tionable. The lack of ‘‘bellying”’ or expansion was attributed
to the fact that the label stock is varnished on both sides;
this method of varnishing also adds greatly to the wet
strength of the paper, the report says.
The labels after seven days’ immersion in the brine are
said to have shown no commercial difference in adhesion
from cans that were not immersed at all. There were some
rust stains on the label attributed to corrosion of the tin
plate in salt water, particularly around the beads of the cans.
The results indicate that it is entirely possible to do a
waterproof can-labeling job on a commercial scale with
existing machinery, the laboratory report concludes. With
camouflaging of can ends and camouflage over-printing of
colored labels, it would appear that (Continued on page 156)
4
EDGELL- ~~. —s« EDGELL
GREEN PEAS
oF
MISTRALIA
GREEN PEAS
wos mt
from the
United States
Or Cocqunennnx
Wivareas
Amepunn
3—Examples of national insignia approved by OWI for
labels of all lend-lease shipments. 4—Typical labels
found in the stores and commissaries of Borneo. Arrows
point to American labels which show to poor advantage
against those of Australian and Canadian food packers.
bs
Sn tae
DECEMBER * 1943
‘cometh i egret
peers mt 3d
{KO vepmoas
vitamin B COMPLEX
Lovducte
lence and eructabon Mithede ge.
samated with tah ot products.
RECOMMENDED INTARE:
INFANTS
K tessaiwnotat vig (8 8c ~ 5.2 gram
cHsionee
3 emsevirtes doy (Rte IBS gray
VI-DELTA
EMELSION
VEPAMING A ae D
Geechee <n-o-ng-
wee Se ees
MTL eS
' VITAMIN
COMPLEX |
CAPSULES
Women &., B. Racconngy, 8
anew
1— Evolution of Lederle design now adopted for more than 70 products. Left: early packages,
hard to read and without the distinguishing Lederle oval trademark. Right: new pack-
ages with new typographic treatment and trade and product identity emphasized sharply.
New technique for readability of drug labels
He: to include all the label data required by FDA in read-
able type and at the same time have a package with
counter appeal and ready identification is one of the greatest
tasks in designing a modern drug package for the consumer
market.
The redesigned line recently introduced by Lederle Labora-
tories, Inc., now comprising more than 70 different products—
and with more to appear soon in the new dress—is attracting
wide interest in the drug field and medical profession.
Here is a new family of labels planned by one of the coun-
try’s leading designers so that every word is readable by
average eyesight without the aid of a magnifying glass and
with colors and clearly identified trademark standardized
throughout.
A brief history of the Lederle line is necessary to under-
stand the progress that has been made by the introduction of
these new packages.
When Lederle started putting out biologicals at the turn
of the century, these products were packed in set-up boxes
with wrap-around labels. Since they usually went from the
company to the doctor’s or druggist’s refrigerator, there was
little need for eye appeal so long as label information met
legal requirements. This same label style with minor changes
was gradually carried over into the company’s pharmaceutical
and vitamin line. However, counter and window displays,
particularly for vitamin products, demanded an improvement
86
MODERN. PACKAGING
over the old Lederle label which had served so well for bio-
logicals and ‘“‘prescriptions only” preparations.
Plans were launched about a year ago for this new project.
First consideration was given to a special technique worked
out by the designer for getting perfect register of design and
legibility of printing on all the labels.
News Gothic was selected as the best type for readability
in small areas and Bodoni for the titles and subtitles.
Master drawings were made of every label and carton de-
sign. The proper size type that would reduce to the required
size for the label was selected in each case. This had to be
figured out in advance in correct proportion for the reduction.
A principle was observed of never reducing below 4-point type
on the smallest labels. However by careful scaling in ad-
vance, even on some of the small labels, type sizes after reduc-
tion were maintained at 5- and 6-point. Drawings with type
included were reproduced by photo-engraving to the proper
sizes. In this way, the company stated, there was no danger
of deviation from carefully planned layouts in which every
space and placement of pattern had been calculated.
The code word and laboratory numbers are in the same
position on all the labels and cartons. Colors are standard-
ized, but with special identifying colors to distinguish between
their human products and veterinary products.
First products to appear in the new Lederle dress were
members of the vitamin line—Vi-Magna, Vi-Alpha, Toco-
phero
Comy
used
letter
Disti
oval
select
savin
differ
Fo
previ
the ¢
this |
up le
and <
Bo
have
Liqu
Blak
area-
desct
affor
tions
no di
TI
of ur
use
plast
gy
with
had
ard |
greet
Biol
the ;
and
strip
A
arme
Arm
incre
ucts
civil
Al
strai
long
Li
J. 1
New
circ]
miss
whic
the
intr
dige
Bul,
wa
.
“A
’
re
pherols, Vi-Delta Tablets and Clipsules, and the other B
Complex groups. For these, the original yellow previously
used was modified to buff for overall package color. All
lettering is in royal blue on background panels-of white.
Distinguishing features are horizontal strips in buff and the
oval trademark which says “‘Lederle”’ on everything. This
selection of only two colors for the complete job represents a
saving in printing cost, yet gives an identifying design that is
different from that of competitors.
Folding cartons are used exclusively instead of set-up boxes
previously housing these products. These have advantages,
the company states, in that they are more economical for
this purpose and easier to handle. They stack easily, take
up less storage space when delivered flat, simplify inventory
and are cheaper to print.
Bottles have also been changed. Round amber bottles
have replaced Blake bottles for tablets, powders and capsules.
Liquids are put into a modern oval bottle. The change from
Blakes to rounds was made to provide more space for label
area—so necessary these days to meet legal requirements in
describing vitamin preparations. The new bottles also
afford uniformity of shape for all bottled products. Grada-
tions of size are quickly seen by the purchaser and there are
no distracting indented panels to confuse him.
The company plans eventually to use all buff closures made
of urea formaldehyde. For the duration, however, they will
use what they have on hand or can get—brown or black
plastic or metal.
The Lederle veterinarian line used to come in set-up boxes
with red and white labels. Since no particular identification
had been established, Lederle is going to use the same stand-
ard layout adopted for human products, with two shades of
green as the identifying colors rather than buff and blue.
Biologicals, too, are being given a new dress. Colors will be
the same buff and blue as used for pharmaceutical products
and a similar design will be used, except that the identifying
stripes will be omitted to provide more area for copy.
A substantial percentage of Lederle products now go to the
armed forces for which service Lederle was awarded the
Army-Navy “E.”’ Production facilities have been greatly
increased, however, and practically all the company’s prod-
ucts for prophylactic and therapeutic use are available for
civilians in ample quantities.
All of the company’s packages have been planned with re-
straint and dignity to symbolize the ethical character of the
long-established Lederle name.
Lederle Laboratories, Inc., really began when Dr. Ernest
J. Lederle, a young chemist, opened a testing laboratory in
New York City. He attracted so much attention in medical
circles that in 1902, when only 37, he became Health Com-
missioner of New York. A year later he set up the company
which bears his name to make diphtheria antitoxin. This was
the first company to refine and market this antitoxin. He
introduced various cultures to ferment milk and make it
digestible. A Russian named Metchnikoff discovered Bacillus
Bulgaricus while working in the Pasteur Institute in Paris.
Dr. Lederle brought this product (Continued on page 158)
2—Set-up boxes (left) are completely replaced by folding
cartons. Modern oval bottles replace old-style bottles.
3—Round bottles replace Blake bottles for tablets, powders
and capsules. 4—Round bottles (right) contain greater
label area than old one since informative data can be ar-
tangedon side panels. 5—Note how well new family design
shows upon new folding carton at right to replace set-up box.
——
VEFERRIN
TARSE LES
.
COMPLEX
VITAMIN
COMPLEN
“a
DECEMBER ®* 1943
87
ays READY forvet!
A DRUGS:
ei
MODERN PACKAGING
Baiscige tay 25r
‘“¢
iy
ae
7
1
Mifflin Chemical Co.’s new display ‘“‘capitalizes’’ on the
company’s slogan, ““The National Rub Down.” Appearing
in drug stores throughout the country this season you may see
this dramatic illustration of the National Capitol behind which
is the giant hand of Uncle Sam holding a bottle of Mifflin’s
rubbing alcohol. The construction of the card is such that a
three-dimensional effect is created when a bottle of the product
is: placed in the hand. The whole sales message is carried in
five words—the company name and the slogan. The only other
copy that appears on the display is the line under company name
that describes contents. Display by Einson-Freeman Co., Inc.,
Long Island City, N. Y.
9 Today, when labor is short, the silent counter salesmen is
& more important than ever. This well-designed perfume
tester, made entirely of non-critical materials, has been intro-
duced for Leigh perfumes (see page 72). The walnut tray holds
four crystal bottles with crested stoppers by which the customer
may serve herself. Each of the bottles, identical in design to
those in which the perfumes are sold, is filled with one of the
company’s four scents. The tester is sent to every dealer with
an initial order. The rack is packed for shipment with four
2-oz. refill bottles and four separate glass funnels, all wrapped
in cellulose wadding for protection. Tester measures 11 in. by
31/2 in. The only decoration on the polished walnut is the com-
pany name. Along with the tester, the dealer is provided with a
brochure containing many suggestions for window displays and
other selling aids.
Modern artists have caught public fancy with colorful
abstractions of complex chemical symbols and formulae.
Such illustrations are like adventures into the unknown beyond
the average layman’s imagination. Air-brush technique has
been adopted widely for these revelations of chemical discoveries.
Rexall Drug Stores selected this treatment for a display to
announce that they have sulfa drugs ready at all times for
doctor’s prescriptions. The display is colorfully dramatic, yet
has the restraint and dignity in keeping with the ethical character
of the products. The display is in full color with blue predomi-
nating in the background for the upper part of the illustration.
Background of the lower part is yellow with the words ‘‘Sulfa
Drugs” standing out prominently in red. Made by U. S. Printing
and Lithograph Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.
FIJ-
use
plac
The
Stuc
Moc
save
oper
proc
in a
so t
Box
the
ing
see
in’s
ta
uct
her
me
rful
lae.
ond
has
ries.
r to
for
yet
cter
ymi-
jon.
ulfa
ting
This cabinet of early American design is for counter use in
4 promoting Shulton Early American Old Spice perfumes.
It is sturdily built of heavy cardboard, 91/2 by 41/2 by 13%/, in.
and contains three shelves. It has a glass front and slide back.
Each shelf has 12 indentations to hold a dozen dram-size bottles
of perfume. It is given to every dealer who places an order for
three dozen dram-size bottles. The slide back makes it easy to
dispense the perfume. The cabinet is decorated with floral
sprays and the Old Spice Lady motif. Background is cream-
colored like the company’s packages.
This simple counter merchandiser has been designed for the
convenient packages of Personna Blade Mail—the ready-to-
mail folder that combines letter from home and ten razor blades,
described in November MopERN PackacGInc. The compact unit is
planned for impulse sales at strategic point-of-sale locations. The
cabinet is a die-cut folding carton type and serves as shipping
container as well. Colors are red, white and blue to supplement
the design of the package. Each contains a dozen of the folders.
Dealers are also supplied with two window posters and counter
cards as additional promotional aids.
( This three-color display is being used currently, by Con-
solidated Hair Goods Co., Inc., to promote the sale of their
FIJ-Oil for home use. The merchandiser is arranged for good
use of copy space to tell the sales message and allows ample
place to present actual cartons of the product in the foreground.
These cartons fit into a die-cut base. Designed by Mason
Studios and printed by Carl Gorr Printing Co., both Chicago.
Color tones that suggest the golden brown of fried chicken
or a veal chop were selected for the counter unit to sell
Modern Maid Redi-Breader, the ready mixed breading which
saves the housewife milk, eggs and cooking fats. A die-cut
opening allows a place for inserting an actual carton of the
product in the display. Inside the carton the product is packed
in an 8-oz. parchment moistureproof bag. Carton flap is die-cut
so that it stays secure when shut. Cartons by Acme Folding
Box Co. Display by Marvin Ellis Co., New York.
FITTV ITV IVITY TV TT
Md pie
PERFUME
aS
DECEMBER ®* 1943
An engineer speaks for the future
by L. W. Kendrick*
Prctssine equipment users have been giving much thought
to what they would like to have after the war. Replace-
ment needs have been growing, and enlarged sales and the
prospect of new items point to considerable purchases of
equipment. Also, increasing labor costs highlight the need
for further mechanization, the supplanting of semi-automatic
machines by automatic machines and the mechanizing of
hand work.
Obviously, most users will welcome the time when machines
are obtainable again and for a while will be glad to get the
foremost prewar designs if nothing else is available. But the
war interlude has been long enough for users. to crystallize
their desires for improvements. Cumulatively, observations
of the various faults, small in themselves, have built up in
users’ minds the need for major design improvements.
The prewar years provided machines that would “run.
The postwar wants are for machines that will operate con-
sistently well. As these wants are analyzed, as users ask
themselves what postwar equipment design should do, the
following specifications become clear.
”
1.—It should reduce the human element to a minimum.
To this end, feeding, setting and servicing should be
made easy. This involves unscramblers, setting without
the use of tools, using the glass involved as the gauge
and built-in lubrication.
2.—It should have a maximum output. To this end, the
design should be such that the maximum practicable
operating speed is fully maintained without stoppages
due to breakage or spillage. This involves designing to
handle abnormally wide tolerances with improper posi-
tioning affecting only the package involved, rather than
making a breakage of glass or machine the penalty for
faulty material or positioning. It also involves avoid-
ance of abrupt changes in motion and ease of cleaning
up spills.
3.—It should operate normally throughout its life. To
this end, also, the human element should be at a mini-
mum in lubrication and other servicing, and such wear as
affects the quality of the output should be automatically
compensated or taken up.
4.—It should be safe to operate. All pinch or seizure
points should be guarded with transparent guards if
necessary so that a careless person will be protected as
well as is now done with modern electrical installations.
5.—It should look its best. Appearance should be im-
proved to give the feeling of competent design, if nothing
more. Users are taking more interest in providing at-
tractive working conditions for several cogent reasons
and machine appearance is a large factor. Too many
machines look as though they were just copies of a first
experimental model and operators cannot develop pride
in keeping them clean.
The human element, fallible and costly as it is, gives users
major concern. Many strides have been taken by machine
builders in reducing its impact, but many more are desired
* Chief Engineer, The Carter’s Ink Co.
90 MODERN PACKAGING
In this challenging article a plant engineer sets up a
postwar mark for machinery manufacturers to shoot at.
Some of the things he demands may already be available—
at a price or on sufficient priority—; others may be on the
drawing boards; still cthers may not be practical beyond a
certain degree. The article will command the interest
of other machinery users as well as machinery makers.
so that fewer operators are needed on a line and any skills
they may now require are transferred into the design of the
equipinent.
Feeding should be simplified by the further development of
unscramblers, or other mechanical means, so that machines
may ke designed for greater line speeds. The present capacity
of a feeding operator should not be accepted as a limiting fac-
tor. Fillers, cappers, labellers and cartoners should require
no operator attention whatsoever during a run except for
feeding the magazines occasionally.
Inspection and packing should be further mechanized. Ex-
cept in the cases where bundlers are used, this station in a
line is still essentially hand work. Corrugated carton sealers
have progressed a long way on this road, but carton stacking
on skids is still hand work, either at the sealer or at the end of
a delivery conveyor. In many cases, at the present line
speeds, the use of automatic sealers is not economical because
of the necessary presence of a stacking operator with time
available to hand glue the cartons. Though the output of
several lines can be stacked by one operator, it becomes a
back-breaking hand job.
Simplify set-up
Set-up should be greatly simplified so that unskilled opera-
tors can readily change sizes. The skilled set-up man of to-
day should devote his skill to true maintenance of equipment.
Machine designers have gone part way in this respect, but
where hand-crank adjusting means are provided, in some
cases a mechanic’s wrench is necessary to unlock the setting.
The use of such tools for set-up should be avoided. The
need for judgment in set-up positioning shculd be designed
out of the equipment. Gauge points should be provided
so that the glass may be used as the gauge, or else easily de-
mountable single-use heads, as on some present labellers,
should be employed.
The chore of hand lubricating should be eliminated as far
as possible and this should be done in the basic designing
rather than by the addition of automatic lubricators. Where
it cannot be eliminated, such lubrication should be from one
or two readily accessible points. Oilless bearings, short mo-
tions hinged on flat springs and hydraulically operated mo-
tions are examples. The maintenance man should be a doc-
tor, not a nurse-maid.
ent
pre
anc
abi
dif
tha
wit
to |
imy
cau
caf
wit
for
eql
to]
wh
Re
Co
the
we;
set
to
the
is 1
exi
rol
lire
str
spe
bre
me
-TS
ine
Simplification should be sought for many reasons, not the
least of which is accessibility in case repairs are needed.
Further thought will show cases where a few parts will do the
work of many and often this will make for accessibility.
False simplification should be avoided, such as elimination
of bronze bushings where repair is greatly hampered without
them. Split cams should be used where removal of plain
cams would be difficult. Built-in motors, clutches and main
drives should be given special attention from this point of
view. Especially, care should be taken that all parts are
plainly identified for ease of replacement.
Eliminate delays ,
Consistent operation requires that the equipment be de-
signed to accept and pass through occasional faulty glass
without breaking the glass or altering its ability to handle
subsequent normal glass. For serious abnormalities in di-
mension, automatic rejection means, possibly of an elec-
tronic nature, should be considered. Faulty glass or position-
ing should not cause breakage or permanent distortion of
machine parts, or change the setting. The percentage of de-
fective glass is, of course, very low, but breakage in
the machines magnifies it a hundred or a thousand-fold as
far as output is concerned, and makes for a very appreciable
cost factor. Some limit of pressure should be designed into
any movement acting on the glass, either by the use of spring
releases, by using the limitation inherent in hydraulic move-
ments or by other means. Synchronization of the several
machines in an automatic line will help, especially if the pres-
ent piling up at latches is avoided.
Obviously, normal glass should not be broken, yet some
present designs shcck the glass too close to the breaking point
and result in surface bruises, with attendant reduction in
ability to withstand later shocks along the line. Occasionally,
difficulties at the glass manufacturers result in glass of less
than normal strength. Improper annealing due to trouble
with the lehrs, or so-called ‘‘cordy’’ inhomogeneous glass due
to pulling on the tanks too fast, may cause breakage where the
impact is severe. Abrupt movements in any of the machines
cause spills and consequent clean-up delays, even after the
capping station when a cap is missed.
With all this taken into account, there still will be leakers,
with openings too small to release the filling vacuum. There-
fore, the path of travel should be easily cleaned and provision
made to prevent spillage from reaching other parts of the
equipment or soiling the floor. More thought should be given
to link belt conveyors whose pins are ‘‘frozen’”’ by the products
which may leak or spill out of the bottles.
Retain initial quality of output
Consistent operation requires also that as a machine wears,
the quality or speed of output should not be affected and this
wear should not introduce the necessity of judgment in the
set-up adjustments. It is far better to replace parts from time
to time, such as nozzle rubbers or label-pressure pads, rather
than to alter the setting to compensate for their wear. This
is the maintenance man’s province, but design opportunities
exist in the compensation of variables caused by cam and cam
roller wear. This latter point may be closely related to the
limitation of maximum pressures previously referred to.
That a machine must be safe to operate cannot be too
strongly stressed. Most bottling equipment is poor in this re-
spect. There are many positions which can crush fingers and
break bones and while operators should not get near them with
machines in motion, carelessness or over-confident familiarity
should not have this opportunity of causing accidents.
Again, limitations of pressures should help in many cases.
In others, only guards can really make it safe. The design
of these guards should be such that the machine will not oper-
ate when they are displaced. Where motions must be cb-
served in a diagnosis of trouble, the guards can well be made
of transparent plastic materials. Flying glass in an opera-
tor’s eye is inexcusable. Equally so is a broken finger or
arm. Yet today while they may not have even happened in
some plants, the possibility and even the probability is there.
Improve over-all design
Sleek appearance and functional design are desirable for
several reasons. Attractive working conditions, developing
pride in cleanliness and generating a feeling of design com-
petence have been mentioned. Another is that such de-
signing often goes far toward guarding dangerous conditions,
enveloping them with smooth contours. Opposed to this
covering up is the reasoning that lubrication will be over-
looked if parts are hidden, but if more attention is given to
the designing out of these conditions as suggested above,
several dividends are obtained at the same time.
The design of the machine should include all accessory
equipment as integral parts of the main unit, hidden perhaps,
yet accessible. Pumps, switch boxes and fuse panels are ex-
amples. Push buttons or toggle switches should be the
means of controlling automatic equipment, plus built-in
automatic shutoffs with tell-tales to stop the machine when
something goes wrong.
This unity will aid much in providing flexibility of use.
Machines then can be provided with casters or other means
making for portability. This will be helpful in many types
of plants. Variable speed drives add further to flexible use
and means for adjusting the working height should not be
neglected.
The orphan small bottle
The need has been mentioned for several new accessory ma-
chines, but not to be omitted is the very real desire for junior
models of current machines. True, a large proportion of
mechanically handled glass is in the quart and pint sizes,
and today most machines are built with these in mind. But
there is also a large volume of glass to be handled from !/4 oz.
to 2 oz., evidenced by drug-store shelves and chain-store
counters.
Automatic machines designed primarily to handle quarts
have been adapted fairly successfully to handle some bottles
as small as 1/2 0z., but it is very much like cracking a nut with
a steam roller. Smaller editions to handle the smaller sizes
would be welcomed for several reasons. The lower cost
would open up new opportunities for mechanizing, and floor
space would be conserved.
Where and how
In all of these comments, the attempt has been toward con-
structive criticism and toward visualizing the broad problem
of mechanization from the experience of users rather than
from the view of the equipment builders. Yet there is no
thought of belittling the very real progress that has been
made in this field in the past by the ingenious designers of
various types of packaging equipment. Rather, the intent
is to say hopefully, ‘“‘Let’s not be content with minor im-
provements.”
How this can be accomplished is a wide open question.
Designers have, no doubt, been (Continued on page 156)
DECEMBER °* 1943 91
Camoutlage to balk snipers
Natural kraft cartons like the one in the foreground are replacing white ones in this first-aid
kit, since it has been discovered that white labels and boxes make perfect enemy targets.
fh Pies of white gauze, a white carton or a white label on
medical supplies that save the lives of thousands make
perfect targets for Jap snipers.
This information brought back recently by an Army medi-
cal officer from Guadalcanal has started a whole program of
camouflaging medical supply packages.
Among them is this new first aid kit prepared as standard
equipment for pneumatic life rafts. The unit consists of six
folding carton packets containing the following: sulfadiazine
tablets, bandage compresses, sulfanilamide, boric acid oint-
ment, morphine syrettes and iodine applicator.
Original cartons were white paperboard. Later ones, as
shown in the foreground of the photo, are being made of kraft
board, which provides a neutral color that blends with almost
any kind of scenery the same as khaki uniforms and other
camouflaged materiél. Bandage compresses contained will
also be dyed so they will not be dead white and distinguishable.
The cartons are enclosed in heat-sealed laminated cello-
phane envelopes which will withstand 48 hours’ submersion,
meeting with Government specifications. The carton packets
are then enclosed in a kraft sleeve which is inserted into a
waterproof bag of laminated kraft, metal foil, asphalt and
MODERN PACKAGING
92
cellophane, similar to the flexible waterproof material used
widely in medical supply packaging.
This waterproof bag is then placed in a kraft carton sealed
with moistureproof glue. The kraft sheet for the outer carton
unit, before die-cutting, is treated with a coating of micro-
crystalline and paraffin wax to make it weatherproof and to
withstand temperatures for both tropics and arctics. This
wax penetrates the kraft about 4 pts. on each side of the board,
thereby giving adequate protection. The mixture is such that
it will not melt at tropical temperatures nor crack in arctic
ones.
The packets are delivered to a central place from the various
drug houses for assembly. Identification is a Red Cross to
indicate that the package is a medical supply. Because it
will be used for both Army and Navy, the further designation
is simply U. S. Government.
It is reported that labels on containers for blood plasma and
other medical supplies are also being colored to blend with
outdoor backgrounds. Natural kraft paper makes a good
camouflage packaging material, without further color treat-
ment.
Credit: Cartons, Berles Carton Co., Inc., Paterson, N. J.
ATI
ised
aled
rton
CTO-
d to
This
ard,
that
ctic
ious
Ss to
e it
tion
and
with
00d
‘eat-
HE development of screw-type and lug-type paper closures
to cap standard-sized glass containers was as logical as it
was necessary.
Without these paper ‘‘war bonnets’’, many products would have
no way of getting to market, consumers would have no way to
buy them.
Burt has been glad to be of service in making this development
available to as many industries as possible. This, and our other
contributions to wartime packaging, give further example of the
type of intelligent and resourceful service we render at all times.
500-5 a eee
NEW YORK CITY - BOSTON - ST. LOUIS ee
ATLANTA - CHICAGO - CLEVELAND - CINCINNATI - LOS ANGELES
NEW ORLEANS - MEMPHIS - MINNEAPOLIS - KANSAS CITY
NEWARK, N. J.: 915 Military Park Rd. — Telephone MArket 3-0788
SAN FRANCISCO: 220 Bush St. — Telephone YUkon 0367
CANADIAN DIVISION: Dominion Paper Box Company, Ltd.
469-483 King Street, West, Toronto 2, Canada
_____? es
DECEMBER ®* 1943
— "(=
150"
(<j
When the war ends, you'll expect wrapping ma-
chines that embody new and advanced ideas...
You'll be most likely to get them from an organi-
zation that has kept its wits sharp and its skill at
top notch by building not only wrapping machines,
but new and intricate armament machines as well.
50-cal. machine gun bullets, for example, are
linked at a speed of 150 per minute by a new ma-
chine of our invention and manufacture which
has proved so successful that hundreds are now
serving the armed forces. Portable, comparatively
light in weight and operated by power or by hand,
this machine can follow the fighting and be used
in the most advanced positions.
Other machines built by us are used for pierc-
ing and priming cartridges, loading them with
powder and projectile, inserting them into clips,
packing them into cartons, etc.
The inventive talent, engineering ability and
craftsmanship required for this type of work will
lead to faster, more efficient and more versatile
wrapping machines. We are ready now to study
your postwar wrapping plans.
SPRINGFIELD, MASS. NEW YORK CHICAGO CLEVELAND LOS ANGELES TORONTO
PACKAGE MACHINERY COMPANY
Over. a Quarter Billion Packages per day are wrapped on our Machines
94
MODERN PACKAGING
1—Its molecular alignment is largely respon-
sible for Saran’s strength, flexibility and pecu-
liar dimensional stability. X-ray diffraction
pattern reveals the film’s crystal structure.
SARAN FILM
Its properties and postwar
potentials as a moisture-
proof packaging material.
by F. J. MacRae! and H. L. Schafer’
— chloride was first mentioned in chemical annals
over a century ago, but little or no active investigation
was carried on until the last decade. At this time, tte Dow
Chemical Co. investigated the material while working on
chlorinated aliphatic compounds. This preliminary study
soon led to an extensive development program and early in
1940 the first vinylidene chloride polymers* were introduced
commercially under the trade name Saran.
Possessing unusual characteristics for a thermoplastic
material, Saran found immediate acceptance in uses requiring
chemical inertness, high strength, toughness and good resis-
tance to the absorption of water. Molding granules, mono-
filaments, pipe and tubing, as well as pipe and tubing fittings,
were soon develored to the production stage in 1942. In
the same year, a thin, one mil film of Saran was developed
that had all the physical properties of the parent material
and, in addition, was very flexible.
Results of tests showed that this film of Saran had an
exceedingly low rate of moisture-vapor transmission, could
be welded like the otker Sarans and possessed a very high
tensile strength for a thin plastic membrane. Characteristics
such as these indicated the possibility of the film’s use as a
packaging material. Extensive research and development
work made it possible to introduce vinylidene chloride com-
mercially as a packaging medium for war use under the trade
name, Saran film Type M, early in 1943.
~—- srneiion Development Division, The Dow Chemical Co., Midland,
viicn.
“oa” Development Laboratory, The Dow Chemical Co., Midland,
4viicn,
3 U.S. Patent 2,160,931.
TECHNICAL SECTION=== =...
Chemically, polyvinylidene chloride is the polymer of un-
symmetrical dichlorethylene and is produced from brine and
petroleum. Ctlorine liberated by the electrolysis of brine
and ethylene made by the cracking of petroleum are combined
to form Trichlorethane which in turn is converted to
vinylidene chloride. This clear colorless liquid which boils
at 31.7 deg. C. is polymerized to form the long, linear,
straight chain polymer, polyvinylidene chloride. Following
the polymerization, a plasticizing and stabilizing agent is
added to the fine granular polymer which is then ready for
fabrication into Saran film by means of specially designed
mechanical equipment.
Saran film is a nearly colorless, transparent, flexible sheet-
ing which shows remarkable properties of strength, pliability
and moistureproofness. Whereas other fabricated thermo-
plastic materials exist in the amorphous state, Saran is
normally crystalline in nature. However, in a molten con-
dition, the resin is amorphous and readily crystallizes when
cooled to room temperature. The process of crystallization
may be expedited by mechanical working, resulting in molecu-
lar alignment, or orientation. This molecular alignment is
responsible to a great extent for the film’s properties of
strength, flexibility, and peculiar dimensional stability. As
can be seen from Fig. 1, an X-ray diffraction pattern of the
film exhibits a crystal structure similar to that of a cold
worked metal.
At the present time, Saran film is produced in one grade
only, Type M, which is suitable for the packaging of metal
parts and assemblies according to the Method II Pack
DECEMBER °* 1943 95
wherein’ a desiccant is used. The film is available in the
form of continuous rolls 15 in. or less in width and in two
gauges, 125 and 225. The thickness and tolerance limits on
these gauges are as follows:
Gauge Thickness Tolerance
125 0.00125 in. +0.00025
225 0.00225 in. +0.00025
Saran film appears to be the most chemical-resistant
sheeting now offered to the trade. Many products heretofore
restricted to packaging in glass or other special type con-
tainers may be safely stored or packaged in a relatively in-
expensive Saran-lined container. Of particular value is its
use in the packaging of corrosive or anhydrous materials
which require the additional protection of a moisture barrier.
Saran film possesses the same high degree of chemical re-
sistance as Saran pipe and tubing. Table I is a condensa-
tion of the resistance of Saran to the more common types of
chemical compounds.
t
I
TABLE I.—CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF SARAN FILM f
Room temperature
Mineral acids:
Lo, SES ee ee ee ae cee Mee ee eee eae Excellent ‘
Concentrated (except H,SO, and HNOs)....... Excellent
NUNN 5 Shes arctan cps sioner ene © aces ele ee cde maes Excellent
Alikalies (except NHUOB).. ...... 6008s cadccwn Good
ee CARRIAGE WRENN 25 oo 5 ntcc cave gn e.c) Sccuel sueracevoretlecer’ Excellent
Solvents:
Alcohols, aliphatic hydrocarbons.............. Excellent 1
PRE GNIS ooo ies: vice wiessi one: Hate SIO Good to fair ‘
Note.—Chemical resistance decreases with increase in temperature. 1
Resistance to the passage of moisture vapor is one of the
most unusual properties of Saran film. Because of its high
degree of élasticity and toughness, the film may be creased or
folded repeatedly without affecting this property. The
moisture vapor transmission rate as measured using a pyrex
glass cell, anhydrous calcium chloride desiccant and the
General Foods’ moisture-vapor test cabinet at 100 deg. F.
and 90 per cent relative humidity is shown graphically in
Fig. 2. As illustrated, the moisture-vapor transmission rate
is inversely proportional to the film thickness. However,
unlike other moistureproof films and laminates, the rate is.
not constant but decreases as shown in Fig. 3. This is a
plot of the instantaneous moisture-vapor transmission rate
upon aging the film at 100 deg. F. and 90 per cent relative
humidity for the times indicated.
Fig. 3 is a representation of the expected decrease in
moisture-vapor transmission under normal aging conditions | |
for a period of 10 to 12 months. The drop in transmission
occurs as a result of the loss of plasticizer from the film, the
plasticizer acting as a carrier by which a limited amount of
moisture may be transmitted. Upon aging or at increased
temperatures, crystallization proceeds, forcing this plasticizer
to the surface where it volatilizes. This loss does not ad-
versely affect the physical properties, as shown in Table II.
Fig. 4 illustrates the volatile loss with time at various tem-
peratures.
The water absorption of Saran film is extremely low; the
increase in weight is less than 0.02 per cent after seven days’
immersion in water at room temperature. This property,
together with its low moisture-vapor transmission, makes
the film ideal for use as a moisture-impervious barrier.
MODERN PACKAGING
96
The transmission of gases, as well as moisture vapor,
through Saran film is extremely low. Recent emphasis
placed on such rates of transmission of thin plastic membranes
for commercial application places the film in an enviable
position. Several types of gases have been tested, namely,
helium, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen and nitrogen.
The rates in liters/sq. meter/24 hrs. for a 125-gauge film
ranged from not more than 0.70 to not less than 0.01 for the
gases in the respective order as listed above.
The extreme toughness of Saran film may best be illus-
trated by observing the tensile and bursting strengths as
plotted in Figs. 5 and 6. The process used in making Saran
film produces a product having high orientation and corre-
spondingly high strength in the transverse direction of the
material and limited orientation and somewhat lower strength
in the longitudinal direction. As shown in Fig. 5, within the
working range the tensile strength is proportional to the
degree of orientation. Thus, the tensile may vary from
approximately 6,000 to 15,000 Ibs./sq. in., depending upon
the orientation. Actually, the film, as presently produced,
ranges from 7,000 to 11,000 lbs./sq. in. The variation in
bursting strength with gauge is illustrated in Fig. 6 and, as
may be observed, is quite high. As additional evidence of
the toughness, a 1-in. diameter steel ball weighing 67 grams
may be dropped from 5 ft. to 6 ft. at room temperature on a
tautly held 125-gauge film and from 10 ft. to 12 ft. on a
225-gauge film before rupture occurs. At 0 deg. F. the
rupture points are 2 ft. and 5 ft., respectively.
Saran film normally exhibits a high resistance to tear but
like most other flexible, transparent, plastic membranes shows
8
Figs. 2, 3 and 4 show Saran’s resistance to the transmis-
sion of moisture, vapor and volatile gases. Figs. 5,
6, 7 and 8 portray the physical properties of the film.
DECEMBER ®* 1943 97
low resistance once a tear has been started. Fig. 7 illustrates
the relation of thickness to this property.
When exposed to temperatures above 85 to 95 deg. F.,
Saran film will shrink when unrestrained to the extent illus-
trated in Fig. 8. However, a slight restraining force readily
prevents this shrinkage. Above 160 deg. F. this unrestrained
‘shrinkage occurs within a matter of seconds. This is a result
of the stress present in the material due to mechanical work-
ing or orientation the film is subjected to during manufacture.
Advantage may be taken of this property in the fabrication
of skin-tight coverings by loosely wrapping the package or
container and then exposing it to a temperature sufficient
to shrink the film down onto the surface.
Saran film does not present a fire hazard either from the
standpoint of use or fabrication, as the base material is self-
extinguishing. When exposed to heat, the material first
shrinks, then melts, and if an open flame is applied it will
chemically decompose, but it will not support combustion.
When the flame is removed, decomposition stops.
e SLOT
CALM MAMMA
= GROOVE RUBBER FACE
CROSS SECTION OF SARAN FILM HOT AIR BEAD
WELDING BAR
FIGURE 9
G
a!
COOLING WATER
COOLING WATER
RESILIENT FACE
RESILIENT FACE
CONTINUOUS BEAD WELDER FOR ORIENTED FOIL
10
FIGURE 10
MODERN PACKAGING
Problems of storage and handling of prefabricated shapes
are relatively simple. The only consideration necessary is
that of elevated temperatures. Care should be exercised not
to store the material near steam pipes, radiators or other
excessive heat because of the possibility of shrinkage.
Upon exposure to climatic conditions, Saran film does not
embrittle or change adversely in physical characteristics,
Some discoloration, however, occurs. Some of the physical
properties actually improve upon aging, notably the moisture-
vapor transmission rate. Effect of outdoor exposure on Saran
film for one and three months’ periods is listed in Table IT.
TABLE II.—EFFEcT OF AGING ON 125-GAUGE SARAN FILM
Unexposed 1 Mo. 3 Mo.
MVT (grams/100sq. in./24 hrs.) 25 13 13
Tensile strength (Ibs. /sq.i n.) 8,900 7,500 7,500
Bursting strength (Ibs. /sq. in.) 38 39 41
Tear strength(grams Elmendorf) a4 17 15
Elongation (per cent) 22 27 35
Flexibility Excellent Unaffected Unaffected
Table III lists the properties of 225-gauge Saran film at
room temperature.
TABLE III.—PROPERTIES OF SARAN FILM—TypPE M
(All data referred to were obtained from 225-gauge
film at 77 deg. F. and 50 per cent relative humidity)
General
a a 1.68
Specific volume—cu. in./Ib.................... 16
Area factor—sq. in./Ib............. 00. c cee wees 7,000
Moisture-vapor transmission:
Grams/100 in.?/., hrs. at 100 deg. F., 90 per
eae 0: | 0.20
Water absorption—1 week at 77 deg. F......... 0.02%
Thermal
WEG POINE........«. «cers se diesccsee casce anes 310-330° F.
Burning rate—A.S.T.M. D568-40.......... Self-extinguishing
Specific heat—cal./deg C./gram............... 0.32
Thermal conductivity—
cal./sec./cm.?/deg.C./em. 2.2 XK 1074
Resistance to heat—up to 125 deg. F.—cont..... Excellent
Resistance to heat—up to 170 deg. F.— inter... .. Good
Resistance to cold—tested to —20 deg. F....... Good
Mechanical
Tensile strength—Ib./in.?..................05. 7-11,000
Elongation—per cent..................00000- 25-35
Bursting strength—lIb./in.?.................... 68
Drop impact—(1 in. steel ball)—ft.:
OEE NO asians 9's tin) Spntig sone Haw Gas see RIRHS SSH 10’
MIEN sete. gos Sibi to Tr Ad Gav Sando asia lanadargneteherers 8’
CPE onus c.antecnteneniaeinio cs and acne 5!
Folding endurance (M.I.T.)............ not less than 500,000
Optical
RREMACHIVE INGER... 5.0.5... o5 5 oe SEE EER cee ans 1.61
Transmission of white light................... 90%
Ultraviolet Cut-Off ...5..6n ieee nseeewnee 3,500 A
Transmission of infra-red..................... 90%
Electrical
Dielectric constant:
A aiid Se “sare, eral ar fo Onecare wh alin Gus, he Bile Sein 2-4
(0); 2-4
Percent power factor:
OI i oiacsrsreiar aise mare Kee nals ame naka diche aes 10-13
0 3-5
Dielectric strength, volts/mil.................. 5,000
lapes
ry is
d not
other
S not
stics,
ysical
sture-
Saran
le II.
1.68
16
7,000
0.20
.02%
30° F.
ishing
0.32
30-*
ellent
Good
Good
(1,000
25-35
68
10’
8’
ne
5
)0,000
1.61
90%
500 A
90%
ee
bo bo
10-13
3-5
5,000
Saran film can be joined by three methods of heat sealing,
namely, hot air bead welding, an improved type of continuous
heat sealing and high frequency welding.
The first method, commonly called the hot air method,‘
produces a neat, strong and vapor-tight seal with the film.
This method takes advantage of Saran film’s shrinking char-
acteristics when exposed to extreme heat. The two layers
of film to be joined are clamped between two bars as shown
in Fig.9. The upper bar has a !/,¢-in. wide slot at its bottom,
which is chrome plated and highly polished. This bar is
clamped to the lower one by a suitable clamping device, and
holds the film firmly over the 1/j.-in. groove in the resilient
rubber face of the lower bar. This leaves a '/,¢-in. wide strip
of the film exposed. A jet of hot air (about 575 deg. F.) is
directed into the opening of the upper bar against the narrow
exposed section of the film, which melts into two parts and
immediately shrinks back to the cool edges of the slot. Here
it forms two inconspicuous cylindrical bead-like welds, one
along each edge of the slot.
A continuous unit has been developed using the same basic
principles as mentioned before. This is shown in Fig. 10.
The upper bar D is made curved to fit a rubber-covered drive
cylinder A, which replaces the lower bar. Clamping pressure
of about 5 Ibs./sq. in. is applied by spring tension to the
curved upper bar, or segment D, which is chrome plated and
highly polished. This segment D has a !/,¢-in. by 2-in. slot E
which matches the !/,.-in. wide groove B in the resilient face
H-H of the driving cylinder A. The driving cylinder A and
the segment D are cooled by circulating cold water through
the openings as shown in Fig. 10. Hot air is directed through
a '/s-in. nozzle G at from 475-575 deg. F. into the slot E at
about a 45-deg. angle. Room temperature air at the rate of
*/, to 11/2, cu. ft./min. is heated in a 550-watt open coil
heating element. This delivers sufficient air to the exposed
surface of the film to produce 6 to 8 linear feet of weld per
minute.
As may be seen by Fig. 11, this unit produces two complete
welds with each cut. Production units capable of producing
several tubes at one operation can be built up from two or
more of these units. Welds produced by this method on
225-gauge Saran film will support from 7 to 8 Ibs./linear inch
and 5 to 6 lbs. on the 125-gauge stock. Results of tests have
shown the welds to have a lower moisture-vapor transmission
rate than the parent material.
Due to Saran film’s orientation and comparatively sharp
melting point, attempts to use conventional heat-sealing
devices in general have not been too satisfactory. A recently
developed continuous heat-sealing device, as shown in Fig. 12,
has overcome difficulties encountered with the heated bar
and roller types of conventional units. The film to be joined
is supported by the two thin chrome-plated or stainless metal
belts which are tightly held together. These belts carry the
film through a cool zone, a hot zone and a second cool zone
before it is released. Shrinking is minimized due to the
belts supporting the film through the heated zone and a second
cool zone where the material (Continued on page 152)
*U. S. Patent 2,220,545.
9 and 10—Two recommended setups for hot-air bead weld-
ing of Saran film. 11—Continuous welding unit pro-
12—Setup for
continuous heat-sealing. 13—Sealing with soft lead rings
duces two complete welds with each cut.
may be done without the use of heat-sealing devices.
12
le FILM RELEASED
WHEELCO TEMP.
CONTROLLER
=
3/8’ WIDE ENDLESS
BELT (2)
HEATED ME TAL
SHOES (2)
THERMOCOUPLE
AUTOMATIC 75 W. CARTRIDGE
HEATER
FILM ENTERS
CONTINUOUS HEAT SEALING DEVICE
FIGURE (2
DECEMBER °® 1943
What makes cans corrode in V-boxes?
Full laboratory report supplements QMC tests, comparing corrosion resistance of various boxes
and analyzing conditions under which corrosion is most apt to occur in overseas shipments.
e problem of corrosion of metal containers in V-boxes
ae its ugly headin mid-summer. The container manu-
facturers and the Quartermaster Corps cooperated in pre-
liminary tests to determine causes and correct the situation,
if possible (see special insert opposite page 74, MODERN
PACKAGING, September 1943).
The New York State College of Forestry has just com-
pleted another investigation marked by extreme scientific
accuracy, the method and results of which follow. This in-
vestigation, sponsored by The Eastern Box Co., was under
the direction of Dr. C. E. Libby, professor of pulp and paper
manufacture, assisted by F. W. O’Neil, assistant professor in
the same department, in cooperation with Arno W. Nicker-
son, consulting engineer. ,
Their objective was to determine what were the objection-
able characteristics of V-boxes manufactured for overseas
shipment of foodstuffs packaged in tin cans. Corrosion of
these tin cans had been experienced in the use of the boxes
of The Eastern Box Co. as well as those of other manufac-
turers. The purpose of the investigation was to compare the
products of several box manufacturers for their properties in
promoting or inhibiting the corrosion of tin cans and to deter-
mine, if possible, the specific conditions under which maximum
corrosion occurred. The manufacturers’ names, of course,
have been withheld in the complete report which follows, but
the*sponsor of the project very courageously makes public
the facts, even though his own products did not come out first.
Container submitted for investigation
A shipment of 80 solid fibreboard containers was received on
September 17, 1943. Each container was fitted with a sleeve
composed of the same material as the box. The shipment
consisted of the following types:
CODE A. Twenty V-1-S boxes composed of four plies
of Southern Kraft Corp.’s .025 kraft, laminated with a
20 per cent solution of urea-formaldehyde resin and
starch.
CODE B. Twenty V-1-S boxes composed of 4 plies of
West Virginia Pulp & Paper Co.’s .012 kraft liner
laminated to make .025 board with a urea-formalde-
hyde resin and starch. The four plies were laminated
with Du Pont weatherproof No. 77, a polyvinyl alcohol
base adhesive.
CODEC. Twenty V-2-S boxes composed of jute filler
laminated with urea-formaldehyde resin and starch.
The top and bottom liners were laminated to the jute
filler with an asphalt adhesive.
CODE D. Twenty V-3-S boxes composed of high test
filler chip board with kraft liner top and bottom which
had been laminated with Du Pont weatherproof
adhesive No. 77.
Sixty No. 10 cans, sealed top and bottom, were shipped in
each box. Upon arrival the cans were examined for rust spots.
100 MODERN PACKAGING
All cans were found to be entirely free from corrosion. The
cans were manufactured by the American Can Co.
Sixty cans of similar construction were delivered to the Col-
lege laboratories by the Syracuse plant of the Continental Can
Co. These cans were used to replace the cans in two boxes of
each manufacturer for purposes of comparison.
Preparation for testing
The boxes were sealed top and bottom with Du Pont weather-
proof No. 77, a polyvinyl alcohol base adhesive, and allowed
to stand 16-18 hours under pressure to make certain of a tight
seal. The boxes were then segregated for testing as follows:
V-1-S CODE A
10 boxes to kiln with sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln without sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln after sealing all openings with Solseal
30/30/30 waterproof tape.
V-1-S CODE B
10 boxes to kiln with sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln without sleeve.
3 boxes to kiln, after allowing 8 per cent additional
moisture to collect on box with sleeve.
2 boxes to kiln after sealing with Solseal 30/30/30
waterproof tape.
V-2-S CODEC
10 boxes to kiln with sleeve.
3 boxes to kiln after allowing 8 per cent additional
moisture to collect on box with sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln without sleeve.
2 boxes to kiln after sealing with Solseal 30/30/30
waterproof tape.
V-3-S CODED
10 boxes to kiln with sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln without sleeve.
5 boxes to kiln after sealing with Solseal 30/30/30
waterproof tape.
Testing procedure
The fibreboard boxes were placed in a specially designed rack
as shown in the accompanying photographs and were located
according to the diagram, Fig. 1.
The rack was placed in the dry kiln at the New York State
College of Forestry. This kiln is 8 by 8 by 20 ft., constructed
of hollow tile wall 8 in. thick and with a 12-in. asphalt covered
cork roof. The temperature and humidity of the air in the
kiln are controlled by means of Taylor Instrument air-oper-
ated valves. The temperature is maintained by steam heat-
ing coils and is controlled within +1 deg. F. The instrument
also records the wet bulb and dry bulb temperature. A fan
is used to circulate the air in the kiln.
In order to simulate conditions of high temperature (140
deg. F.) with high humidity (98-100 per cent R.H.) and con-
densation of the water vapor due to cooling, the following
schedule was adopted:
Oxes
nts.
The
> Col-
1 Can
xes of
ither-
lowed
tight
WS:
olseal
tional
30/30
tional
30/30
30/30
1 rack
cated
State
ucted
vered
in the
-oper-
heat-
iment
A fan
» (140
1 con-
owing
24 hrs with steam on—temperature and relative humid-
ity controlled by Taylor Recording instrument at
140 deg. F., 98-100 per cent R.H.
24 hrs. with steam off, kiln allowed to cool to outside
temperature (60 deg. F.)
This schedule was repeated every 48 hours during the en-
tire test. Boxes were removed from the kiln every 72 hours.
The boxes were examined and tested for Mullen burst and ply
separation and the cans were examined for rust spots.
Discussion of results
The Government specifications for solid fibreboard boxes
designated as V-1-S list minimum bursting strength average
as 750 Ibs. per square inch dry, and 500 lbs. per square inch
after soaking in distilled water for 24 hours and a minimum
caliper dry of .100 in. The V-1-S box, Code A, had a dry
Mullen of 679 lbs. per square inch, a wet Mullen after im-
mersion for 24 hours in distilled water at 73 deg. F. of 441 Ibs.
per square inch and a dry caliper of .110 in. The V-1-S box,
Code B, had a dry Mullen of 794, a wet Mullen after immer-
sion for 24 hours in distilled water at 73 deg. F. of 514 anda
dry caliper of .110 in.
The Government specifications for V-2-S solid fibreboard
list a minimum dry bursting strength of 550 lbs. per square
inch and a minimum wet bursting strength of 500 lbs. per
square inch and a minimum dry caliper of .09in. The V-2-S
box, Code C, had a dry Mullen of 533 and after immersion
for 24 hours in distilled water at 73 deg. F., a wet Mullen of
441 and a caliper of .096 in.
The Government specifications for solid fibreboard con-
tainers designated as V-3-S list minimum dry bursting
strength of 400, a minimum wet bursting strength of 150 and
a minimum dry caliper of .09 in. The V-3-S box, Code D,
had a dry Mullen of 489 Ibs. per square inch and a wet Mullen
after immersion in distilled water at 73 deg. F. for 24 hours of
227 Ibs. per square inch and a caliper of .11 in.
Results of 72-hour kiln treatment
After this period of treatment, the boxes were opened and the
cans examined for corrosion. The cans in the V-1-S box,
Code A, placed in the kiln without a sleeve showed con-
siderable rusting around the top and bottom closure and the
side seams. The rust spots on the body of the can seemed to
be perpendicular to the side seam and were about .025 in.
wide and .05 to .375 in. long.
The tops and bottoms of cans also showed rust when in
contact with the box. The cans in the V-1-S box, Code A,
placed in the kiln completely sealed with Solseal weather-
proof tape showed some corrosion of the same general nature
as the other box, but not quite as extensive. No condensa-
tion was noted in the sealed box.
The boxes withstood the effect of changing temperature
and humidity without appreciable change. The average
bursting strength was 867 lbs. per square inch as compared
to 679 Ibs. per square inch for the original. (Note: In this
case the box itself was tested after being in the kiln. All
other tests are on the sleeve.)
The cans in the V-1-S box, Code B, showed corrosion around
the seams and on the lip atends. This corrosion was not very
heavy. The cans in the box with the sleeve showed consider-
ably more corrosion than the cans in the box without sleeve,
15 to 25 spots per square inch as compared to 4 spots per
Square inch. One box previously exposed to high humidity
to increase the moisture content and then filled with cans and
sealed, was removed at this time. The additional moisture
in the box did not increase the amount of corrosion. The cans
in this box showed about the same amount of corrosion as
cans in the box sealed without the sleeve, about 3 spots per
square inch,
The boxes withstood the effect of changing temperature
and humidity without an appreciable deterioration. The
average bursting strength was 768 lbs. per square inch as
compared to 794 lbs. per square inch for the original container.
The V-2-S container, Code C, was opened after 72 hours’
treatment. The cans were in excellent condition and were
entirely free from corrosion. This condition was noted in
the box with the sleeve, the box without the sleeve and the
box which was conditioned to 13 per cent moisture before
placing the cans in the box and sealing it.
The boxes withstood the effect of changing humidity and
temperature without appreciable change. The average burst
for the boxes removed from the kiln was 520 Ibs. per square
inch in comparison with 533 Ibs. per square inch for the ori-
ginal boxes.
The V-3-S container, Code D, was opened after 72 hours’
treatment. Slight corrosion was noticed on the cans in the
box fitted with a sleeve. About three spots per square inch
were noted. These spots were about .03 in. in diameter.
The cans in the box sealed without the sleeve were less cor-
roded than the cans in the one with the sleeve. There were
about 1-1.5 spots per square inch and these spots were about
.03 in. in diameter. The cans in the box completely sealed
with Solseal waterproof tape were only slightly corroded at the
seams. No condensation was noted in this box.
The boxes were in good condition. The average burst for
the boxes removed from the kiln was 498 Ibs. per square inch
as compared to 489 for the original container.
Another set of boxes were removed from the kiln after this
ARRANGEMENT OF BOXES
FOR KILN TREATMENT
DECEMBER °* 1943
period of treatment. Mr. Kronquest, chemist of the Conti-
nental Can Co., Syracuse plant, was present when these boxes
were opened.
The cans in the V-1-S box, Code A, sealed and with sleeve,
were very badly corroded, especially at the seams and were
considered unmarketable. The cans in the V-1-S box with-
out the sleeve were moderately corroded on the body of the
can and quite heavily corroded at the seams. Cans were
very nearly unmarketable. The cans in the V-1-S box com-
pletely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were corroded
although not to an excessive degree. No condensate was
noted in the sealed box.
The average bursting strength for the boxes in the kiln was
694 in comparison with 679 for the original box.
The cans in the V-1-S boxes, Code B, and in the kiln for
144 hours were examined. The cans in the box sealed and
with the sleeve were excessively corroded and considered un-
marketable as were the cans in the box sealed without the
sleeve. Very heavy corrosion was noted at the seams.
The boxes were in excellent condition. The average burst-
ing strength of the boxes removed from the kiln was 773 lbs.
per square inch as compared to 794 lbs. per square inch for the
original.
The cans in the V-2-S boxes, Code C, treated for 144 hours
showed no signs of corrosion.
The average bursting strength of the boxes removed from
the kiln was 523 lbs. per square inch in comparison with 533
Ibs. per square inch for the original container.
The cans in the V-3-S boxes, Code D, were examined after
144 hours in the kiln. The cans in the box sealed and with the
sleeve showed fairly heavy corrosion. It was most extensive
at the seams. These cans would be considered to be in poor
condition. Those cans in the V-3-S box sealed, but without
the sleeve, exhibited only moderate corrosion. The cans in
the box completely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were
only slightly pitted on the body but with heavier corrcsion at
the seams.
The boxes were in good condition with no condensation
showing in the completely sealed box. The average bursting
strength was 497 lbs. per square inch in comparison with 489
Ibs. per square inch for the original container.
After this period of treatment the boxes were removed and
102 MODERN PACKAGING
Arrangement of the fibre-
board boxes on the specially
designed rack ready for
the kiln treatment. The rack
was then placed in the dry
kiln at the New York State
College of Forestry and
tested with extreme accuracy.
the cans examined. The cans in this V-1-S box, sealed and
with the sleeve, Code A, were manufactured by the Conti-
nental Can Co. These cans were very badly corroded on the
top and on the seams. The body of the cans was only mod-
erately corroded. The cans would be considered unmarket-
able. Another V-1-S box sealed and with the seeve contained
American Can Co.’s cans. These cans were very heavily
corroded at the side seam and top and bottom closure. The
cans would probably be considered unmarketable. The cans
in the V-1-S box sealed and without the sleeve were corroded
on the side seam and top and bottom closure. These cans
were moderately corroded. Most of the corrosion seemed
to be localized in two or three spots on the cans. The cans in
the V-1-S box sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were cor-
roded most heavily at the seams. These cans were in better
condition than the ones which were in the two containers de-
scribed above.
The average bursting strength of the box removed from the
kiln was 734 lbs. per square inch in comparison with 679 for the
original container.
The cans in this V-1-S box sealed and with the sleeve,
Code B, were manufactured by the Continental Can Co.
These cans were very badly corroded on the top of the cans
and at the side seams. The body of the can exhibited moder-
ate corrosion. These cans would be considered unmarketable.
- Another V-1-S box sealed and with the sleeve contained
cans manufactured by the American Can Co. These cans were
heavily corroded at the seams and on the body of the cans.
These cans would be considered unmarketable. The cans in
the V-1-S box sealed but without the sleeve were heavily
corroded at the seams and on.the body. Although not so
badly corroded as the cans in the V-1-S box with the sleeve,
the cans would be considered unmarketable. Another V-1-S
box was examined which had been conditioned to 13 per cent
moisture before addition of cans and sealing. This box was
very moist due to condensate dropping on it from the cover.
These cans were heavily corroded and probably would be
considered unmarketable. The cans in the V-1-S box sealed
with Solseal waterproof tape were very heavily corroded at
the seams. The body of the can was in fairly good condition.
However, due to corrosion at the seams, the cans would
probably be considered unmarketable.
co Mec M co ce M coll il @ Mice Ml v= in|
re-
ly
for
ack
dry
ate
ind
cy.
and
nti-
the
<et-
ned
vily
The
ans
ded
‘ans
ned
is in
cor-
tter
the
the
eve,
cans
der-
ble.
ined
vere
ans.
is in
vily
t so
eve,
-1-S
cent
was
yver
1 be
aled
d at
tion.
ould
TABLE I.—SUMMARY OF PHYSICAL TESTS OF BOXES TREATED IN
KILN
Code A Code B Code C Code D
Test V-1-S V-1-S V-2-S V-3-S
Burst, * dry 679 794 533 489
Burst, * wet 441 514 441 227
Caliper,t dry 110 . 100 096 .110
Caliper,t wet 155 142 112 154
Burst,* 72 hrs. 867 768 520 498
Burst, * 144 hrs. 694 773 523 497
Burst,* 216 hrs. 734 735 520 472
Burst, * 288 hrs. 753 774 499 473
Burst, * 360 hrs. 648 763 495 489
Note: * Pounds per square inch.
Tt Inches.
The boxes were in very good condition. The average burst-
ing strength was 735 lbs. per square inch in comparison with
794 for the original box.
The cans in this V-2-S box, Code C, sealed and with the
sleeve were manufactured by the Continental Can Co. These
cans exhibited very slight corrosion on the side seam. There
was no corrosion on the body or covers of these cans. An-
other V-2-S box sealed and with the sleeve contained cans
manufactured by the American Can Co. These cans felt
slightly rough to the hand but very little, if any, corrosion
was evident to the eye.
The cans in the V-2-S box, sealed and without the sleeve,
exhibited very slight corrosion on the seams and on the top
when in contact with the box. The cans were still in good
condition. The cans in the V-2-S box, previously condi-
tioned to 13 per cent moisture and sealed were in excellent
condition with only very slight corrosion on the seams. The
body of the can was slightly rough to the touch. The cans in
the box completely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were
still in good condition. These cans were only slightly rough
to the touch. The pits when found were about .01 inch in
diameter.
The box itself was in good condition. The average burst-
ing strength was 520 lbs. per square inch in comparison with
533 for the original box.
The Continental Can Co. cans in the V-3-S box sealed and
with a sleeve were corroded sufficiently at the seams and on
the top to cause them to be unmarketable. The American
Can Co. cans in the same type of box were also heavily cor-
roded, both on the seams and on the body of the cans. These
cans would be considered unmarketable. The cans in the
V-3-S box sealed but without the sleeve were quite badly cor-
roded over the entire body of the can. The seams were fairly
heavily corroded. The cans in the V-3-S box completely
sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were slightly pitted on
the body and very definitely pitted at the seams. The cans
would be considered moderately corroded. No condensa-
tion was observed in any of the sealed boxes.
The boxes were in good condition with the average burst-
ing strength of 472 Ibs. per square inch as compared to 489
lbs. per square inch for the original box.
Results of 288-hour kiln treatment
After this period of treatment the boxes were opened and the
cas examined for corrosion. The cans in the V-1-S boxes,
Code A, were very heavily corroded. This condition applied
to the cans in the boxes with the sleeves, without the sleeve
and the box completely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape.
No condensation was observed in the latter box. The cans
in all of these boxes would be considered unmarketable.
The average bursting test for the boxes after 288 hours in
the kiln was 753 lbs. per square inch as compared to 679 Ibs.
per square inch for the original container.
The cans in the V-1-S boxes, Code B, showed moderately
heavy corrosion in the boxes with the sleeve as well as the box
without the sleeve. The cans in these boxes would be con-
sidered unmarketable.
The bursting strength of the box after 288 hours in the kiln
was 774 lbs. per square inch as compared to 794 Ibs. per square
inch for the original container.
The cans in the V-2-S boxes, Code C, were starting to cor-
rode after this 288-hour kiln treatment. Very small spots,
.01-.02 in. in diameter appeared on the body of the can. The
side seam and the seam at the top and bottom closure were
moderately corroded. Cans were probably still marketable
in this condition.
The bursting strength of the box was 499 Ibs. per square
inch in comparison with 533 lbs. per square inch for the ori-
ginal container.
The cans in the V-3-S box, Code D, sealed and placed in
TABLE II.—ExXTENT OF CORROSION OF TIN CANS IN V-BOXES
FOLLOWING KILN TREATMENT
Time of Test
Type of CodeA Code B CodeC CodeD
in Kiln Closure V-1-S V-1-S . V-2-S V-3-S
72 Hrs. With sleeve ee 2-3 0 1
Without sleeve 2-3 2 0 1
Conditioned to
13 per cent
moisture aes 2 0
Sealed with
Solseal tape 2 ete eich 1
144 Hrs. With sleeve 4 4 0 3-4
Without sleeve 3-4 4 0 3
Conditioned to
13 per cent
moisture ot As snag Soe 3
Sealed with
Solseal tape 3-4
With sleeve 4 4 1
Without sleeve 4 4 1 4
Conditioned to
13 per cent
moisture ye 4 1
Sealed with
Solseal tape 3-4
288 Hrs. With sleeve 4
Without sleeve 4
Conditioned to
13 per cent
moisture
Sealed with
Solseal tape Bt wide ae 3-4
216. Hes.
With sleeve 4 4 3-4 3-4
Without sleeve 4 4 3 3-4
Conditioned to
13 per cent
moisture Peek 4 3
Sealed with
Solseal tape 4 4 2-3 4
360 Hrs.
Legend: 0 No corrosion. 1 No visible corrosion, rough to touch.
2 Light corrosion. 3 Moderate corrosion. 4 Unmarketable.
DECEMBER °* 1943 103
the kiln with the sleeve showed moderately heavy corrosion
on the body and heavy corrosion on the seams. The cans in
the box placed in the kiln without the sleeve showed moder-
ate corrosion on the body and moderately heavy corrosion on
the seams. These cans would probably be considered un-
marketable. The cans in the box completely sealed with
Solseal waterproof tape showed moderately heavy corrosion
and would probably be considered unmarketable. No con-
densation was observed in this box.
The average bursting strength of these boxes was 473 lbs.
per square inch in comparison with 489 lbs. per square inch
for the original container.
Results of 360-hour kiln treatment
After this period of treatment all boxes were removed from
the kiln and the cans examined for corrosion. The cans in the
V-1-S boxes, sealed and with sleeves, Code A, were heavily
corroded. This condition applied to the cans manufactured
by the Continental Can Co. as well as to those manufactured
by the American Can Co. The Continental cans were more
heavily corroded on the tops than the American cans. All
of these cans would be considered to be unmarketable.
The cans in the boxes sealed, but without the sleeve, as
well as the boxes completely sealed with the Solseal water-
proof tape, were also heavily corroded and would be con-
sidered unmarketable. No condensation was observed in the
latter boxes.
The average bursting strength of the box after 360 hours in
the kiln was 648 Ibs. per square inch as compared to 679 lbs.
for the original container.
The cans in the V-1-S boxes, Code B, were heavily cor-
roded and would be considered unmarketable. This same
condition applied to the cans in the boxes sealed and with the
sleeve, those in boxes sealed and without the sleeve, those in
boxes conditioned to 13 per cent moisture before sealing and to
those completely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape. No
condensation was observed in the latter box. The cans from
the American Can Co. were corroded as badly as those from
the Continental Can Co.
The average bursting strength of the boxes was 763 lbs. per
square inch in comparison with 794 pounds per square inch for
the original container.
The cans in the V-2-S boxes, Code C, exhibited slight to
moderately heavy corrosion and while they probably would
be unmarketable, they were nevertheless in much better con-
dition than the cans in any of the other boxes. This condi-
tion applied as well to the cans in the boxes sealed and with
the sleeve, those in the boxes sealed and without the sleeve,
those in the boxes conditioned to 13 per cent moisture before
sealing and to those in the box completely sealed with Solseal
waterproof tape. No condensation was found in the latter
box.
The average bursting strength of these boxes was 495 lbs.
per square inch as compared to 533 lbs. per square inch for the
original containers.
The cans in the V-3-S boxes, Code D, exhibited moderately
heavy corrosion and would probably be considered unmarket-
able. They were, however, in better condition than the cans
in the V-1 boxes.
This unmarketable condition of the cans applied to the
boxes sealed and with the sleeve, those in the boxes sealed
and without the sleeve and to those in the box conditioned to
13 per cent moisture before sealing. The cans in the box
completely sealed with Solseal waterproof tape were very
heavily corroded. No condensate was observed in these
boxes.
MODERN PACKAGING
104
The average bursting strength of the boxes was 489 lbs.
per square inch which was identical with the strength value
of the original boxes.
Miscellaneous tests
Several additional tests were performed in the course of this
investigation. One Code C V-2-S box was completely covered
with adhesive on the inside by painting with Du Pont weather-
proof No. 77, filled with cans and exposed in the kiln treatment
for 144 hours. These cans were entirely free from corrosion.
Several cans were wrapped in a .025 laminated kraft sheet.
This board is made by laminating two plies of .0125 kraft
paper with urea-formaldehyde resin and starch. These cans
were practically free from corrosion. Several individual un-
boxed cans were also placed in the kiln. These cans were
slightly corroded. One of these cans was placed on a V-3 box
during the kiln treatment and the bottom of this can was
heavily corroded.
Two cans, one from the American Can Co. and one from
the Continental Can Co., were placed in distilled water at
73 deg. F. for 24 hours. Both cans showed considerable cor-
rosion around all seams on completion of this treatment.
Conclusions
This investigation has been productive of results from which
the following general conclusions may be drawn:
1. The complete kiln treatment was sufficiently severe
in all cases to cause the cans in the several types of containers
to corrode to a considerable degree. There was, however,
a considerable variation in the time required for the cans in
the various containers to exhibit corrosion under identical
treatment. The cans in the V-2-S boxes, Code C, withstood
the treatment for 216 hours before a very slight corrosion was
evident and at the end of 360 hours of treatment the majority
of these cans showed only moderate corrosion. This con-
tainer was, by far, the best for inhibiting corrosion of the
tin cans. The containers themselves withstood the treat-
ment without appreciable deterioration.
2. The cans in the V-3-S boxes, Code D, withstood heavy
corrosion for 216 hours. However, light corrosion was notice-
able on these cans at the end of 72 hours and moderate cor-
rosion was observed at the end of 144 hours. These contain-
ers also withstood the treatment without appreciable deteri-
oration. The composition of the V-3-S boxes while not as
satisfactory as the V-2-S box for inhibiting corrosion was
slightly superior to the V-1-S box.
3. The cans in the V-1-S boxes, Code A, and those in the
V-1-S boxes, Code B, exhibited moderate corrosion at the end
of 72 hours and heavy corrosion at the end of 144 hours and
were unmarketable. Additional treatment increased the
amount of corrosion. The composition of the V-1-S boxes,
Code B and Code A, seemed to promote more rapid corrosion
of the cans than the V-3-S box. It is possible that the presence
of the asphalt lamination in the V-2-S box prevented the forma-
tion of compounds which accelerated the corrosion of the cans.
4, The cans in boxes sealed and fitted with sleeves cor-
roded more rapidly than the cans in the boxes sealed but
without the sleeves.
5. The cans in the boxes which were conditioned to 13 per
cent moisture before filling with cans and sealing did not cor-
rode any more rapidly than those sealed in the containers
without previous conditioning.
6. The cans in the boxes which were completely sealed
with Solseal waterproof tape resisted corrosion longer than
the cans in the boxes sealed in the (Continued on page 156)
—
to re
has
with
for <
Befo
cum
treat
then
deve
esse
coat
Now
form
part
meth
STRIP
THE
New Yc
this
ered
her-
1ent
ion.
leet.
raft
cans
un-
vere
box
was
rom
r at
cor-
hich
vere
ners
ver,
Is in
tical
tood
was
rity
con-
the
eat-
2aVY
tice-
cor-
fain-
teri-
t as
was
| the
end
and
the
»xeS,
sion
ence
rma-
sans.
cor-
but
3 per
cor-
iners
-aled
than
156)
Ph Sosa *: Se ieee
is a name which you are going
to remember. It identifies and describes a new product that
has come to the rescue of men who have been struggling
with the huge task of packaging and protecting metal parts
for our armed forces.
Before STRIPCOAT, many packaging methods proved both
cumbersome and time-consuming. Each part had to be
treated with a preservative, laboriously wrapped in paper,
then packaged. Dow technicians solved this problem by
developing sTRIPCOAT, a hot melt in which Ethocel is the
essential ingredient. This water repellent plastic gives the
coating toughness and durability for service in every climate.
Now, parts are simply dipped in the melt, which immediately
forms a skin-tight film. Slit this coating, strip it off and the
part emerges clean, uncorroded and ready for service. The
method is so simple it saves uncounted man-hours. With
STRIPCOAT, you merely dip it, ship it, strip it.
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY, MIDLAND, MICHIGAN
New York * Cleveland » Chicago «+ St. Louis * Houston + San Francisco + Los Angeles + Seattle
tT HOCEL
DOW PLASTICS
ST YRON + SARAN
S4yecsil” ANOTHER GREAT DOW DEVELOPMENT TO PROTECT METAL PARTS
- i
STRIPCOAT is a copyrighted trade name
CHEMICALS INDISPENSABLE
TO INDUSTRY AND VICTORY
This consultation service on packaging subjects is at your com-
mand. Simply address your questions to Technical Editor, Modern
Packaging, 122 East 42nd St., New York 17, N. Y. Your name or
other identification will not appear with any published answer.
Turpentine as testing medium
QUESTION: In comparing materials for greaseproofness we
have been using turpentine as the testing medium. Is there any
correlation between these turpentine values (in seconds) and the
greaseproofness using oils such as chicken fat, cottonseed oil,
lard, etc.?
ANSWER: Unfortunately there is no correlation between
the turpentine test for greaseproofness and tests using natural
oils and greases on a wide variety of materials.
The turpentine test provides a useful and reliable index of
greaseprooiness for glassines and parchments. It is also a
quick test suited for the production control of those papers.
However, it is not a reliable test for materials which obtain
their greaseproofness by means of coatings, lacquers and
similar treatments. Turpentine may act as a partial solvent
for some coatings and indicate a low level of greaseproofness.
However, the natural oils may not possess this solvent power
for the coating and the coated material would actually
prevent their penetration.
A test made with the specific oil or fat would be the best
means of evaluating the greaseproofness of many different
kinds of materials.
Puckering of films in heat sealing
QUESTION: In heat sealing many different kinds of plastic
films we notice that some kinds and some types of other films will
pucker and creep near the sealed area. Also that the sealed area
has shrunk in length compared with the original film. Is this due
to our faulty heat sealing and if so, how can it be overcome?
ANSWER: Many plastic films can be highly stretched either
cold or in a warm atmosphere. This can occur in the original
manufacturing process or in subsequent treatments and proc-
essing. Depending upon the composition of the film, the
storage temperatures and whether or not the film is firmly
held in position, some or all of this stress may be relieved
before the film is used.
If the film you received still carries these stresses it will
heat seal as you describe. This occurs because the molecules
cannot move or flow to an “‘at ease’’ position at room tem-
perature, but can adjust themselves more rapidly as the
temperature increases. The heat of sealing causing this molec-
ular readjustment and the dimensional change is the in-
evitable result.
106 MODERN PACKAGING
How to Prevent Sifting
QUESTION: Our company packages a finely powdered tea
in a cellophane wrapped carton which has a glued side seam
liner with folded closure. We have many complaints of sifting
with this package which results in an undesirable appearance
because of the tea particles between the carton and the cellophane
wrapper. How can we avoid this difficulty?
ANSWER: The best solution to your problem would be to
use a heat-sealed liner for your tea carton because in this
way you would get a more positive closure than with aqueous
adhesives or with folded closures. However, since you prob-
ably only have this type of lining equipment on hand, one
possible answer would be to make the carton a little shorter
so that you compress the liner and this, with perhaps another
turn of the top fold, might help reduce the amount of sifting.
If the sifting is not too severe, but is noticeable because of
the dark color of the particles under the cellophane, it might
be possible for you to use a dark-colored band around the
bottom of your carton and this would serve to prevent the
tea: particles being seen after they had sifted through and
fallen along the bottom of the package. This change in de-
sign plus the tightening of the inner liner might reduce this
problem to the point where it would no longer be a serious
complaint.
Accelerated tests for product with fat content
QUESTION: How can I test under accelerated conditions
packages carrying a product which has approximately 20 per
cent fat of a melting point of 85 deg. F?
ANSWER: Finished packages either machine made or their
equivalent in hand-made samples can be exposed to an at-
mosphere of 100 deg. F. at normal or low humidities (60
per cent or less). Each package should be laid on tissue or
filter paper and several, say three, should be exposed in each
of the various positions—that is, three sitting on the filter
paper in their normal position, three with the closure on the
bottom, three wide face down and three narrow face down.
In case it is possible to remove the inner liner, the filled
liner should be exposed in this same way in groups of three.
The temperature of 100 deg. F. is sufficiently above the
melting point of the fat to cause liquefaction and seepage
through either the structure or its seals and closure. The
usual index of failure is the time required to observe oil
staining on the carton. With (Continued on page 158)
tea
eam
ting
ince
Lane
e to
this
>Ous
rob-
one
rter
ther
‘ing.
e of
ight
the
the
and
| de-
this
jous
nt
‘ONS
| per
their
1 at-
; (60
1e or
each
filter
1 the
m.
filled
hree.
- the
page
The
e oil
158)
“Meeting wartime restrictions”
ober stocktaking at the conclusion of a second year of war
\ marked the annual meeting of the Packaging Institute
November 4 and 5 in the Hotel New Yorker, New York City.
It was a businesslike conference, keyed to the theme of
“Meeting Wartime Restrictions.’’ In four general institute
sessions, members attending in record strength heard and
discussed reports on Government restrictions, the glass pack-
aging manual, new adhesives, package and material testing
standards, availability of materials, and the problems of
contract termination, renegotiation and alien patents. Some
of the sessions were round tables and panel discussions in
which questions and answers were given straight from the
shoulder.
Suppliers of materials and containers generally held out
little hope of any easing of restrictions in the immediate fu-
ture, but on the other hand most of them felt that present
positions could be maintained for the next three to six months.
An interesting and important fact brought out was that the
manufacturers of packages are themselves threatened by the
shortage of shipping containers. Representatives of both
the glass industry and the collapsible tube industry agreed
that lack of boxes in which to ship their products was a greater
danger than either manpower or material supply, important
as these latter problems might be.
The necessity for another intensive nationwide drive to
bring in wastepaper was agreed upon and members were
urged to lend their utmost support to such a drive, nationally
and locally in order to build up fast dwindling reserves.
Registrations at the convention totaled 557 and it was
disclosed that membership in the Insitute has nearly doubled
in the last year.
One of the most important sessions was that in which
Charles A. Southwick, Jr., F.S. Leinbach and W. H. Graebner
presented their preliminary outline for a manual of package
testing and opened it up to suggestions from the floor.
Members dropped their “strictly business’’ attitude only
on Thursday evening for a reception and informal dinner at
which they heard a gripping, first-hand report on the war
by Charles Collingwood, youthful CBS foreign correspondent
and award winner. Collingwood was critical of the State
Department’s handling of the occupied nations, but he took
occasion to deny any mishandling of Lend-Lease and
warmly praised the British for the real material aid they are
giving this country.
The Institute re-elected all its officers for another year—
Joel Y. Lund, Lambert Pharmacal Co., president; A. Vernon
Shannon, Westfield River Paper Co., and Wallace D. Kim-
ball, Standard-Knapp Corp., vice-presidents.
The semi-annual meeting of the Institute was set for Wed-
nesday evening, March 29, 1944, at the Palmer House,
Chicago.
The three divisions of the Institute—Machinery, Produc-
tion and Supplies—held their annual meetings at off-the-rec-
ord luncheon sessions Thursday and chose officers as follows:
DECEMBER ®* 1943 107
The Package Machinery Manufacturers Institute elected
George A. Mohlman, president of the Package Machinery
Co., as its president and named as vice-presidents H. Kirke
Becker (re-elected), president of the Peters Machinery Co.,
and Frank B. Fairbanks, president of the Horix Manufactur-
ing Co. Chosen as directors were Mr. Mohlman, Mr. Fair-
banks and H. Lvle Greene, vice-president of the J L. Fergu-
son Co.
Charles A. Southwick, Jr., technical editor of MODERN
PACKAGING and technical director of the Shellmar Products
Co., will continue as chairman of the Production Division.
Two new directors elected in this division are Gustav Winckel-
mann, vice-president of Frankfort Distilleries, Inc., and T. R.
Baxter, manager of packaging and packaging development
department, Standard Brands, Inc.
Dr. H. A Barnby, Owens-Illinois Glass Co., was elected
chairman of the Suppliers’ Division, succeeding Hal W.
Johnston, Stecher-Traung Lithograph Corp. Walter D.
Lynch, vice-president of the National Folding Box Co.,
was elected a new director and Mr. Shannon was re-elected.
Pharmaceutical manufacturers had a
separate informal luncheon meeting on
Friday which developed into an inter-
esting interchange of ideas on the par-
ticular wartime packaging problems be-
setting this field. This meeting was
under the chairmanship of W. O.
Brewer, Calco Chemical Division, Am-
erican Cyanamid Co.
On Friday also, the machinery manu-
facturers’ section had a second off-the-
record meeting to discuss their own
problems.
A digest of the complete proceedings at the four regular
sessions of the Institute follows:
Presiding: Jor. Y. Lund, vice-president, Lambert Pharmacal
THURSDAY MORNING, November 4
Co., Si Louis, Mo., and president, Packaging Institute.
W. O. Brewer
PRESIDENT LUND: It is quite a source of gratification to us
who have been interested in the Institute to find this increas-
ing interest in the sort of things that we believe people like to
know about and want to find out about. This is the largest
meeting we have ever had. Our membership is increasing
also. A 50 per cent increase over last year.
Conditions this year are a lot different from a year ago.
Last year we were just beginning to feel the impact of the
wartime restrictions and shortages. At that time there was a
lot of conversation about things that were going to happen,
but we were just beginning to wonder whether the whole
thing would be as bad as we thought. Now we have found
out that things were not only as bad, but generally worse.
Last year we were still living on our fat, so to speak. In-
ventories had been gradually going down and were slowly
being exhausted, but there were still things left. As the war
progressed, new requirements of the armed forces brought
about shortages in first one thing and then another, and
there was a frantic search on the part of everyone for some
sort of a substitute to take the place of things they knew were
going to be short.
Not only that, but even if they could find those materials,
108 MODERN PACKAGING
there had to be new methods of fabrication, new methods of
adapting those materials for use. We just did not know where
we were going, but we thought we would be able to do some-
thing about the matter.
At that time also the thought was that while most of the
raw materials might eventually be short, at least paper would
be one thing of which there would be a sufficient supply.
There was a lot of discussion last year about paper and how it
could be used to take the place of metal and glass, and some
other things. Now it appears that paper is also short.
Our manpower situation was just beginning to get bad last
year. We had started to train new operators and we began to
realize that we were going to have difficulty even if the draft
had not made the inroads that it has this year on our person-
nel. I beieve it is quite a tribute to the work that has been
done by people such as you who are here, in the engineering
and development of packages, that there have been so few
failures. comparatively speaking. Of all of the new things
that have come on the market most of them have worked out
pretty well. That has been due to a realistic and practical
approach, and a knowledge of the sort of thing that people
had to do, and what qualifications the package had to Have,
as well as a desire and willingness not to just take anything
because it might be better than nothing.
This year, of course, conditions are different. The real
scarcity has come upon us. In many cases because of in-
creased productivity and because of the limitation orders
that we have had on metals and particularly the so-called
liner metals, the supply is much better and they are even cut-
ting back on some of the production programs because there
is more available material than they want.
At the same time, the pendulum is swinging the other way
and paper (which I imagine we will hear more about in this
meeting) has become quite scarce. Glass is also in the same
category We are going to have to find some ways to move
back into these other materials or else find some ways to
economize. We still have the ever-present limitation orders
and probably will have.
It certainly is true that we have to have limitation orders.
It seems also true that we ought to be a little more practical
in our aspect on these things. I think in writing these orders,
there has been too much of that effort to try to avoid loop-
holes, so that somebody cannot outsmart the order. That has
had the effect, I believe, in some cases of making the orders
not as effective as they might otherwise have been.
For example, take the box order, L-317, just issued. There
are two or three things to my mind that make the situation
worse rather than better. If a man has actually been out
trying to conserve paper, the base period, the way it is set up,
works a hardship on him. If he has cut out small sizes and is
shipping only in larger shipping containers, the base period
being comparatively recent does not provide for that thing.
So that the man who has not tried to conserve is in a rela-
tively better position and can now cut down on shipping in
small sizes. Other men, who tried to conserve are out of luck.
In some ways it also encourages waste. Take, again, the
small-size situation. Because restrictions have been put on
the basis of use, rather than allowing for inventories (and I
don’t think there are very many large box inventories any-
way), the thing is set up in such a way that you cannot use up
any boxes that you might have had that are not economical to
use. It is a lot better in terms of shipping out materials just
to take those boxes where you use, let us say, 10 sq. ft. per
unit of volume in the shipping, instead of using another one
that might use only perhaps 8 sq. ft. Nobody is going to use
those boxes out of his inventory but will instead buy the new
prc
the
pac
we |
goin
war
are }
of cx
chin
have
man
prob
help:
prob
Of
can |
In tl
eral |
teria
invol
bette
Char
a yea
realiz
in W
to te
woul
basis
vay
his
me
ove
} TO
lers
ers.
ical
ers,
Op-
has
Jers
nere
tion
out
id is
riod
ing.
-ela-
y in
uck.
the
t on
nd I
any-
e up
al to
just
. per
- one
o use
new
boxes that give him the most economical use of the paper.
Me:ntime, these others will sit around until the end of the
war unless there is some way of offsetting it. It seems to me
that should be taken into consideration.
] think another thing they did on that was this: Because
they did not want people to change from jute to kraft and get
the lighter weight, they put the restriction on footage as well as
onweight. Itseems to me they could have allowed a person to
redesign his boxes if he continued to use the same kind of ma-
terial. In other words, you do not want, certainly, to take
everybody from jute into kraft, but on the other hand if a
man can redesign a kraft box to make a box that is a really
good shipper and at the same time save on board, he should
be allowed to do it and get credit for it on his quota. Of
course, they say a person ought not to redesign his boxes be-
cause they are going to get them so light they will not carry.
I don’t think that is necessarily true, because, after all, our
primary interest (which is the reason we are here today) is
in good packaging and to get our materials to destination in
proper condition. If boxes are not of the proper weight and
properly designed, they will not get the materials delivered in
the proper way and we would all be very foolish to redesign a
package that would give a bad result.
The function of the Institute is to
look forward on these matters. It isa
nice thing to sit around and have a bull
session on what is going on and what
has happened. But, really, the Institute
can only be of value if it helps us look
forward, if it helps us to judge the things
that are going on, in the light of the
future, so that we can in return adjust
our businesses and adjust our problems
to meet changed conditions and be ready
for them when they come along, rather
than wondering what todoabout them after they creep up onus.
We ought to know not only what the new materials are
that are being developed as a result of the war, but we ought
to know how to handle them, how to use them, how to test
them in the light of the results that they are to accomplish.
We hear a lot of talk about postwar business. Really, what
we are interested in is postwar contracts. What are you
going to do with your plant when you do not have any more
war business? How are you going to change it back? What
are your problems going to be with regard to the termination
of contracts, reconversion and that sort of thing? The ma-
chinery people are in that right this minute. A lot of them
have been making machine tools and special parts, and a good
many of them are having contracts terminated. They have
problems of getting back into their own business. It will be
helpful to all of us if we can see how they are working on these
problems and use that as a guide for our further thinking.
Of course, no work or study that is handled by any meeting
can be well done unless it is based upon a proper foundation.
In this case the foundation should be a knowledge of the gen-
eral overall situation as far as packaging and packaging ma-
terials are concerned and the packaging problems that are
involved. I don’t think there is anybody in the country who is
better fitted to talk about this thing than is Charlie Sheldon.
Charlie headed up the Container Division in Washington for
a year, as you know, and he did a grand job. Everybody
realizes that. He has kept in touch with the situation down
in Washington since then and is, I think, in a better position
to tell us what we want to know, perhaps not what we
would like to know, but at least what the facts are, as a
basis for the future discussions we are going to have here.
J. Y Lund
What Is Today’s Packaging Picture?—Cuar.es L. SHEL-
DON, purchasing agent, Hood Rubber Co. (a division of B. F.
Goodrich Rubber Co.), Watertown, Mass., and former chief of
the Containers Branch, WPB.
About a-year and a half ago I stood here (or perhaps it was
some other hotel) and said that you could safely change to
paper and you would have no difficulties at all—just get into
paper and your troubles would be over. I think I also said
that you might get into wood at that time. Things have
changed—and changed very rapidly.
I wish I could stand here and tell you that your packaging
supplies are going to be plentiful but in all honesty I can’t
do so.
The fact is all packaging materials are critical and I am sure
that this statement is not news to you. No matter what you
use—paper, glass, wood or steel containers—the problem of
obtaining your supplies is a difficult one, and no doubt, as
time goes on, and until the end of the war your difficulties
will increase.
The entire field of packaging materials is controlled by
Government orders and sometimes we wonder if all the con-
trols are necessary. To my way of thinking they are. The
reasons for these controls are easily explained. Steel and tin
are needed for war materials. Therefore, it was prohibited
to use steel or tin for any commodity that could be packed in
other materials. Then, many commodities went into glass
containers. The glass industry was soon loaded to capacity
and to increase production, the WPB issued order L-103.
Many users of distinctive bottles were forced to use a stand-
ardized design. But what is wrong with more than one manu-
facturer using the same kind of a bottle? Especially is this
true when the overall packaging picture is helped. While
L-103 did help increase production, a survey showed demand
exceeding production by approximately 25 per cent. L-103B
was issued placing quota restrictions on certain products
packed in glass containers. This order made available more
containers for the packing of food. I am certain no one is
going to object to having more food. The allocation order on
fibre drums gives the essential products that need this type of
package first call on the available supply. The folding and
setup box restrictive order is a step towards conserving board
and also prevents some wasteful practices.
Of course, we all know about P-140 (the container rating
order) and by the way, I understand that there is a new order
to be issued shortly which will give users of boxes a new rating
pattern.
L-317, the latest restrictive order on corrugated and fibre
containers, is really a severe one. WPB states that a part of
the impact of the limitations imposed can be absorbed easily
if users will resort to utilizing used containers or other types
of packing. It looks as if the second-hand case market is in for
a boom. You can’t turn to wood because a companion order
(L-232) was issued last week restricting the same products
and many others from the use of it. It has been stated by
WPB that there is an overall shortage of 2,500,000 feet of
lumber for 1943. Forty per cent of all lumber being produced
is used in crates and boxes.
Early realization by the WPB that there was the vital need
of paperboard—and that without sufficient supplies our war
effort would suffer—might have prevented the present situa-
tion. The industry should have been rated essential long
before it was. Order M-241, limiting production of certain
boards, particularly folding and setup boxboards, to 80 per
cent and container board to 100 per cent, should never have
been issued. Later this order was revoked but the damage
DECEMBER °* 1943 109
had been done and now we are trying to repair it. As a mat-
ter of fact, sections of WPB were of the opinion that we could
get along on much less board than we are now manufacturing,
even though many products formerly packed in tin and steel
were being put in paper boxes, fibre drums and cans, and de-
mands from our armed services had increased tremendously.
There was a feeling that a great many products could be
eliminated from cartons and
packed in bulk. If this line of
thinking had been followed, you
can well imagine the confusion
and hardship it would have caused
manufacturers and retailers alike.
I will admit that some articles now
in cartons could be safely and
easily handled without them.
Better sense finally prevailed and
instead of elimination of cartons
from entire lines, order L-239 was
issued to do away with extrava-
gant and wasteful practices. No
one should object to this program.
Possibly, a number of recom-
mendations made by WPB will
continue to be followed after the war.
The appointment of a coordinator of pulp and paper is cer-
tainly a step in the right direction and I hope it proves that
the thinking prevailing in some quarters of WPB has changed.
Instead of all containers being handled by one division of the
WPB a recent change has been made so that fibre and cor-
rugated shipping containers, as well as folding and setup boxes
are to be in a new division and the balance of the containers
remain in the old Containers Division. It is difficult for me to
understand why this change was made and if the reason is
that the WPB wanted products made of paper in one division,
why didn’t they put fibre drums, paper cans, drinking cups
and paper bags in the same division with fibre containers?
As the situation now stands, if you are a user of, let’s say,
fibre cans, you see one division and then go to another for your
paper shipping containers. If you use wooden boxes and also
paper boxes you will have to contact two divisions. If an
order is written on one type of container, it always affects
other kinds and many times it is necessary to write another
order so that the balance may be maintained. For example,
if you write an order prohibiting the use of paper shipping
containers for certain materials, you should prohibit the same
materials from the use of wood, as the wooden box situation
is extremely critical. Every time an order is written, the
over-all container situation must be reviewed and it seems to
me that this could best be done if all containers were under
the jurisdiction of one man.
We all realize that today’s situation is critical and that is
why the WPB started its re-use campaign, and we should
further this program. Many companies are getting their
containers back and re-using them. Others have cleaned out
their stock of obsolete containers and some have redesigned
their containers to save material; also, by increasing their
packing unit they have made substantial savings. Let us cut
out all fluff and frills and overpackaging to conserve the sup-
ply of fibre and lumber and make available these materials
for other essential uses.
In my own plant we have changed over to 92 per cent war
work. We have had thousands of cases on hand that we
formerly used for packaging civilian products that we make.
They were just lying there, drying out, and would be no good.
So I got rid of them in the last couple of months—some 85,000
C. L. Sheldon
110 MODERN PACKAGING
of them. I think there are probably a great many other cases
like that throughout the country.
We are hearing a great deal about postwar planning, but in
business today we have so many troubles it is natural for us
to concentrate on our daily problems. However, the day is
coming when Government restrictions will be removed and
we should have some ideas about what we are going to do
relative to our packaging. Now is the time for action. Now
is the time to do your planning.
In the October issue of MODERN PACKAGING there is an
editorial by C. W. Browne entitled, ‘‘Plan Now for Recon-
version.” Mr. Browne outlines eight points and I am going
to take the liberty to read them to you:
1. What basic changes have taken place, or will take place,
in my products that I want to retain or that I want
to re-convert? How will those changes affect my
packages?
What basic changes will appear in consumer desires
that will have an effect on my packages?
What changes must I know about in the merchandising
setup and what changes in my packages must be
made in adaptation to them?
What packaging materials have I substituted in
place of scarce materials that I may want to retain
or drop, depending on (a) future availability; (b)
performance; (c) economy; (d) convenience; (e)
competition?
Will the postwar export business, of which I expect to
get my share, require providing new types of inner
and outer containers?
What new packaging machinery will be available and
what reconversions of present equipment should I
plan?
Why shouldn’t I plan my re-designs NOW and be
fully ready for re-conversion when the time comes?
Have I someone in my organization on whom I can
rely to obtain accurate answers to these questions
and prepare a program to fit the situation?
Mr. Browne further pointed out the answers will not be
found in any book—they must come out of a searching
analysis of the individual product or business and that is a
problem for an executive. This plan has been so well out-
lined by Mr. Browne that there isn’t anything I can add
except this: ‘‘What new packaging materials and methods
have been developed that I can use?” I suggest that you
read the entire editorial.
x kK Kk *
In 1941 the packaging industry total dollar-volume of
business was estimated at $2,678,000,000, but in 1943 it is
expected that they will do $3,440,000,000. Some of this in-
crease is due to higher prices but a large part is due to in-
creased production.
Here are some production increases: In 1941 fibre drum
manufacturers produced approximately 5,000,000, and in
1943 it is expected that 25,000,000 will be made.
Steel drum use has been restricted by the WPB, but ap-
proximately 10,000,000 more drums will be made in 1943
than were made in 1941. Of course, this is due to the de-
mands of our armed services—Multiwall bag producers used
270,000,000 tons in 1941. In 1943 they will use approxi-
mately 315,000,000 tons and expect to use 375,000,000 tons
tin
r us
y is
and
» do
Vow
> an
con-
ding
ace,
vant
my
sires
sing
t be
L in
tain
(b)
(e)
Mt tO
nner
and
Id I
1 be
1es?
can
tions
t be
hing
is a
out-
add
hods
you
e of
it is
Ss in-
O in-
trum
d in
t ap-
1943
> de-
used
roxi-
tons
in 1944. The glass industry produced about 71,000,000 gross
in 1941, but this year will make between 92,000,000 to 95,-
000,000, a large part of this increase being in wide-mouth
containers. It has been estimated that twice the lumber
used for boxes and crates in 1941 will be used during the
year 1943.
The packaging industry is one of our most progressive.
Although regulated by many Government orders and handi-
capped from lack of raw materials, manpower and new
equipment, it has done a remarkable job in increasing pro-
duction and developing new types of containers not only to
take the place of those prohibited, but also to carry supplies
to our armed forces no matter where they are now or will
be in the future. Truly it can be said containers have gone
to war.
Swamped with orders, the container manufacturers—and
this goes for all of them—have somehow managed to keep
industry supplied. They certainly have earned our respect
and good will and have a right to be proud of their achieve-
ments.
In that bright tomorrow when peace returns, all of us will
benefit from the new materials, processes and packaging
methods that they have developed.
Mr. Lanois, Aiélantic Refining Co., Philadelphia: Mr.
Sheldon suggests that old cartons that are on hand and are
drying out should be given up to help the fibreboard situa-
tion. Is there any stipulation that if you do that you could
get credit for that amount of stuff and buy some new material
in like quantities?
Mr. SHELDON: The order does not give you credit for
doing that, not at all. In the cases where you have to get
down to the inventory restrictions in that order, it might
help in that way, on the other containers you are using. But
as far as increasing your quota is concerned, or helping you to
get containers, the answer is ‘‘no.”’
PRESIDENT LunpD: I have a question of my own, Charlie,
as suggested by this discussion. What is a secondhand con-
tainer?
Mr. SHELDON: I talked to Tom Tomiska the other day in
Boston and asked Tom that question. He says it is a con-
tainer that has been used. I guess that is your answer. That
it is a container that has been used once for shipment. A
box that has never been used is not a used container, even
though it is a secondhand box.
Mr. Homes, Inland Container Corp.: Vf you have boxes
that were purchased with an AA-3 Priority that are now sur-
plus under the inventory clause for lack of additional re-
quirements, can you dispose of those to someone without a
priority?
MR. SHELDON: Yes, I would say so. You can buy con-
tainers, if you can get them, without priority ratings. You
can place orders and if the manufacturer of containers can
make that order (if he has a surplus capacity) he would be
able to ship the containers to you. You have to be careful
about the ‘‘V”’ in “‘boxes” though. That order very clearly
states that ‘‘V’’ boxes must be used for packaging war ma-
terials only.
Mr. Foote, Wilson & Co.: I would like to know if the
fibre or corrugated carton industry as an industry is living up
to the priority rating pattern in furnishing boxes on a AA-1
rating in preference to all other ratings, except the AAA rat-
ing? ;
Mr. SHELDON: I think the WPB would like to know the
answer to that one also. I don’t think all of them are. I do
think in the main, the large majority of corrugated and fibre
box manufacturers are living up to it.
Mr. BAuGHMAN, Toledo Scale Co.: I am very much op-
posed to the use of the words ‘‘secondhand”’ containers, es-
pecially because of the reaction of the carriers, where re-
strictions are about to be issued on secondhand containers.
I am very heartily in favor of the term ‘‘used”’ containers, in-
stead of “secondhand” containers. I think it would have a
better psychological effect on the claims men of the railroads.
x KKK
Automatic Glass Packaging.—H. A. Barnsy, director, Pack-
aging Research Division, Owens-Illinois Glass Co., Toledo, O.
If one were to sit down with ten average production men to
discuss ‘“‘Automatic Glass Packaging”’ it is probable that each
would have in mind a different picture of what the subject
denotes. The mental image created in the ten individuals
would vary probably all the way from the bottling of catsup
at 300 containers per minute to the consideration of a more
rapid means for inserting cut plugs in the neck of tablet bot-
tles.
For any given container or product, automatic glass
packaging to the writer means the satisfactory transformation
of empty bottles, caps, labels, etc., as received to finished
goods in the warehouse with the minimum expenditure of
time, labor and dollars invested.
So much for the definition. I'll venture the guess that our
ten production men would come a lot nearer agreeing on this
definition than they would on the best means for attaining
the ‘‘minimum expenditure of time, labor and dollars in-
vested” for every thousand cases entering the warehouse.
Certainly anyone who makes the rounds of a few plants carry-
ing out the same general operations will be impressed with the
non-uniformity of practices, physical setup and overall ef-
ficiency.
More important than trying to explain why such non-
standard methods in glass packaging practice exists has been
the urge on the part of the makers and users of glass containers
to do something about it. This urge gave rise to a meeting
called by the Glass Container Assn. some three years ago at
the Astor Hotel at which container manufacturers, production
managers and eqttipment manufacturers each were repre-
sented.
Out of this meeting came the idea of preparing a Glass
Packaging Manual, which as then conceived, would be a sort
of question and answer guide book on common glass users
questions or problems. The assignment for developing this
booklet went to the Glass Container Assn., but through pres-
sure of more urgent things, only a beginning was made in the
write-up.
At a Packaging Institute directors’ meeting last spring, it
was voted to revive and complete this manual idea and Carl
Lambelet, Charlie Southwick and the writer were given the
job. The Glass Container Assn. has kindly consented to this
plan and is agreeable to the publication being issued as a
Packaging Institute job.
Rather than follow out the subject matter on the manner
of presentation exactly as begun, the committee was impres-
sed with the real worth of this book if more completely done.
Accordingly, it was decided to take whatever additional time
was required to expand and illustrate the contents fully.
The manual should be ready for the printer by the first
of the year.
The Glass Packaging Manual is made up of three sections
DECEMBER °* 1943 1 |
as shown by the topics listed in the following outline:
1. The Glass Package
A. Container
1. Determination of shape.
a. Preliminary consideration.
b. Determination of design particulars.
c. Design as influenced by glass manu-
facturing technique.
d. Design as influenced by glass hand-
ling equipment.
2. Glass container nomenclature.
3. Dimension tolerances and inspection.
4. Container standardization.
B. Closures and finishes.
1. Closures.
2. The Glass Container Assn.
3. Standardized finishes.
C. Label and labeling.
D. Shipping case.
Packaging Operations
(A graphic summary of principles employed)
Conveying.
Cleaning.
Filling.
Capping.
Labeling (6 principles of labeling).
F. Casing.
3. Packaging Practice
(Questions and answers, including glossary)
i)
BOO pS
If this Manual provides the means
through which those who package in
glass containers become better informed
on the fundamentals of containers and
their successful and efficient use, it has
well served its purpose.
This still will not lessen, however, the
responsibility of those who supply the
container user to see that he has the full
benefit of their experience and counsel
to the betterment of his operation.
(Mr? Barnby then presented slides to
illustrate the Manual and a technicolor film on the subject
of glass packaging.)
Not everyone has had an opportunity to keep posted on the
progress that has been made in recent years on automatic
and rapid glass packaging, he said. For that reason, it seemed
advisable to take you on a 25 minute tour by technicolor
through some representative food packing operations.
Food plants were chosen because they were largely sea-
sonal operations, which means they cannot often justify the
amount or refinement that could be justified for a year
round item. Likewise, they are dependent mostly on green
help and finally in the packaging and sterilizing of food,
the glass container is subjected to more severe treatment
than in some other glass packaging jobs.
During the showing of this film, you would do well to keep
in mind the questions that follow. The answers should be
found in what you see.
1. Is there any production advantage to using round
containers as compared with other shapes?
2. Is it possible to convert certain can conveying, filling
and labeling equipment so that it will handle glass jars of
similar size opening?
3. Can glass jars or bottles be automatically cased?
4. Has the adoption of standardized round containers
H. A. Barnby
112 MODERN PACKAGING
contributed sizably to the automatic handling of same?
5. Would you not say that an automatic line for pack-
ing and sterilizing fruits or vegetables really demonstrates the
progress that has been made in glass container handling?
Affirmative answers to these represent a perfect score.
x KK
THURSDAY AFTERNOON, November 4
Presiding: CHARLES A. SOUTHWICK, JR., Director of Research
and Development, Shellmar Products Co., Mt. Vernon, O., and
Technical Editor of MODERN PACKAGING.
Water-Resistant Glues in the New Geography of Packag-
ing.—Dr. FRANK C. CaAmpins, Sales Engineering Department,
National Adhesives Division, National Starch Products, Inc.,
New York.
In approaching the problem of water-resistant glues, the
obvious first thought is, why not hot melts? Hot melts—
more especially in the form of asphalt, but certainly to include
also the hot pickup gums that are so widely used in can
labeling—seem to afford a ready-made solution to the prob-
lem of water-resistant adhesives. And yet, fundamentally,
most hot melts act as fluids; namely, they have the capacity
to flow under a small but continuous force.
When you try to apply that class of adhesive to the flaps
even of an ordinary cardboard carton—or, worse yet, to the
flaps of a shipping container which would subject the bond
to a continuous tension—then that glue will gradually flow,
and that joint will yield.
The next type of product which would obviously be fully
water-resistant is the non-aqueous or lacquer type of ad-
hesive. But the use of lacquer types of adhesives has the
limitation that in most cases the solvents evaporate off too
rapidly for satisfactory machine operation, and the adhesives
themselves set, after application, too slowly to enable a satis-
factory commercial bond to be achieved in the time per-
missible for machine production.
Further, most lacquer types of adhesives, unless they be
made of very high consistency, tend to penetrate excessively
into the stock, because the lacquer solvents, unlike water, do
not have a capacity for swelling paper fibres, which with
aqueous glues prevents excessive penetration of the glue into
the stock.
That leaves us, then, with aqueous types of adhesives.
Obviously, there is an anomaly in considering the develop-
ment of a water-resistant bond from an aqueous product.
From a machine manufacturer’s standpoint, or from the
standpoint of a man utilizing glue, your aqueous product
needs to be stable for machine operation.
Because water is keyed to the property of a paper fibre,
namely, that your paper fibre has the ability to absorb water,
when you apply an aqueous adhesive to a paper surface you
sometimes hear the erroneous statement that glue sets by
penetration. Nothing in this world ever set or hardened
permanently by the mere act of going into a hole. Neither
does glue. When your adhesive is applied to a paper surface,
this being a paper fibre, something must happen between the
adhesive and the paper fibre to enable that adhesive to body
up. And the only “something” that could do that is the
ability of that paper fibre to preferentially pull in more water
than it pulls glue. In other words, it pulls one ingredient
away from the glue at a greater rate than it pulls other in-
toc
se]
ack-
S the
1g:
Ca rch
and
kag-
nent,
Inc.,
, the
Its—
‘lude
can
yrob-
ally,
acity
flaps
» the
bond
flow
fully
ad-
> the
r too
sives
atis-
per-
y be
ively
r, do
with
into
ives.
-lop-
the
duct
ibre,
ater,
you
s by
ened
ither
face,
1 the
ody
the
rater
lient
r in-
gredients out. That way your glue literally concentrates on
the surface of the fibre in the absence of evaporation.
The limit of setting is arrived at when your glue sets so
fast that actually it will build up on your glue applicator. In
other words, as the sheet of paper contacts the glue roll, the
glue itself sets partially on the paper and enough of the water
ingredient is pulled away to enable the glue to ‘“‘body up” on
the roll. In combating the extremely high tensions encoun-
tered in your Victory or weatherproof V-1 reinforced con-
tainer, as a matter of fact that ceiling has been reached. We
have had to work backwards from there.
Another interesting angle on the setting of your aqueous
glues is the fact that as you approach the sisal kraft reinforced
cases, it is brought out that you have a very rough surface.
(Showing Chart) This drawing brings that out. Clearly,
the thickness of a glue film that you can apply to a rough sur-
face to apply film continuity is a function of the degree of
irregularity of the surfaces. So that the more irregular your
surface, as a rule, the thicker the film of glue you are forced to
apply. Besides that, you also have the fact that contact is
achieved only between humps. Consequently, since your
area of contact is greatly reduced, each contact point has a
greater responsibility and carries a greater tension, and con-
sequently requires a faster set in the glue so as to be able to
hold the flap down, in spite of possibly having only 15 per
cent or 20 per cent of the area actually contacted by the com-
pression belt.
How can an aqueous glue develop water resistance? Obvi-
ously, something that is dilutable with water, as long as it is
in a glass jar, certainly would tend to stay that way. After
application to the paper, you must depend on some chemical
reaction paralyzing some part of that glue and rendering it
insoluble or non-dispersible. In other words, we approach
that problem when you seal your board or your paper and you
let your glue dry out, and normally you have a reaction taking
place sometimes between the small percentages of chemicals
present in the board, that makes insoluble the dispersing
medium or dispersing agent in the glue, so that that product
will not redisperse—in the case where part of the glue that is
dispersed is not soluble. In other cases you have chemicals in
your paper that deliberately react with water after they are
once dried out to give an insoluble substance. Whichever
road you follow is largely a matter of what is most available.
Adhesives have come on the market geared only to papers
having extremely high chemicals content. Obviously, ad-
hesives of that character would have only a very limited use.
A properly designed product should be geared to a paper with
a minimum chemicals content, so that it would handle the
entire range of papers commercially available.
The postwar period is going to bring with it the release of a
great number of freak chemicals and new materials which are
today deep, dark secrets, and that, when released, in them-
selves may well change the entire complexion of packaging.
Let us look at one of the opportunities inherent in the very
nature of the warfare that we are conducting. You have
in those facts the basis of developing a tremendous export
business.
Now, then, if you are going to move stuff long distances,
there is the obligation of developing cheap methods of pack-
ing—that are economical, that save space and save weight.
You have also a growing industry in the frozen foods group
and in the frozen locker industry. Obviously, every time you
remove a package from a refrigeration unit, you tend to get a
moisture concentration on that package. Consequently,
you will need water-resistant glues, and industry is
working very hard to develop the kinds that are needed.
To switch to the fibre can, which has made great progress,
partly because of the metal shortage, I want to mention that
I think the fibre can is here to stay, in many fields, except
possibly where you require high sterilization.
In that field, one use that comes to mind is the oil container.
You would need a water-resistant adhesive to enable your
container to be stored out in the open without losing its
identification. Also, water-resistant adhesives could be used
for binding tubes. As a matter of extravaganza, I have also
seen materials that were made from paperboard and were
impregnated, but that required an impregnation of consider-
able water-resistant adhesives so that the whole impregnated
mass would still hang together.
Tests have been conducted in con-
junction with one of the Army branches
in the Quartermaster Corps in the
development of adequate water-resis-
tant adhesives for picking up and
sealing the labels. In conjunction with
Stecher-Traung, labels have been devel-
oped which are readily available com-
mercially that can be adapted to pro-
longed submerging in water. So that,
if the time is to arrive for glamorizing
a package and still making it respon-
sible, field-wise, that time has already come from a labor-
atory and test production standpoint.
The multi-walled shipping sack. particularly in the chemi-
cals industry, has made tremendous progress in the packaging
of practically every type of granular chemical. The reason for
that is the versatility of the sack itself, namely, by the use of
some type of appropriate liner or protective paper at some
part of the manufacture of that bag. It is possible to enable
materials such as calcium chloride, sodium nitrate, asphalt
or synthetic rubber, to be satisfactorily packaged in that
container. The bag people themselves have been very con-
scious and cautious in not making broadside statements;
and they insist—and rightly—on designing a package around
each material.
Of interest from the standpoint of water-resistant adhesives,
the fertilizer bags represent a great development. They
indicate also a possibility. In conjunction with the chemicals
industry, in extending the use of the multi-walled shipping
container, by using high wet strength outer ply and appropri-
ately insulated inner plies, an appropriate package can be
made.
Perhaps few of you realize that these water-resistant
aqueous adhesives have to have tremendously wide tempera-
ture tolerances. For instance, in the calcium chloride sack,
that material is packaged at around 205 deg. F. Some of
your asphaltic materials are packaged nearer 350 degrees.
So that your water-resistant aqueous adhesive, in addition
to having some of what the Government thought was a tre-
mendously wide temperature tolerance of minus 40 to 140
deg. F. (they thought 140 deg. F. was a tremendously high
temperature), in the multi-walled shipping sack industry it
functionally meets temperature requirements that make 140
degrees look very anaemic.
There is an interesting corollary in a development to meet
the requirements of the St. Louis Medical Department of a
label for bottles, ampules and medical supplies to withstand
48 hours’ submerging in water. I believe it is some type of
heat treatment and then there is another submerging test.
Obviously, there is a definite domestic market for water-
F. C. Campins
DECEMBER ®* 1943
113
resistant, bottle-labeling glues. Certainly we have to pay
homage to the bar, in this field, because certainly they sub-
ject bottles to a lot of wet abuse, and the liquor companies
should have their tongues hanging out for a water-resistant
labeling adhesive.
Hospital supplies that are liable to be subjected to wetting
periodically also need such means of retaining their identity.
In summarizing, I might state that the new geography of
packaging is the extension of packaging competitively into
fields where that particular type of package never could
previously encroach, because of limitations either in the ma-
terials or in the adhesives, as far as withstanding conditions of
exposure is concerned. Water-resistant adhesives are one
arrow in the direction of progress which we ask you to think
about and plan with in the future.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: The next phase of our program
will cover the preparation of the manual on packaging mate-
rials.
Many of you were present at the Packaging Materials
banquet in April, when Mr. Lund appointed me chairman of
a committee to undertake the development of standard
test methods on packaging and packaging materials. Sub-
sequently, at a directors’ meeting, we voted to canvass the
Institute membership and a questionnaire was sent out to
get from the members of the Institute any information that
might help on what obviously was a tremendous undertaking.
At the same time the full committee was announced, con-
sisting of F. S. Leinbach, formerly of the War Production
Board and now with the Riegel Paper Corp., and W. H.
Graebner of the Menasha Products Co. I would like each of
them to stand and take a bow.
We have taken the letters that have
been received from members and have
been working on an outline for standard
test procedures, testing methods and
certain phases of packaging engineering.
What we propose to do today is to go
over this outline and tell you what we
are trying to do, and ask for your help
and suggestions.
You will notice that we have definitely
confined the work of this outline to flex-
ible containers—not all flexible contain-
ers but flexible containers of paper, foils and plastic mate-
rials, and certain flexible containers in terms of metal tubes.
We have eliminated cans and glass jars. As time goes on,
we should have test procedures in these other fields, but at
the moment we do not. At least, the Institute does not.
We found in outlining this work at the beginning that we
had lots of definitions to work up. We found ourselves using
words that had either not been defined, or that had been de-
fined so loosely that they meant different things to different
people. That is a basic step. And so the next thing we have
is a few definitions.
W. H .Graebner
The first detinition is the definition of a‘‘package’’ and reads:
““Package—The term ‘Package’ refers to the complete con-
tainer of the product normally accepted by the ultimate
consumer. The product may or may not be in direct contact
with the package.”’
The next definition is that of “Inner Packaging,” and
reads: ‘‘Inner Packaging—The term ‘Inner-Packaging’ refers
to containers or materials which may be used inside a package
for the subdivision of the package or its contents, or for the
preservation of unused portions.”’
The definition of ‘Packing’: ‘‘Packing—The term
114 MODERN PACKAGING
‘Packing’ refers to outer container or containers which are
used as the shipping means for the package or the product not
packaged.”
The definition of ‘‘Inner-Packing’’: ‘‘Inner-Packing—The
term ‘Inner-Packing’ refers to containers or to materials which
enclose or support one or a group of packages, and which are
not the primary shipping means.”
We found one or two other things that needed definition,
and one of these is ‘‘Functional Packaging.” We suggest
as the definition for ‘‘“Functional Packaging’’ the following:
“Functional Packaging’ is the designing and making of
packages for the accomplishment of specific purposes.”
Another definition we found necessary was that of “‘Equilib-
rium Humidity,” and our suggested definition is: ‘“The
‘Equilibrium Humidity’ of a product is that humidity level
at which the product neither gains nor loses moisture. The
value of equilibrium humidity is dependent upon the moisture
content of the product.”’
We found also, in going over this work, that we came up
with what may be a new term to most of you, and which we
have called ‘Index of Failure.’”’ We have defined it as fol-
lows: ‘Index of Failure is the per cent change by weight
(original) of the element which causes failure.” It can be
either a positive or a negative value. Obviously, if it is a
positive value, it has been a gain in weight that has come from
external influences. It does not necessarily apply to mois-
ture, but it will apply more to moisture than to any other
thing. A negative value of index of failure would result
from a moist product losing some of its moisture.
Chapter III covers the ‘‘Definition of Functional Packag-
ing.”’” Iam going to turn that over to Mr. Graebner.
Mr. GRAEBNER: To define ‘Functional Packaging” we
may start as follows: that Functional Packaging is the making
of a package that comprises the accomplishment of certain
specific purposes. Heretofore, the general concepts of pack-
aging and the specific purposes have embraced largely decora-
tive objectives. However, a critical analysis of functional
packaging indicates that there are several factors involved.
These phases may be mechanical, chemical or visual.
Perhaps a broad breakdown can first be made in which
the first two factors, namely, mechanical and chemical, are
thought of as a group that contribute protective qualities to
the package as distinct and separate from the visual phase,
which provides the attractiveness and eye appeal for the
package, and which, in the majority of instances, is a job for
the merchandising manager, perhaps, rather than the pack-
aging engineer.
Both classifications are extremely important and it must
be remembered that in the final analysis it is the visual func-
tion that is the main point of contact between the package
itself and the purchaser. However, the mechanical and
chemical functions are the prime factor at the point of use.
A definition of these functions will serve to clarify this con-
cept.
The mechanical phase comprises those qualities which con-
tribute to the ability of a product to carry through packing
and storage and handling without allowing external forces
to damage the product, or create conditions whereby it may
be damaged by chemical means.
The chemical phase comprises those qualities which allow
the package to protect the product from deterioration
through:
1. Loss of product constituents by their penetration of
the package walls. There we may have moisture, fats or oils.
2. Entry of external detrimental elements. There,
h are
‘t not
~The
vhich
h are
ition,
ggest
ng:
ng of
uilib-
“The
level
The
sture
le up
h we
s fol-
eight
n be
is a
from
nois-
other
esult
‘kag-
” we
king
rtain
yack-
cora-
ional
ved.
hich
, are
es to
nase,
. the
b for
yack-
must
unc-
kage
and
use.
con-
con-
king
orces
may
ow
ition
n of
oils.
1ere,
again, we may have moisture or we may have oxygen.
3. Unfavorable reaction between the product and the
package itself.
In order that the packaging engineer can build into a
package the indicated and chemical functions he must be
provided with the necessary tools or methods of analysis and
evaluation. Here, again, this can be divided into the three
phases of mechanical, chemical and visual functions.
Among those test methods determining mechanical per-
formance, we have methods such as bursting strength, tear-
ing strength, tensile strength, folding endurance, porosity
(or it may be called mechanical permeability): also com-
pression, tumbling and impact tests.
Many of the foregoing methods of evaluation and test are
well established and well known to many people. However,
it is also necessary to devise testing methods which have not
been completely standardized. In some instances, tests are
still in the development stage, some of them being very much
in the embryonic stages.
Among some of these tests are sealing characteristics,
blocking characteristics, pliability characteristics and me-
chanical stability of packaging materials. A great deal of
I. Preface
II. Definitions of Packing, Inner-Packing, Packaging,
Inner-Packaging
III. Definition of Functional Packaging
3 phases of functional packaging
A. Mechanical
B. Chemical
C. Visual
IV. Discussion of Package Engineering
Basis
A. Knowledge of Product
B. Knowledge of Package Performance
C. Knowledge of Terms of Storage and De-
livery
V. Discussion of Economics of Packaging
Basis
A. Cost of Product
B. Cost of the Package
C. Value of Returned Merchandise
VI. Package Material Tests (Evaluation)
A. Mechanical
’ PI-MM-1—Bursting Strength
PI-MM-2—Tearing Strength
PI-MM-3—Tensile Breaking Strength
PI-MM-4—Folding Endurance
PI-MM-5—Porosity
PI-MM-6—Sealing Strength
PI-MM-7—Blocking Characteristics
PI-MM-8—Pliability
B. Chemical
PI-MC-1—Water Vapor Permeability at
100° F.
PI-MC-2—Water Vapor Permeability at
0° F.
PI-MC-3—Air, CO», Ox, Ne (Fixed gases)
Permeability
PI-MC-4—Organic Vapors
Aromas) Permeability
PI-MC-5—Water Penetration
PI-MC-6—Oil and Grease Penetration
PI-MC-7—Static Fold
(Flavors,
OUTLINE FOR MANUAL OF PACKAGE ENGINEERING
(This is the tentative outline as presented to the con-
ference by the committee, subject to further revision.)
VIII. Package Tests
PI-MC-8—Dynamic Fold
PI-MC-9—Surface Abrasion
PI-MC-10—Aging
(a) Temperature
(b) Oxidation
(c) Light
C. Visual
PI-MV-1—Opacity
PI-MV-2—Transparency
PI-MV-3—Brightness and Reflectivity
VII. Product Tests (Contents of Package)
A. Mechanical
PI-CM-1—Bulk Density of Contents
PI-CM-2—Abrasiveness
B. Chemical
PI-CC-1—Humidity Equilibria
PI-CC-2—Index of Failure (Moisture)
PI-CC-3—Index of Failure (Oxygen)
PI-CC-4—Free Water
PI-CC-5—Free Oil or Grease (Note—must
be reported by kind)
PI-CC-6—Chemical Activity (Acids)
PI-CC-7—Chemical Activity (Alkalies)
C. Visual
PI-CV-1
PI-CV-2
PI-CV-3
A. Mechanical
PI-PM-1—Compression
PI-PM-2—Tumbling
PI-PM-3—Impact
B. Chemical
PI-PC-1—Moisture Change (CaCl)
PI-PC-2—Moisture Change (Normal Con-
tents)
PI-PC-3—Fixed and/or Organic Gas 4
Change .
PI-PC-4— Water Penetration
PI-PC-5—Oil and Grease Penetration
C. Visual
PI-PV-1
PI-PV-2
PI-PV-3
DECEMBER °* 1943
work needs to be done on some of these and, as Mr. Southwick
pointed out to you, help is going to be needed.
Among the test procedures to determine chemical per-
formance, the following may be listed:
1. Water-vapor permeability at 100 deg. F. and at 0 deg.
F,
2. Permeability to fixed gases in carbon dioxide, oxygen
and nitrogen.
3. Organic vapors.
4. Water penetration.
It was pointed out earlier that the visual phase of functional
packaging may not be within the scope of the activities desig-
nated as package engineering. However, there are proce-
dures of evaluation available that can assist the person charged
with the responsibility of creating a visually satisfactory and
attractive package. Among these methods are opacity,
transparency, brightness or reflectivity.
The next step in the development of a package that is
satisfactory from the chemical and mechanical viewpoint or
the protective viewpoint is one of package engineering, which
is the next subject on your outline.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: Mr. Leinbach will cover the next
chapter, Chapter IV, Package Engineering.
i ae te ke
Mr. LEINBACH: Package engineering is an applied science.
Like any other applied science, its workings are based upon
definite numerical working relations. As in any other applied
science, the accuracy and usefulness of that information are
no better than the clarity and accuracy of the concepts that
are used to define the science.
Mr. Southwick and Mr. Graebner
have outlined many of the concepts
and they have outlined the ways in
which they group themselves. It is the
purpose of this section of the manual
to outline the kinds of information
upon which the application of those
concepts, and those groups of concepts,
are based, and the general interrelation
among them.
Now, the broad pattern of package
engineering is simple. It is subdivided,
as we all know, in three ways:
First, it calls for a qualitative and a quantitative knowledge
F. S. Leinbach
of the characteristics of the product in terms of what things -
affect it, and the rate at which they affect it.
Second, it calls for a quantitative knowledge of materials
in terms of how they resist those things that affect the prod-
uct, and how durable they are.
Third, it calls for an exact definition of the job to be done
in terms of storage and delivery; that is, a definition of degree
of intensity of those things affecting the commodity, and how
long the container must resist them.
Taking these step by step and reviewing very briefly some
of the things Mr. Graebner has mentioned and sticking to
the subdivisions of the mechanical, chemical and visual
phases (by which I think a lot of our thinking on package
engineering will be cleared up) it has been mentioned that we
should know the bulk density of the product and the abrasive-
ness of the product, as mechanical characteristics.
We should know, as the chemical characteristics of the
116 MODERN PACKAGING
product, its likelihood of deterioration through changes due
to internal or external deteriorating elements, such as mois-
ture, oxygen and so forth.
We should know the amount of such change that the prod-
uct can suffer before becoming unusable or unsalable.
It is also desirable to know the presence of other free agerts
in the product that tend to damage, deteriorate or detract
from the appearance of the package, or the loss of which from
the product is otherwise undesirable. Such agents are.
free water, free oil or grease, compounds that will react
chemically with package materials.
Regarding the packaging materials and the characteristics
of package materials and packages, there are a limited number
of external deteriorating influences affecting packaged prod-
ucts. These include physical damage, infestation, water, water
vapor, oxygen, light, foreign flavors, aromas and temperature.
The latter of these is a factor, of course, that cannot be con-
trolled through packaging. These are the natural elements
against which the package must guard.
Thus the following factors generally need consideration
under the division of mechanical factors. As Mr. Graebner
has mentioned, there is the physical durability of the mate-
rial, qualities such as bursting strength, tearing strength,
tensile breaking strength, folding endurance, porosity, sealing
strength, resistance to blocking, pliabiltty and mechanical
stability of the packaging material itself.
We also need to know something of the durability of the
formed package, qualities such as compressive strength,
tumbling endurance and strength under impact.
In the chemical phase of the thing, we must know the
ability of the material or of the formed package to resist the
transition of water vapor at high and low temperatures,
transmission of fixed gases or organic vapors, the ability of the
package to resist penetration by water, oils and greases.
I think we will all agree that not only must we measure
these qualities for packaging materials, but we must measure
them for those materials after they have been given some de-
formation, such as a flat fold or static fold, or some treat-
ment of that sort.
We must also have, of course, a knowledge of the chemical
stability of the packaging material, whether it becomes
brittle under ultraviolet light, whether it is attacked by oxy-
gen and such factors.
Regarding the visual factors of the packaging materials,
as Mr. Graebner has pointed out we have certain tangible
things that we now can measure, such as opacity, trans-
parency, brightness and reflectivity. It is hoped, of course,
that other things can be defined.
I would like to point out that that is one very good reason
for this thing being done by the Institute. At one time the
visual end of packaging was considered very important.
Later, in the last year or so, we have emphasized what we
call the functional end of packaging, which is also the pro-
tective end of it and all of us, I think, feel that a balance has
to be restored.
Therefore, the members of the Institute are certainly called
upon to try to help define other visual qualities that are
tangible and measurable.
Regarding the terms of storage and delivery and the things
that have to be defined, many of these are factors that wil’ be
determined in working out the merchandising of the product.
factors such as the size and capacity—that is to say, the
dimensions and the weight of the contents, that merchandis-
ing considerations have shown to be advisable for the market-
ing of the package that is to be put out.
tics
ber
‘od-
iter
on-
nts
ion
ner
ite-
th,
ing
ical
the
th,
the
the
res,
the
ure
ure
las
A second factor would be the length and type of storage
during wholesale distribution.
A third would be the normal shelf life in retail distribu-
tion.
A fourth would be the method of use and/or dispensing the
product by the consumer; that is to say, whether the product
is used in small portions, so that the remaining portions need
continuing protection, thus calling for some sort of efficient
re-closure. That, of course, will have a tremendous bearing
upon the type of material or construction that is chosen for
the package.
Last factors, but certainly not the least important, are the
typical temperature and humidity characteristics of areas in
which the product will be marketed. The engineering phase
enters the picture when this information is used to calculate,
before the package is actually made at least the approxi-
mate level of functional ability required by that size and
that weight of package, of that product, and through the
expected time, type and locale of its distribution.
I would like to point out again that package engineering
could be said to be the use of these factors in determining
beforehand at least the level of functional ability required by
that size and weight of package, of that particular product,
through the expected time, type and locale of its distribution.
Now take the better-developed aspects of these package
materials which tells about moisture-vapor transmission.
Let us assume a product which we will designate as “‘A.”
We will say that merchandising studies have shown the
advisability of marketing the product in 4-oz., 1-Ib. and 5-Ib.
packages. These merchandising studies also indicate that
the expected distribution time is three months. Laboratory
reports show that the optimum moisture content—that is,
the moisture content at which it is most desirable to pack
the product—is 4.8 per cent. The index of failure, which you
have heard defined (in other words, the percentage by weight
of the deteriorating element of the product) with respect
to the moisture of this product is plus 1.3 per cent, meaning
that the product will become unsalable or unusable after it
has picked up 1.3 per cent of its original weight in moisture.
The bulk density of the product, as differentiated from its
true specific gravity, and not taking into account how much
it kulks due to physical size, is 3.67 cu. in. per ounce. Taking
the amount of cubic contents that we have, and knowing
the bulk density, we can certainly calculate the cubic content
of the package. Knowing the cubic content, our designers
can set the size or the dimensions of the package. Assuming
certain dimensions, let us see what happens.
We find that the 4-oz. package will occupy 15 cu. in.
The size of the package chosen will have a surface area of 37
sq. in. In the case of the 1-lb. size, that will have a volume
of 60 cu. in. and the dimensions chosen will have a surface
area of 100 sq. in. The 5-lb. size will have 395 cu. in. and
340 sq. in.
Now, then, in the 4-oz. size you have 15 cu. in. in 37 sq.
in. In the 1 lb., you have 60 cu. in. in 100 sq. in. (Notice
that the ratio is going down.) In the 5-lb. size, it is 395 cu.
in. in 340 sq. in.
We know the weight of the product and the amount of
moisture it can be allowed to pick up arid the length of time
during which the pickup will happen; we know the surface
area through which this moisture will come. It certainly is
theoretically possible at least to calculate the transmission
that can be allowed by that package wall. (I think a lot of
you who work in this field will recognize that as a verbal
statement of Parson’s equation.)
Applying those calculations, the theoretical moisture-vapor
transmision required for the 4-oz. package is 4.8 per cent, on
the 1-lb. package it is 4.8 per cent, and on the 5-lb. package
it is 4.8 per cent. In other words, we have arrived back at
the axiom of packaging—that the large package requires less
protection against moisture vapor in its walls, for the very
simple reason that in a larger package a greater weight is
held behind a comparatively or proportionately smaller area.
Now, we have pointed out the relation of volume to area
and have pointed out the relation between moisture-vapor
transmission in the different weights of package, and we can
say that we have arrived at the general level on which we
must work for designing packages for these different weights.
I would like also to point out again this matter, which is a
fact—that the larger package needs the lesser barrier in its
walls. That is of tremendous benefit in many ways. For
instance, a bulk case liner for bulk protection in the packing
case, or as a bundling medium for groups of packages, may be
used for the protection of various sized packages.
The field beyond that pumt, of course, is well defined in
some instances, and less well defined in others. We feel that
the thing that has to be done is to get these concepts defined,
get these measurements worked out so that they are accurate
and reproducible, and carry the thing along until that same
sort of thing can be applied right down the line to each one of
these qualities—each one of these protective abilities that we
have talked about—until the ability of a package is no less
unpredictable than is the ability of a bridge.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: You are probably wondering at
this point how we could get so far afield when we started out
to write testing methods. This, I think, is part of it. We
started out to write the testing methods and we realized that
they are only the tools which you use. You must have some
knowledge of how to use them. So we changed the name
slightly to “‘A Manual of Package Engineering”’ and included
the test data with certain of these outlines and concepts of
how this information can be used, feeling that in this way we
are presenting a more complete picture than we had if we
simply presented a lot of test methods of standardized pro-
cedures for a variation of materials.
With regard to Chapter V, the Economics of Packaging,
there are only one or two important points I think we should
make.
The first is to clear up a misunderstanding that we do
packaging for permanent protection. That certainly is not
true in the field of which we are talking. We are handling
materials with a certain rate of transmission, and we are
handling packages with a certain rate of degradation. There
seems to be a misconception that protection should be added ©
to a package until you get no returned goods. That, I feel
very strongly, is not clear thinking. So we are not thinking
in terms of having you make packages with infinite shelf life.
What you actually do in commercial practice is to make your
package probably for the average shelf life or turnover of your
product. That means that a certain part of the product
which has a quicker turnover will be over-protected, in a
sense; and probably certain of your products which have a
longer turnover will not be as well protected as the average
or normal turnover.
However, in most cases we are working with some degrees
DECEMBER °* 1943 117
of tolerance. A product is not going to degrade certainly and
quickly at a given, precise moisture level. There will be some
variation in the product. The failure will be usually over a
limited range. So that we are thinking of packages to take
care of the average shelf life.
Now, then, the cost of the product enters into our thinking
at this point, because there is an absolute minimum cost for
a given level of protection, and that is a matter of conven-
ience and so forth. It specifies a definite kind of package.
There is an absolute minimum cost for a given level of pro-
tection. Each kind and type of package has this minimum.
In a more expensive product we can use the same protective
level with higher cost of materials for convenience and a more
dressed-up package, or we can use a more expensive product in
terms of a protective package. In the higher value of prod-
uct, it is usually advisable to run higher packaging cost in
terms of absolute value of the packaging cost, to reduce the
loss of returned goods.
It seems that packaging cost should be increased as long as
the cost of the packaging increase is equal to or less than the
reduction in cost of returned or lost merchandise, remember-
ing, of course, the intangibles of borderline failures.
It is also possible (and it is done, in many cases, commer-
cially) to put out a part of your product in a better package.
If you find that in the Southern part of the country your
turnover is longer and your product deterioration is greater,
it is possible to reduce the value of returned goods by packing
only that portion of your product which goes into those
areas, since this, obviously, will keep down your total pack-
aging cost and cure that specific ill.
We have some other thoughts on the economics of packaging
which we shall include later in the final revision of the manual.
x kK Kk
That brings us to Chapter VI, Package Material Tests.
I think, first, we should explain the code which we have used.
By this time you have all suspected that the initials PI mean
“Packaging Institute.’”’ The next letter can be one of three,
either ““M,” meaning ‘‘Material,” or ‘‘C,’’ meaning ‘“‘Com-
modity or Product,’ and “P’’ meaning ‘‘Package.’’ The
fourth letter in this case will be one of three—either M, C or
V, meaning ‘“‘Mechanical,” ‘‘Chemical’’ and ‘‘Visual.’”’ We
have developed this in order to quickly recognize these tests
in the category in which they belong.
Going on to Subdivisions A—‘‘Mechanical,”’ we have:
PI-MM-1—Bursting Strength
PI-MM-2—Tearing Strength
PI-MM-3—Tensile Breaking Strength
PI-MM-4—Folding Endurance
PI-MM-5—Porosity
This whole group of tests could be taken from TAPPI pro-
cedures, TAPPI being the Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry. Here is a clear case where we
have used the specifications of another association or industry.
These are various kinds of mechanical property tests, very
well outlined and very well described, with a great deal of
definite experience, in the TAPPI test methods. That
covers the first five items.
We find, however, in packaging that, besides knowing the
mechanical characteristics of materials, we must know some-
thing of their combination or construction, put together by
118 MODERN PACKAGING
heat sealing and adhesives. Therefore, it becomes necessary
to measure such things as sealing strength. I don’t know
offhand of any test which we can use, which we can lift. We .
are not averse to lifting from anyone at this point, but |
don’t know any we can use. We have roughly devised one
which is based upon the sealing under a variety of conditions,
a specified width of seal, aging that seal at given conditions,
and then pulling the seal apart at a given rate of pull of tem-
perature range and humidity. It is probably very elemental.
It may leave a lot to be desired. At least it starts us off on a
very important function, which is the sealing strength of ma-
terials.
Another important characteristic of materials which we run
into in packaging is the blocking characteristics. We have
outlined a test method for that. We have the most beautiful
functional material you ever saw that blocks in high humidity,
and if it blocks in storage in your warehouse, if it blocks in
summer weather it is not good. You must have a clearly de-
fined means of measuring blocking characteristics.
Question: Have you a definition of ‘‘blocking’’?
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: That is a very good point. We
thought the description of the test would cover that. But
it may be a good point to add a definition of blocking at this
start.
Mr. Lersacu: “Blocking” is that tendency of heat-
sealing materials to seal to themselves in the rolls or stacks of
sheets and so forth. Mr. Southwick is going to describe a
procedure which will more or less predict under what condi-
tions a heat-sealing material would seal to itself in the course
of shipment.
Question: It does not have to be heat-sealing material,
does it?
Mr. LEINBACH: No, it does not. Thank you for that cor-
rection.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: Now, then, the blocking charac-
teristics of thermoplastic packaging materials we have de-
fined as follows: “Blocking characteristics of thermoplastic
packaging materials shall be measured by placing at least
six layers of the material between two flat metallic surfaces
and maintaining the temperature of the stacks and pressure
blocks in ovens held at elevated temperatures for 24 hours.
Tests shall be run at !/2 lb./sq. in. pressure and/or 1 lb./sq.
in. pressure, aswell as at 40 per cent + 5 per cent R.H. and/or
90 per cent + 5 per cent R.H.
“Results shall be reported as ‘no cling,’ ‘cling’ or ‘seal,’ re-
garding tendency of specimens to adhere, and ‘no mar,’ ‘slight
mar’ or ‘mar,’ regarding the appearance of the surfaces of the
specimens, and the temperature in degrees F. at which these
results were observed also shall be reported.
“In the case of materials on which only one side is thermo-
plastic, results shall be reported after the material is tested
both with thermoplastic side against the thermoplastic side,
and with the thermoplastic side against the non-thermoplastic
side, whether or not the latter condition is to be expected in
the package form to be used.”’
You are concerned with the temperature of blocking at a
specified humidity range and rate, so that the unknown factor
is temperature.
The next one on the list is ‘‘Pliability.”” We are going to
leave that a great big blank. It would be nice if we had some
numerical index of pliability. If any of you people know
how to do this, and if you have some numbers that could be
put down on paper, to indicate a reproducible result, we would
be delighted to have it.
That, then, takes care of the items under ‘‘A,”’ the last
now
We
it |
one
ons,
ons,
em-
tal.
ma
mla-
run
ave
iful
ity,
sin
de-
We
But
this
-at-
s of
ea
idi-
irse
‘jal,
‘or-
de-
stic
ast
ces
ure
sq.
/or
re-
ght
the
ese
no-
ted
de,
tic
in
ta
tor
to
me
OW
ild
three of those listed in this division being as follows:
PI-MM-6—Sealing Strength
PI-MM-7—Blocking Characteristics
PI-MM-8—Pliability
The next item is not on the outline, and is known as
PI-MM-9—Mechanical Stability.
Mr. LernpacH: I have something here on PI-MM-9,
which was written out but did not get into the outline, and
these items have been suggested in connection with mechani-
cal stability: Ply separation, distortion, dimensional change,
a deterioration of strength, pliability and, under adverse
conditions of weather, they should be defined. We intended
to put stuffing or abrasion resistance test in that particular
provision.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We have an abrasion test which
is PI-MC-9, and it is intended to include the one on the me-
chanical side up above.
Question: What about compressive resistance or resili-
ence?
Mr. LEINBACH: In answer to that question, I would like
to point out that we are talking about material tests at the
moment and I believe that would be more likely to fall
under a package test. Is that the point that you had in
mind?
SAME DELEGATE: I was thinking of cushioning materials,
where you are thinking of resistance to compression.
Mr. LEINBACH: Isee. Let us write that down as a further
suggestion. We had not thought of that.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: That takes us through our first
series of mechanical tests of materials.
We then come into the chemical tests on materials, under
this Subdivision B—‘‘Chemical Tests on Materials.”’
Mr. WENDLER, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilming-
ton: What about the surface characteristics of materials,
particularly as they affect machine operations?
Mr. LEINBACH: Obviously, there is a tendency to cling to
parts of the machine, as many kinds of papers do, or films.
I think that is an excellent thing to be measured. Personally,
I would not know how to translate that into definable terms
at the moment. We will put that on the list, Mr. Wendler,
and will appreciate your help in trying to determine or de-
fine the qualities that determine that.
x weKK *
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We shall go on, now, to the chemi-
cal functions. The mechanical functions were easy. Down
among these chemical functions is a good place to get into
trouble.
The first one will be discussed by Mr. Graebner.
Mr. GRAEBNER: This first item is PI-MC-1—Water-
Vapor Permeability at 100 deg. F.
As Mr. Leinbach pointed out, package engineering ties up
intimately the factor of water-vapor permeability with the
performance of any package as far as moisture loss or moisture
gain is concerned. As a result, this method of testing has
been the subject of much individual and committee effort.
TAPPI did a job on it several years ago and had a committee
which turned up with an excellent method for that period. I
refer to that in that way because several years ago we did not
have developed the types of better packaging materials that
are available at the present time. Also, the art—or, rather,
I should say the engineering—had not advanced to the point
where it is today. The older method of TAPPI, while I said
it was excellent, had a rather low gradient of vapor pressure
existing on the two sides of the sheet. As a result, when we
encountered some of the better packaging materials, it did not
adequately differentiate between materials in these lower
ranges. TAPPI has recognized this, and has had a com-
mittee working on the job during the summer, and they made
a report on it at the Chicago meeting back in September.
Since that time a revised method has been in process of
preparation, which embraces the idea that is prevalent today
on water-vapor permeability testing, and that is to increase
the water-vapor pressure gradient or differential, if you want
to call it that, by making this test at higher humidities, some-
where in the range of 90 to 95 per cent, with a low humidity
approaching zero on the other side of the membrane.
The old TAPPI test, which is still on the books, had a low
relative humidity on the one side, with only 50 per cent of
relative humidity on the other side. The result you can
readily see—that with the higher humidity existing on one
side of the membrane, we are going to have higher ratings, and
are going to be able to differentiate between the more mois-
ture-resistant papers. As I say, this TAPPI method has
been going along, and it looks as if it can be lifted bodily and
put into this manual. There are a‘few questions to be settled
on the technique, but the technique and the general principle
evolved have been well established in the minds of most
people.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: It does not do very much good to
run your transmissions too far away from your temperatures
of use. So it seems advisable to have a method of testing
water-vapor permeability at 0 deg. F., which is the common
point of frozen food storage. We have a method worked out
on this one—which consists of a similar cup arrangement to
the hundred-degree test—the high humidity test—but with
special compounding of the adhesive, the wax sealing agent,
to get flexibility at zero rather than at 100 deg. F., and also
to stand the thermal shock of being exposed at zero to room
temperature. The test method is brief. It consists of a
tight metal box in a frozen foods cabinet operating at zero,
with a box containing a rack, and also a suitable amount of
cracked ice being used to maintain the vapor pressure, and the
metal box being put in the frozen foods cabinet to level out
any temperature differences and prevent the colder walls of the
box from affecting the vapor pressure inside.
In other words, with ice in this metal box, we have a satu-
rated atmosphere at zero and using calcium chloride inside
the test cups.
The procedure is as follows: The samples are made up as
usual. In this case they are allowed to age something in the
order of three days, rather than the usual 24 hours in this box,
with the cover down tight, in the zero room. They are then
taken out and put in a desiccator for a period of at least 24
hours. I think you all recognize the problem we are trying to
overcome, and that is the fact that you take any metallic
object from 0 deg. F. and try to weigh it, and with ordinary
balances you are going to get concentration when it is taken
into ordinary atmosphere. We are going to put it through
this desiccating cycle to bring it up to temperature, without
causing any additional transmission and without having any
surface condensation to affect the accuracy of the weighing.
After the initial weighing, the sample will go back in the test
box, in the test atmosphere, and in this case it will stay for
two weeks. Ordinarily, the water-vapor permeability tests
are run off in three days, but because of the extremely low
DECEMBER ® 1943 119
vapor pressure—one milligram of mercury—it is in this test
atmosphere for two weeks. As a matter of fact, there are
some materials that it is a good idea to put in for 30 days, and
then the procedure is repeated, and the net result, multiplied
by the factor, gives you the transmission. It is a procedure
based on a certain measure of 100-degree tests, which is very
good for the frozen foods industry.
Mr. Leinbach will now describe the procedure under
PI-MC-3.
Mr. LEINBACH: This is concerned with air, carbon dioxide,
oxygen, nitrogen and fixed gases permeability. The test,
which has, so far as we know, the best background and re-
search behind it, is the Shuman and Elder test, developed by
Dr. Shuman and Dr. Elder, of the General Foods Corp.
Essentially, this consists of holding the test specimen in a
chamber, supporting it in such a way that one side of the sheet
can be evacuated and the apparatus so arranged that the gas
transmission can be determined by circulating it across the op-
posite face. As that gas works its way through the speci-
men, it gets into an area that has been evacuated. This, of
course, will register a slight change in the pressure within that
space below that sample, and that in turn is measured by a
change in the level of mercury of the manometer. That can
be calculated back very readily, as you know, knowing the
volume of that space below the sample, and it can be calcu-
lated back very readily into the actual volume of the air or
the oxygen or the fixed gas that came through the sample.
The time factor, naturally, is controlled by the length of the
test.
There is considerable work behind this test, and it looks
like a pretty good one. I think perhaps some of you read
about it in MODERN PACKAGING a few months ago.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We are getting into the unknowns
among the unknowns here.
The next one is still further removed into the nebulous
state, and that is the PI-MC-4, Organic Vapors (Flavors,
Aromas) permeability. I think you all recognize the im-
portance of being able to measure the permeability of mate-
rials to flavor ingredients. If they are present in small quan-
tities they are extremely vital to the acceptance of your
product, and we are long overdue on a satisfactory means of
evaluating the migration of this material through a package
structure. We would very much appreciate anyone’s giving
us clues or information or help of any kind on how this test
should be run. We frankly admit we have nothing. I wish
you would all think about it, and give us any help you can.
x kK Kk *
The next one is PI-MC-5—Water Penetration, which I will
turn over to Mr. Graebner.
Mr. GRAEBNER: Water penetration has been given con-
sideration by the paper industry for a long time, and here
again we have a case where TAPPI has done considerable
work. The opportunities are good that their methods will
suffice for this job, as well. There are a number of methods,
depending on the type of water penetration that is involved.
There is the dry indicator test, which is well-known to people
in the paper industry but may not be applicable to all other
types of packaging materials.
Considerable work has been done on a fluorescent-dye test.
That comprises the test existing in the paper industry. Pos-
sibly other people concerned with packaging have devised
120 MODERN PACKAGING
certain tests. If so, I know our chairman would be very glad
to have them.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: Mr. Leinbach, will you please
go on with Item PI-MC-6—Oil and Grease Penetration?
Mr. LEINBACH: Talking about oil and grease penetration
is something like the problem of water penetration. As you
think about it, you realize that moisture-vapor transmission
(that is, water-vapor transmission) is a control of flow. When
you get into the problem of water penetration and water re-
sistance, or oil and grease resistance, you are talking about
what might be determined as an absolute test or almost a
destruction test. In other words, either the grease comes
through or it does not. After it has come through, you are
only mildly concerned with the rate of flow.
Now, this problem (as you present here know) is one that
has been battered around and is still being worked on at a
tremendous rate. Actually, the whole problem is one of a test
designed for production control as against a test designed to
show the specific performance of a particular material against
a particular grease.
A person who is running a mill or a paper machine has to
have a test so he can tell, in any reasonably short time, how
he is doing. The opposite of that would be for him to use a
test in which he would not know for two weeks how well he
had performed at the time he ran the paper, which would be
disastrous. The TAPPI test involves the use of a typical
oil in the form of turpentine, and, as you know, it simply
measures the length of time it takes for that turpentine to
work its way through the material tested.
The thing that has been criticized very severely, and the
criticism that has been raised, against the turpentine test,
has been raised because you now have coating materials and
new films coming on the market. Some of these coating
materials may be quite adequate in their resistance to certain
greases, but they may also be soluble in turpentine. There-
fore, if you apply the turpentine test, you dissolve the coating,
and itis allover. And it would in no way show the perma-
nence of that material against lard, for example. Therefore,
without omitting the turpentine test as a good standard proven
test—because it certainly has been shot at from all angles and
still stands—still we believe that the Packaging Institute test,
besides including that, should have a second division which
would be based on performance of specific materials when
they are in contact with specific oils or greases.
Of course, the time would be that which it takes for that
grease to get through there, and, naturally, you would have
to control temperature and see that enough samples were
tested so that the results would be representative. I think,
in general, that represents the thinking that has been had on
this matter of oil and grease penetration.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We next have a series of four
tests:
PI-MC- 7—Static Fold
PI-MC- 8—Dynamic Fold
PI-MC- 9—Surface Abrasion
PI-MC-10—Aging
(a) temperature
(b) oxidation
(c) light
These are considered supplementary tests for some of those
that have gone before. Mr. Graebner will briefly outline
these test procedures and the reports.
Mr. GRAEBNER: The next four test procedures which
have just been mentioned are important particularly from
Ve
fa
glad
ease
tion
you
sion
hen
" re-
out
st a
mes
are
hat
ita
test
1 to
inst
s to
10W
ea
| he
| be
ical
ply
- to
the
Bat,
und
ing
ain
Te-
ng,
na-
re,
yen
ind
st,
ich
ien
hat
ive
ere
nk,
ur
ine
ich
om
the viewpoint of their effect on the preceding six procedures,
covering what Mr. Southwick has referred to as ‘‘proofness.”’
We all know the story of having tested a packaging material
and having reported and found excellent water-vaporproof-
ness or greaseproofness, or waterproofness or gasproofness,
and then finding that it disappeared after the sheet has been
creased or folded. Therefore, obviously it is important to
know how these materials will perform after they have been
subjected to standard methods of folding or creasing
The first one, Static Fold, is encountered very frequently
in many packaging operations. We have a suggested method
that was developed by the Institute of Paper Chemistry,
primarily at the request of the Quartermaster Corps. This
method involves taking a sheet, folding it at intervals, and the
intervals depending on the size of the sheet to be tested. A
little differently, the plan is to have a given linear amount of
creasing in proportion to the area, so that the test can be cor-
related between laboratories, regardless of the size of the
testing cup that you may be using in, for instance, water-
vapor permeability work. These folds are made in both direc-
tions—that is, the paper is folded face to face under standard
conditions of temperature, weight and time. It is folded back
to back. These folds are also made in opposite directions in
the paper. In other words, when you are finished you have
a checkerboard effect, and each successor fold or parallel fold
has been made in the opposite direction.
On the matter of Dynamic Fold, there is a need for a test
that would have a tendency to injure a sheet in a manner
similar to that which you may find in a bag-making operation,
in which a web of paper is pulled over a former, creased and
folded dynamically. That is one of the methods that is
rather in the embryonic phase. We have had a number of
suggestions and ideas involving attempts to make a fold by
passing the sheet between revolving wheels. Nothing con-
crete or specific has been developed.
This is another one of those tests on which we would like
to have your suggestions.
As to the next point, Surface Abrasion, it may take place
in a variety of packaging operations. It may take place,
again, in bag manufacturing, in lining machines, and, as a
result, the need for some test which provides a standard sur-
face abrasion is necessary. Here, again, we have nothing
specific to offer. However, it has been suggested (and it is
just a suggestion) that some standard abrasive material,
such as a fine sandpaper, be applied to the surface of the
sheet in question and subjected to a specified rate of vibra-
tion for a given length of time as maybe a starting point.
Here, also, your suggestions are welcome.
The next point, PI-MC-10, Aging, includes temperature,
oxidation and light. Many of you have had the experience
of examining a sheet of packaging material that appeared to
have excellent properties. Perhaps a month or two later,
or six months later, it had lost many of these properties.
Of course, here we are speaking in connection with the chemi-
cal tests. There have been many cases where a sheet had
excellent water-vapor permeability or grease-proofness, only
to have lost much of it after six months of storage.
This is still another case in which standards have to be set
up and unquestionably a lot of people have had experience in
that field. Some of the conditions may have to be rather
arbitrary at the start. For instance, exposure of a sheet of
material to 100 deg. or 120 deg., for various periods of time,
would have an effect upon its properties in many instances.
Oxidation is another important factor and here, again,
the conditions probably will be arbitrary. Again, suggestions
from the members will be gratefully accepted.
Light also has a tremendous effect on many packaging ma-
terials. The procedures have been to expose the materials
to north daylight, south daylight and some from the roof,
But here, again, south daylight and north daylight are not
always constant. They vary from day to day, and vary also
in values from season to season. It would be desirable to
have some artificial means of subjecting papers and packaging
materials to various types of light. Some people use ultra-
violet light. Again it is known that the infrared end of the
spectrum has some effect on certain packaging materials.
The field is wide open; but it is an important one, and we
would like to have your ideas.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We have one small item left—
Subdivision C, the ‘‘Visual Evaluation of Packaging Mate-
rials,’ which will be covered by Mr. Leinbach.
Mr. Lernsacu: Briefly, this is an effort to put down some
of the tangibles that are visual qualities. TAPPI, of course,
has well-organized and well-developed tests for opacity and
for brightness and reflectivity. Regarding transparency, |
don’t know right now of a non-restricted test on transparency
that is available. Again, let us say very briefly that we would
like to have any suggestions or help that you can possibly
offer in the measurement of transparency. We would like
to have any suggestions or help that you can give us in meas-
uring other visual qualities which are tangible, which can be
measured, and which are of interest in packaging.
I think that is about all the time we should take with this
particular part of the program.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: The next group is VII—Product
Tests (Contents of Package). I know you are not vitally
interested in them, although you do appreciate the need for
them.
Here, again, the Institute should cooperate with other
groups which are better able to do this product work. We
have outlined certain obvious characteristics such as bulk
density, abrasiveness and then, down in the chemical char-
acteristics, there are items such as humidity equilibria, index
of failure to moisture and index of failure to oxygen, free
water, free oil or grease, chemical activity, both in acids and
in alkalis. We shall not describe them. Finding free oil
and grease is somewhat of a misnomer. How free is free?
We shall go on, then, to the last section, Section VIII—
Package Tests—which is, after all, the nucleus of this whole
deal. You are going to test the materials but you want the
final evaluation of the package as formed.
Under the Package Tests, we have the first group—Me-
chanical:
PI-PM-1—Compression
PI-PM-2—Tumbling
PI-PM-3—Impact
Probably all of you know that the manufacturers of outer
containers, corrugated cases, have based all their develop-
ment work on engineering and tumbling methods and on im-
pact methods. I think the same general techniques can and
should and will be applied to packages. I don’t think we
know enough about the durability of packages. This is, of
course, again, distinctly different from the durability of ma-
terials. Here is a very pointed case where the Institute must
DECEMBER °* 1943 121
do some work. If any of you have suggestions on how to
adapt the outer container test procedures to this work, or if
you have any test procedures which you have done your-
selves, we shall be delighted to have them. We think that
these are three important subjects, and we don’t know any-
thing about them.
The next group is Chemical Package Tests. We have three
there that are quite alike:
PI-PC-1—Moisture Change (CaCl.)
PI-PC-2—Moisture Change (Normal Contents)
PI-PC-3—Fixed and/or Organic Gas Change
In the first two procedures, the method of evaluation or
determination of moisture change will probably be identical,
the only difference being that No. 1 is the standard test, be-
cause the contents in this case will always be calcium chlo-
ride, and you will always have a basis for comparison. Prob-
ably in most cases you will run No. 1 and No. 2 together, be-
cause you are interested primarily in some particular product.
In the case of a tube it would be nice to have your record as a
common denominator which would be the calcium chloride
test.
Briefly, we will call one the standard procedure and No. 2
the product procedure. Both tests are exposure of packages
to certain humidities, and weight gains reported. I think we
shall only put down procedures similar to those which most
of you people are doing. I have gone over carefully the letters
from members, and I find that by and large most people are
using a similar method of moisture gain test. There is prob-
ably more than one means of measuring the moisture change,
but we will use in these two cases first, examination of con-
tents and, second, gross weight. I think those tests are
probably in the best shape of any of them, too.
The other one we have here is Fixed and/or Organic Gas
Change. We had to have an outline to cover the field. By
the way, that is designated as PI-PC-3 on your outline. It
includes both oxygen and flavor change. The procedure there,
of course, will be to use a similar test atmosphere, but exami-
nation will probably be by a different means.
Mr. Graebner will now describe the next item—PI-PC-4—
Water Penetration Test for Packages.
x *KkK Kk *
Mr. GRAEBNER: Here, again, there is no standard method
that has been adopted by any group at the present time, and
unquestionably a lot of individuals and individual concerns
have their own packaging tests. As a starter, there are two
procedures that might be suggested. One is to subject your
finished package to water emergence in a standard amount
of water at standard temperature and for a given length of
time—again weighing the package before and after, and pour-
ing off the surface water before weighing; then examining
the contents and determining moisture content on the con-
tents, which may not even be necessary if you have had any
substantial penetration of water. It can be done probably by
visual means, as we have visual penetration of water into
your product by the package.
There is another possible test that has some interest and
that was developed by the Surgeon General’s Office, I believe,
in connection with some of the water packaging problems.
They suggested the use of plaster of Paris on the package,
which then is submerged in water. A very slight amount
122 MODERN PACKAGING
of water penetrating through the package, of course, will
cause immediate caking and hardening of the plaster of Paris.
This condition is immediately noticeable upon opening the
package and examining its contents. I have seen some of ©
the tests made in this manner and they are really very inter-
esting.
As I mentioned in starting this, there are probably other
tests and procedures being used, and we would like to have
them and know more about them from any of you who can
help us.
CHAIRMAN SouTHwIck: A final item on the list is PI-
PC-5—Oil and Grease Penetration. That will be handled
by Mr. Leinbach.
Mr. LEINBACH: Briefly, the oil and grease penetration for
packages follows somewhat the same lines as that described
for materials, in the sense that it is concerned more with per-
formance with respect to a specific grease than it is concerned
with a performance respecting a standard oil or grease. The
procedure on which we expect to go, in the first proposal, calls
for putting the product which contains the free oil or grease
into the package, storing the package at probably 100 deg. F.
some of them in normal position, some of them inverted, some
of them with the wide face down and some with the narrow
face down (in the case of rectangular cartons). I think if the
liner is removable it will be recommended that it be used as
the test. If there is no liner we shall have to use the carton
as the surface on which the result will be noted.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: We have some numbers down on
the outline under the heading of ‘‘Visual,’’ but we have not
even a good idea of them. That is the end of the test pro-
cedures which we have thus far outlined.
We are sorry we could not have analyzed these a little
more, We are going to try to put this all together in the
next thirty or sixty days, and at that time we shall mail it
out to the members of the Institute as a beginning of this
very important work.
Mr. Prouprit, U.S. Rubber Co., Passaic, N. J.: | Has the
resistance to rodents and infestation and so forth been
studied ?
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: I think that is one of the things
we have missed. If you have any suggestions on that we
should be delighted to have them.
Mr. Hitspon, Standard Cap and Seal Corp.: With regard
to rigidity and stiffness, has any work been done on that? I
don’t notice it in the outline. Also, has any work been done
on the inertness or springiness of material?
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: In other words, you suggest a
test on inertness, and on stiffness or springiness. We have
not included that. Do you know whether there exists a test
for either property?
Mr. Hitspon: Very crudely, yes.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: That is good enough for us.
Please let us have them.
Mr. HartMANn: Again, on the subject of abrasion, the
importance of finish and its effect upon converting machines
has been raised. The importance of finish I think also comes
into consideration on the matter of ability to stack packages.
In other words, the slipperiness of the surface has a bearing
upon that.
With regard to abrasion tests, I might say we have de-
veloped a machine which will record the effect of abrasion
of one sheet against another, of similar material.
CHAIRMAN SouTHWICK: In other words, you feel that
slipperiness is an important characteristic in the stacking of
materials. That is one thing we did not think of. I am
oO ~«_ F- mm
th
inc
th
OW
the
as
fon
on
not
TO-
ttle
the
1 it
‘his
the
een
ngs
we
ard
one
ca
ave
test
that
am
also making a note of the other phase that you mentioned—
namely, the abrasion resistance of materials together. We
would like to see a procedure on that if we could have one.
Mr. Hatcu, Hartford Empire Co., Hartford, Conn.: With
regard to package engineering, when you depart from a rec-
tangular package to one of odd shape, such as a cylindrical
package, for example, the relation of diameter to height be-
comes important, particularly as it affects the total volume
of the packing case itself. It might be well to include that
for those who have to deal with a cylindrical or other special-
shaped package.
Mr. LEINBACH: By that you mean to include a study of
the effect of the ratio between the volume and the area, as
the ratio between the diameter and the height is changed?
Mr. Hatcu: Yes; as it affects the total volume of the
packaging carton in which you are shipping. I refer to it as
cubic ratio, meaning the ratio of the volume of the contents
to the rectangular closure of the bottle or jar, in the case of
glass.
Mr. Leinsacu: The ratio of volume of content to the
rectangular volume of closing the container.
Mr. RUSSELL, Oliver Machinery Co.: It does seem to me
that your approach is good on what I would call the chemical
aspects of packaging. On the mechanical characteristics,
however, I should think it would be wise to correlate your
efforts with those of the machinery people, because many of
these efforts obviously belong in the laboratory.
Mr. LEINBACH: As I understand, you are making a point
similar to that made by Mr. Wendler, of duPont, earlier,
that the qualities which determine the ability of a material
to handle on a packaging machine, should be defined and
should be brought into a measurable area of concept. I
think itis true. I think it is of very great interest both to the
Production and the Machinery divisions. I think we all
realize how complicated it is, but I do very much agree.
Mr. WENDLER, duPont de Nemours & Co., Inc.: One
characteristic that might be considered reciprocal to slipperi-
ness is static rating. While it does not relate itself to a
straight numerical rating, nevertheless the function of static
is very helpful, and of extreme importance.
Mr. Lernsacu: That idea of static rating, and the ten-
dency of materials to take and hold electrical charges, is an
interesting one.
Mr. Camp, The Dorr Co.: I have not heard mentioned
here the name of the American Society for Testing Materials
in connection with the source of information on various tests.
They have done a great deal of work along many lines, such
as abrasion, tumbling, exposure to light, and so forth, on many
materials that are concerned in this work. I think it would
be worth while to consult them for information on methods
of testing.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: I believe the ASTM uses many of
the TAPPI standards for testing, and in this case we have
indicated the primary source, rather than the ASTM tests.
It may be, however, that the ASTM has other tests where
they would be the proper source.
With reference to this matter of machinability and work
with the machinery group, I think the machinery group would
do us a great favor if they would break down some of these
collective words, such as “‘machinability’’ and ‘‘pliability.”’
There are a lot of other words that also have a number of ele-
ments having to do with physical strengths. We have taken
certain well-known physical strength characteristics and
added certain other things which are particularly packaging
properties—seal strength, blocking characteristics and _ pli-
ability. That is just a beginning. There are other factors;
and if the word ‘‘machinability,”’ for example, could be broken
down into factors, and if we could measure those factors, we
could develop a pattern of measuring some of these collective
words, and we would be delighted for any suggestions of
other factors of this kind which can be measured.
Mr. Pitt, Sherman Paper Products Corp.: On the matter
of pliability, sometime ago I saw a testing apparatus designed
for testing the pliability of papers.
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: Can you indicate the source?
Mr. Pitt: Gummed Products.
Mr. Sweet, Colgate-Palmolive-Peet Co.: 1 believe you
will find other instruments that have been developed for
testing in this field. There is an instrument that was brought
out by Tinnius-Olsen Testing Machine Co., Philadelphia, for
testing the flexibility and elasticity of sheets and also an
instrument by the Tour-Marshall Co., a stiffness tester.
Mr. Daum, Johns-Manville Products Corp.: The Forest
Products Laboratory has developed equipment for testing
the ability of fibreboard to stand up under bending.
Mr. Lanpis, Atlantic Refining Co.: We, of course, use
finished products, and we are very much interested in the
moisture test that we have heard of here. It would be very
interesting if you could have a test for cartons.
Another thought that has not been brought out here is
this: how about the pulling away of fibre board packages from
the bulk materials packed in them—the liners pulling away
from the product itself? We are selling products to a lot of
people who say that our product does not pull away. Is that
under one of these headings here for study?
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: No, we have not thought of it.
Mr. Lanois: Take asphalt, for instance. Asphalt is being
sold in paper, and unless you can pull that paper off, you will
get complaints. We are having quite a lot of trouble getting
the container manufacturers to give us packages that will
pull away from some of the new products. That might be
worthy of consideration under suitability of packages. Work
has been done on smaller packages that are put inside of outer
containers. But how about bulk materials put right in the
fibre container, such as wax, asphalt and greases?
CHAIRMAN SOUTHWICK: That is an excellent point. If
you have done some work on this we would like to have a
tentative procedure from you.
x *k*k
FRIDAY MORNING, November 5
Materials in a War Economy: Panel Discussion—Presid-
ing: WALTON D. LyNcu, vice-president, National Folding Box
Co., New Haven, Conn. Members of the panel: J. D. MAt-
COLMSON, technical director, Rober? Gair Co., Inc., New York;
A. B. Huyssoon, vice-president and sales manager, Continental
Paper Co., Ridgefield Park, N. J.; Sot BuSCHMAN, president,
National Can Co., New York; FREDERIC REMINGTON, presi-
dent, Peerless Tube Co., Bloomfield, N. J.; C. M. CONNOR,
technical director, Glassine Paper Co., Conshohocken, Pa.;
M. A. Brown, advertising manager, Plastics Division, Mon-
santo Chemical Co., Springfield, Mass.; Dr. J. H. TOULOusSE,
chief service engineer, Owens-Illinois Glass Co., Toledo. O.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Each of the seven well-qualified au-
thorities we are privileged to present to you this morning will
give you a brief, right-to-the-point report regarding the pres-
ent availability of the type of materials with which he is
DECEMBER ®* 1943 123
thoroughly familiar, and we will welcome questions from the
floor.
Mr. Malcolmson, what is the corrugated and fibreboard
situation today in regard to its present availability ?
Mr. Matcoimson: It happens in our industry right now
that we have the largest bank of unfilled orders in our history,
and yet we are making boxes at a smaller rate than in 1941,
which was our record year. The reasons are the typical rea-
sons that you are all familiar with, namely, raw material and
manpower. I don’t see at the present moment much hope of
relief on either of those subjects.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Huyssoon, what is the condition
at present in the paperboard field?
Mr. Huyssoon: Anyone who is at all involved in the pur-
chasing of paperboard, knows that the situation is very criti-
cal and very acute. As is true with the situation of fibre con-
tainers, paperboard used for cartons and boxes of all kinds,
depends entirely upon waste paper for its raw material. Pro-
duction has been steadily declining from a peak of some
157,000 tons a week early this year, I think, down last week
to 143,000 tons. The outlook is not too good. I don’t know
just what we can look forward to, but I can see right now it is
going to be damned serious.
xk *kKK Kk *
CHAIRMAN LyNncH: Mr. Buschman, what is your situation
on metal containers, tin containers?
Mr. BUSCHMAN: ‘Tin containers are now available for
products earmarked for the Army and the Navy, for Lend-
Lease and for civilian use. Since February 1942, allocation of
production for these used has been under rigid Government
regulation. The War Production Board through Order M-81
has carefully specified the products, the quota that may be
packed in cans, the sizes permitted and the specifications.
If your product falls within any of the 93 classifications
listed in Order M-81, covering food products, or in any of the
50 classifications covering non-food products, it is my opinion
that tin can manufacturers today have the facilities to supply
you with all of the tin cans that the Government states you
can have.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Remington, what is the situation
on collapsible tubes?
Mr. Remincton: I should be inclined to say that it is
very good in this respect: If you have previously been a user
of collapsible metal tubes, you are quite apt to get the same
number that you received during the year 1943, not ’42, but
’43. The industry’s output has been about 135 per cent above
1942 output.
The various Government orders have controlled the type
of metal used so that the ‘et result is that we are producing
about as much as we can possibly produce, but if you were a
customer of a tube company you are quite apt to be taken care
of in the same degree that you were before.
I would issue a word of warning to every manufacturer in
the room who uses collapsible metal tubes. That is to save
every last chipboard box that the tubes are packed in, and
every last corrugated box and send them back to the collap-
sible tube manufacturer. The production of tubes may not
fall down, but if we haven’t got anything to ship them in, we
will be in a very bad position.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Connor, what is the situation in re-
gard to protective papers?
MODERN PACKAGING
124
Mr. Connor: From a raw materials standpoint, the situa-
tion is just as serious as it is in the board field. It might be
considered somewhat more serious, because the protective -
paper field requires specialty pulps. Those pulps obviously
are a little more difficult to get on short notice, at least, par-
ticularly at a time when the inventories of those materials in
the mills are down to an absolute minimum. The tendency,
as far as the mills are concerned, at the moment, is to keep
operating to their full production, whatever production,
whether it is five days, six days or seven days, depending on
how they have been operating. The attitude of the War
Production Board has been to maintain that production in so
far as they can possibly do so. Obviously, they have a prob-
lem of distribution of the raw materials, and an attitude of
keeping all of the industry—not only the protective paper in-
dustry, but the whole paper industry—operating, and their
problem obviously becomes one of maintaining a distribution
for the entire industry which is in line with essentiality, as far
as civilian use is concerned.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Brown, what is your situation?
Mr. Brown: Putting it briefly, all the commercially im-
portant types of plastic materials are under strict allocation.
We are able to take care of the direct requirements of the
armed forces with some material left over for essential civilian
purposes. The amount left over for civilian purposes varies
from one material to another, but in thinking about trans-
parent coverings and of plastics, in general, two things should
be remembered: That the packaging uses of plastics are
competing with the non-packaging uses of plastics by the
armed services.
The second fact to remember is that, compared with other
packaging materials, the over-all capacity of the plastics in-
dustry is relatively small. There hasn’t been, except in some
materials, a very great expansion, and therefore the amount
that we have to play with is fairly limited.
7 of fs &
CHAIRMAN Lyncu: Dr. Toulouse, what is your situation in
the glass field?
Dr. TouLtouse: The glass container industry has been
working to capacity for about three years now, although that
capacity has been increasing all the time.
The general situation is that we are able to fill all but 15
to 20 per cent of the demand. It is for that reason that certain
items that are considered less essential than others have been
placed upon various quotas. The chief problems with us are
not so much raw materials as they are fuel and manpower.
Any marked restriction of fuel or any marked decrease of
manpower is going to cut our production and at the same time
cut the quotas or allotments given various industries.
We began to feel this pressure back in ’41, and I will just
add a little bit of statistical information. We are now produc-
ing 78 per cent more glass by weight in bottles than we were
in 40, and there has been a 140 per cent increase in the capac-
ity of these bottles for products. So we have been keeping
pace with the demand, as much as we can.
There are two things I might suggest, and one of them is in
the line of cartons. Something can be done for glass contain-
ers by increasing the package unit, still keeping it under, of
course, the shipping limits. There are cartons containing
dozens which might more skillfully use a carton material if
more cubicle packages were made, say, two or three dozen in
— 4 4 +95 DR) Mme
— co
tua-
it be
‘tive
usly
par-
ls in
ney
ceep
‘ion,
g On
War
n so
rob-
le of
r in-
heir
tion
s far
’
?
im-
‘ion.
the
ilian
aries
‘ams-
ould
are
the
ther
$ in-
ome
ount
yn in
been
that
it 15
‘tain
been
5 are
wer.
se of
time
just
duc-
were
|pac-
ping
is in
tain-
r, of
ining
al if
en in
two or three layers instead of the present way it is done.
The second is that narrow-mouthed containers are a little
easier than wide-mouthed containers. Wide-mouthed con-
tainers are used for food products and such. Any user who
could use either narrow- or wide-mouthed bottles can help
relieve the glass situation by using the narrower sizes because
some of the capacity for bottles of that type cannot be con-
verted to wide-mouthed containers.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Now I would like to know what are
the prospects for the next three months in these respective
fields?
Mr. MALCOLMSON: Unfortunately, we are not very hope-
ful about the prospects for the next three months, because we
do not see much help in the way of our raw materials and man-
power difficulties. On manpower, of course, everybody knows
where we stand.
As regards raw materials, they are chiefly waste paper, and
to a lesser extent, new pulp. Even if new pulp is increased
by the cutting of more pulpwood, it will take more than
three months for that to trickle down through the various
stages to the point where you make corrugated boxes out of it.
As regards wastepaper, we are still in the critical situation
there. Many of you people remember the wonderful response
the public gave us in 194f on the wastepaper drive. In fact,
so great that we had to call it off on account of having every
possible inventory warehouse filled and stored it outdoors.
However, calling that drive off let the dies get cold, and now
we are having a tough time reviving interest in that drive,
although the need is more urgent now than it was then.
That single factor of waste paper is one that may help us
in the next three months, but there is some question. How-
ever, the least that we can do now is to ask everybody in this
audience if he will make it a personal matter to help this waste
paper campaign and particularly in regard to the use of brown
paper and oid boxes. They make the best forms of waste
paper for our industry. The use of old boxes will even have
to be resorted to. We view that with considerable alarm, ap-
parently, and yet there is no help for it.
So that, summarizing, I would say that for the next three
months we still are going to be faced with a situation almost
if not as critical, as at the present time.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Huyssoon, what is your opinion
of the next three months in boxboard?
Mr. Huyssoon: I think Mr. Malcolmson has probably
covered the major explanation of what could possibly be the
situation in boxboard for the next three months. Our same
problem, raw materials, is our most acute one. The mills
themselves would run more evenly with their manpower
problems if they had adequate supplies of raw material. I am
afraid it is going to get worse before it gets better.
The mills are still eating into their inventories at the rate of
5,000 tons a week. Obviously, that can’t keep up. Many
mills are running on the basis of shutting down for a day or
two or three days a week, waiting until they can accumulate
enough paper stock to run.
I do want to say that I think there is plenty of waste paper
available if it can be collected. The problems of getting it are
more difficult than they were before, with less manpower
available to collect it. The waste paper collection industry
has always been a low-paid industry. They are having many
problems in regard to keeping their help, probably more seri-
ous than a great many people realize.
The transportation difficulties are much more acute than
they were then. But I do think that with the proper
amount of support the problem can be licked as far as giving
enough paper to the mills to run their capacity.
That, however, doesn’t necessarily mean that if the mills
are able to run to capacity there is going to be enough box-
board for everybody. I don’t think that there will. For the
next three months I don’t look for any improvement to any
extent. I think that after that time if we can—I will stick
my chin out a little bit and say that I think that possibly by
the spring of next year, this paper stock collection campaign
will really begin to produce results. It takes a little while to
get those things organized, get them rolling and get the ma-
chinery working. I think I can hold out some hope for some
improvement, but again I want to repeat that I don’t think
there is going to be enough to go around. Somebody is going
to have to go short.
So far as you know, gentlemen, there hasn’t been much in
the way of any type of control as far as distribution is con-
cerned, in paperboard. Itisa terrific problem. Paperboard
was the bottom of the barrel as far as substitute packaging
was concerned. When they couldn’t get metal for tin cans or
things of that type, everybody immediately looked to sub-
stitutes and paperboard was one of the most available sub-
stitutes that there was. Now that substitute is at the point
where it can’t be used to any great extent further, and as far
as I know there is no further substitute—going down still
further—for paperboard, unless we go back up the ladder
again to other types of materials which formerly had been de-
clared as being more critical.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Buschman,
what is your opinion of the next three
months in metal containers?
Mr. BuscHMAN: The scarcity at the
present time in tin cans is due to the
shortages of both raw materials and
manpower. As a consequence, the
outlook for the next 90 days cannot be
viewed with optimism. The WPB
knows where the pinch is most severe,
and consequently it issues from time
to time amendments to its various orders
in an effort to relieve cases of undue hardship and actual dis-
tress.
For example, thé most recent amendment, WPB order
M-81, dated October 2, 1943, increases the allotment of tin
cans for certain products because manufacturers have been
unable to find substitute containers. While under prevailing
conditions leniency is not to be expected from the WPB, if
you find yourself in a distressed situation the only recourse
seems to be another appeal based upon all of the facts to the
WPB.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Remington, what is your opinion
in collapsible tubes?
Mr. REMINGTON: I should like to extend my prophecy
beyond three months. The three months significance would
be termed static, but within six months the products that are
being considered by the Army and the Navy may change
that picture.
But unless there are future plans of the armed services
that will take a much higher percentage—and that I cannot
prophesy—the picture will look about the same as it is now
W. D. Lynch
for from three to six months. I think that is as clear as I can
DECEMBER °* 1943 125
make it from all present indications in our field.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Connor, what is your situation
in your industry?
Mr. Connor: It is rather apparent to me that we can ex-
pect a reduction in the next three months in at least some of
our protective papers. It is reported that the pulpwood in-
ventories are being depleted at the rate of 100,000 cords per
month. It is also reported that those pulpwood cuttings
for the year 1944 would be reduced by approximately 25 per
cent.
There are some factors, such as improvement in the man-
power situation, which may alter that latter figure. There
are some other factors which come to work in favor of main-
taining the production of protective papers. Protective paper
pulps are specialty pulps, as I said before. They are rela-
tively high-priced pulps. If there is going to be a shortage of
wood for all pulp, the attitude of the pulp mills will be to make
the higher grades, the higher-priced grades. This is going to
increase somewhat, although only slightly, the yield from
each cord of wood.
The chemical situation, glycerine and the pigments, has a
direct bearing on what we can expect in the way of protective
papers in the future. At the present time the glycerine situa-
tion is somewhat better than it was six or nine months ago.
However, as many of you know, the pigment situation is
getting definitely worse. The revision of certain grades and
the modification of certain grades using glycerine and using
pigments may minimize the effect of the deficiencies of these
materials. It is difficult to foresee, however, that a reduction
in pigments, which is definitely going to affect the paper in-
dustry, is not going to make a difference in the light protec-
tive or lightproof protective papers inasmuch as our reduc-
tion in pigment is quite drastic at the present time.
There are some other factors, such as the manpower situa-
tion, which will have to be considered. Generally, it would
seem that the reduction, taking all of the five different factors
into consideration, might run in the order of possibly 10,
maybe higher, per cent.
A great many protective papers rely on the use of kraft
pulp. Obviously, the demand for kraft pulp in the fibre-
board field for Army and Navy use is making a great deficiency
of that pulp as far as some of our protective papers for
civilian use are concerned.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Brown, what is the situation in
your industry ?
Mr. Brown: There again the situation varies from one
plastic to another. There is one observation, though, that
applies to the industry as a whole. Until fairly recently the
control in our production has been raw materials. In the
case of many companies operating in critical labor areas, the
control is tending to become more and more a manpower
situation. We are chemical plants using in the main un-
skilled or semi-skilled people. We are limited in the extent
to which we can put women into our plants and as a result in
some cases plastics plants could be operating at a higher
capacity using available raw materials but have been limited
because of the shortage of manpower.
Now specifically, in the case of the rubbery elastomeric
materials, there is likely to be some loosening of the re-
strictions on those materials. Those particular plastics were
126 MODERN PACKAGING
used as replacement for rubber to a considerable extent.
If the synthetic rubber program continues to progress and
the synthetic rubbers as such become more readily available,
it is likely—or at least it is possible—that the demands of the
armed forces on those particular plastics will be relaxed to
some extent. But remember that at any time, as soon as
the level goes down, the level at which point materials will
be allocated is dropped into a less essential category, and the
packaging uses are competing then with a great many essential
and semi-essential civilian uses of plastics.
In the case of the molded plastics, we are likely to have
substantially the same situation with the exception of poly-
styrene, which some of you use, which is likely to become
somewhat easier. There again that hinges on the synthetic
rubber program which manufactures as one of its raw ma-
terials the base material polystyrene. Now it is re-
ported that the capacity for the production of styrene, which
is a constituent of Buna § rubber, is somewhat greater than
the capacity of the rest of the set-up to absorb it. Therefore,
we are very likely to have a somewhat easier situation in that
particular plastic.
In the case of the cellulose plastics the situation has some
bearing on that in paperboard and related materials, be-
cause they, being cellulose materials, are basically
from wood or in some cases from cotton linters. The situa-
tion there is not likely to change too radically.
CHAIRMAN LyNncH: Dr. Toulouse, what is the situation
in the next three months on glass?
Dr. TouLouseE: It is relatively easy to answer for the next
two months, because just Monday of this week L-103-B was
extended to the end of the year. Beyond that it is difficult
to say where the restrictions will be placed, but my guess—
and this is merely a guess—is that some form of restriction
will have to continue.
There are several reasons for concern this winter, even
though the seasonal food period has passed and the de-
mand for food containers will drop off slightly. Con-
trasted with that, of course, is the fact that during the
winter is our chance to build up stocks. The reason for con-
cern is the fuel and manpower situation. We are faced with
the possibility that certain fuels in time of winter demand
may be taken away from us for short periods, especially in
areas where the strictly military demands for processed fuel
are heaviest.
Some glass companies have been told that they may face
a period in which they cannot get gas, or that they cannot get
oil, and the producer of gas, of course, depends upon the coal
situation, which we don’t need to mention other than in pass-
ing today.
In 1940 we produced something like 54,000,000 gross of
bottles in the industry. In ’41, about 71,000,000. In ’42,
about 79,000,000, and in ’43, where the full effects of stand-
ardization, along with other improvements will be felt, it
jumped to 93,000,000 gross, or 20 per cent over last year. I
don’t want to give standardization all the credit, but to some
extent that is part of a standardization function that is giving
us greater capacity to produce.
Now on the manpower side, we are down to the point where
women have replaced men about as far as they can.
The raw materials situation isn’t particularly alarming.
Our raw materials are generally non-essential: sand, of
course, and lime being the two least demanded.
The only one giving us any concern—but no threatened
shortage—is soda ash. The other materials for glassmaking
have been pretty well stabilized. We have reduced our de-
nd
le
me
ally
ua-
ion
ing.
of
ned
cing
mand a lot by standardization. Rubber is a lot easier for
sealing the essential things, chiefly of food products, but it
comes back to paper as being our chief disturbing raw ma-
terial.
I might say that we would have to shut down a glass fur-
nace if we are unable to get paper in which to pack the glass.
That has been upon us very close several times this past
year.
We do expect, all things considered, an increase of about 10
per cent in production next year, going to 103,000,000 gross,
and in that are considered possible production losses due to
shortages of supplies or manpower or fuel or possible disas-
ters that could upset future operations.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN LyNcH: Thank you. There is one thing I got
out of this discussion here. There is going to be a serious
shortage of paper. I never realized it even went back to the
glass man, that he might not be able to ship his commodity,
but to me it seems stupid that we as business men sit around
and accept a restriction where there is plenty, because of
a weakness, a lack of guts to get out and fight for what we
want. I know that you men need shipping cases, car-
tons, to get your merchandise to the ultimate consumer. I
also know that today you don’t have to have a lot of direct
mail advertising coming over your desk because the adver-
tising man says, ‘We have got so much money;
instead of paying it to the Government. we will put into a
brochure to tell them that the railroads are fine railroads, our
food is good, our service is good, but, for goodness sake, don’t
travel.”
Just think, and ask yourself this question: Is it necessary
to go to the store and secure a carton of cigarettes, or a pack-
age of toothpaste and have the dealer put that into a paper
bag or wrap it up with a piece of wrapping paper? You
answer the question. Is it necessary to have some of this
direct mail coming over your desk today when there is a paper
shortage?
Look at England. In England they are packing merchan-
dise. Eighty per cent of all the material used in paper
making goes into packaging. The other 20 per cent goes into
papers for various other uses. In this country we don’t do
that. We have lobbies, we have politics and we ourselves are
to blame, our own companies. If you men can go back to
your own company today and say to the officer in charge,
“What do you want? Do you want boxes to ship your stuff,
or do you want to advertise a commodity that you can’t
sell?”
I have some written questions here, and after we finish with
them we will take questions from the floor.
The first question is: ‘Do liners adequately protect the
product when lead is used for collapsible tubes?”
Mr. REMINGTON: That is a very important question. I
anticipated that question coming to me, and so I will read off
the answer. The responsibility of proof that a liner is satis-
factory lies entirely with the manufacturer of the prod-
uct. The collapsible tube industry has cooperated in deter-
mining the proper liner, but because formulas are changing
rapidly and because as an industry we never did know the
basic formula of your product, we cannot accept responsi-
bility.
We will place liners of lacquer or wax in tubes to the extent
that our equipment will permit and to the extent that we are
permitted to use lining materials under the restrictions of the
War Production Board governing such materials, but we can-
not help but stress that while liners have been developed that
are extremely satisfactory, yet the responsibility lies on your
shoulders as the manufacturer of the product.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: The next question is: ‘‘Is it true that
V-boxes are getting most of the available material?”
Mr. MA.Lcotmson: That is a question that comes up very
often, and I know that the right answer is ‘‘No,”’ and I think
the best way to prove it is to give you very briefly some
figures.
It is true that the great tonnage of V-boxes, a lot of that
being solid fibre, has gone up in the last few years. For in-
stance, the total production of solid fibre in 1943 was 100
per cent over 1938, but that is not the right way to look at it.
The actual fact is that the production of solid fibre in 1943
was less than 10 per cent of the total of corrugated plus solid
fibre. In 1942 this figure was 8'/2 per cent, and in 1941 it was
5.9 per cent.
In other words, while the V-box has gone up, both corru-
gated and solid fibre, the total amount of raw materials
that they use in comparison with all boxes is around 10 per
cent, very small.
Mr. Lynch, as long as I am one of the end men, I would
like to ask you whether you have anything to contribute on
the situation in folding boxes. We haven’t covered that
one this morning.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: That is passing the buck. Well,
folding boxes depend on boxboard. If we get the boxboard
we can take care of the requirements on folding boxes. To
get the boxboard we will have to have the raw material. As I
see it, while there is an acute labor shortage the mills have
done a fine job; they have put women into jobs that formerly
were handled by men. I believe the capacity in this country is
here. It is up to you fellows to see that the raw material is
diverted into the right channels.
Now, I don’t say, cut out advertising. I don’t say stop
wrapping articles at retail stores with supplemental wrap-
pings. If you feel that is more essential to running your busi-
ness than the shipping case or the carton, then throw the
carton out and divert that material to the supplemental
package, but it is up to you fellows to make that decision
yourselves.
The next question that I have here is on cans: “Is the.
Government easing up on can restrictions?”
xk kK K *
Mr. BuscHMAN: More positive limitations are ahead of
us. Any easing up on can restrictions will depend upon mili-
tary requirements and the available supply of steel. There is
a strong possibility that tin-can quotas may have to be de-
creased next year. It is only reasonable to presume that as
long as we have war our military demands will continue and
Government restrictions will not be eased except in some un-
usual distress cases.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: The next question is on glass con-
tainers: ‘“‘Will the re-use of bottles relieve the glass con-
tainer situation?”
Dr. TouLouse: That may be a little touchy question to
answer for this reason: I imagine many have heard of the
new crazy regulation allowing certain limited re-uses on the
DECEMBER ®* 1943 127
basis of —‘‘if he is in trouble then all we need to do is to cut
down the whisky, you say, 5 or 10 per cent of its former level,
and everything will be lovely.”” Well, that isn’t true, for the
reason that the re-use of whisky bottles is almost impractical
under the present serious conditions of shortages of different
commodities.
For instance, that demands a channel for the sorting and
the boxing and the return of the bottles. That means a
certain amount of manpower in doing that job which is
spread thinly over a great area. The Treasury Department’s
intention is, of course, that they come back from the user.
That enjoins the used bottle market which is probably the
best equipped for salvage and return, and it makes the return
difficult and perhaps would decrease to a considerable extent
any possible return.
Then, third, is the fact that, in general, the present filterers
do not have to wash those bottles. Therefore, they are not
equipped with the proper means to wash and sterilize, to
cleanse the bottles before they refill them. Washing machines
take a considerable amount of metal. They take attention;
they take power, and I do not believe that any bottle-washing
equipment is being made in the country today, so it is a physi-
cal impossibility for the distiller to buy bottle-washing equip-
ment.
Add to that if you could get the equipment you would have
to add a force of men to inspect the bottles as they are re-
turned.
Then finally, present bottles are designed, and their weight
particularly is such that they contemplate one trip only. It
is a very easily demonstrable fact that the weight of the glass
container as designed is tied up with ability to re-use it. Ina
mill, in the beverage and beer industries those bottles are a
little heavier, and they are designed considerably plainer,
compared to distilled spirit bottles. In order to make a bottle
re-usable, it should have added weight to give it strength for
repeated use, and this then would turn the tables in a very
peculiar way in that it would put a demand for tonnage of
glass on the glass industry now which they do not have, and
the net result would be the demanding of more tonnage of
glass, the making of fewer glass containers in the available
time to meet the situation that this order was primarily de-
signed for.
That singles out the distillery industry, but the same thing
applies to the re-use of bottles for foods and other things.
The question really should have covered re-uses generally,
and there again the same distribution problem, return prob-
lem, the same bottle-washing problem, is in all of the indus-
tries except the Big Three that re-use the bottles, that is, the
dairy, the beverage and the brewery groups.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Dr. Toulouse, there is another question
which has just been handed to me: “What are the bottle
manufacturers doing to insure sufficient supplies to pharma-
ceutical manufacturers? It is getting more difficult each day
to get such bottles as amber round packers (whatever that
is).”
Dr. TouLouse: The situation there is probably tied up
with the glass situation in general. That is, all branches are
finding it difficult to get bottles. Pharmaceuticals are men-
tioned, and if you will pardon my reference to my own com-
pany’s experience, one of our plants making pharmaceutical
prescription-packed bottles, has blocked out its available
production between now and after the first of July 1944.
That industry, of course, has not been required to use a stand-
ard bottle, although much of the product goes in standard-
ized bottles. If standardization were brought in there,
128 MODEKN PACKAGING
there might be an additional pickup in volume, but I can only
say that that industry probably ranks next to foods in essen-
tialty and will feel less restriction than some of the others and
their situation is no different from the general glass situation
as a whole, in that all goods are having difficulties in placing
orders, especially for quick delivery. The deliveries are slow
because scheduling is a problem and because everybody who
wants the bottles is, of course, getting his orders in and asking
for delivery.
CHAIRMAN LYNCH: Here is a question on plastics: ‘‘Will
there be lower cost plastics available for packaging users,
and if so what type of plastic materials may we expect to
have available at lower prices?”
Mr. Brown: I presume that question means in the post-
war period. If that is the case, the answer is ‘‘Yes.’’ Cer-
tainly, in some types we will definitely have lower-cost ma-
terials that will be better able to compete with the older
packaging materials. The reason for that is that the chemical
industry—and we are part of the chemical industry—has
enormously expanded the production of some of the raw ma-
terials which we use. Most of that expansion is not neces-
sarily being used in plastics today, but, chemically speaking,
they are the same materials that we can use to make plastics
after the war.
In some instances, the progress in the production of a raw
material has taken place during the war that would have
taken place possibly 10 or 15 years under normal peacetime
procedure in getting a product from the laboratory into full-
scale commercial production. The result will undoubtedly
be lower cost in the raw materials that we use and hence
lower cost in our products.
x KKK *
CHAIRMAN LyNcH: I have another question here on con-
tainers: ‘“‘Is salvaging and re-use of corrugated cases neces-
sary?”
Mr. MAtcotmson: It is evidently the Government’s
opinion that it is very necessary, because all the releases
that have come from Washington in the past few days have
urged the shippers to re-use containers wherever possible.
This is on dangerous ground, because you have to leave it
to the judgment of each shipper as to what is a re-usable
container. The freight regulations don’t prohibit the use of
secondhand containers, but Rule 5 of the classification does
say that no container shall be shipped unless it is in a condi-
tion to insure safe and adequate transportation.
We view with considerable alarm this move because there
is always a temptation to take a box that maybe wasn’t any
too good in the first place, and re-use it maybe the second and
third time, and the loss and damage that might result in
freight might be even more than the saving involved. The
loss of good will is even more intangible and dangerous.
My recommendation would be that each shipper give seri-
ous consideration to the possibility of re-using and then don’t
just let everybody in your shipping department decide what
box can be re-used. Instead, pick one capable man and make
him solely responsible for the decision as to which box can be
re-used, and in that way you can at least put all the responsi-
bility on one trustworthy man for deciding that very im-
portant point.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: I have a question here on tubes.
“What chance do you think there will be that more tin will
rn
of Ww we A
Ss Qa. ff
for
ve!
= «
be allotted to the industry because of the efforts of the Tin
Salvage Institute?”
Mr. REMINGTON: Tin is a very critical material and it is
one in which the supply will continue to diminish and not
increase. The tube industry never did get back the tin that it
salvaged in the Tin Salvage Institute. That tin moved on
to other war uses,
The net result is that I do not think there will be any addi-
tional tin allocated to the industry, but that the total
amount under the present restriction order may even go
down, so that there is more apt to be less tin available than
more tin.
In turn that fits into the necessity for research on the part
of the tube industry and its customers to supply suitable
liners for the tubes now being made. The only exception to
my statement will be the precise types of pharmaceuticals
which are permitted to use tin under the tin restriction order.
Such pharmaceuticals could get an increased over-all amount
of tin solely because of the nature of the product
x *wkKKK *
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Here is a question on metal cans:
‘When the war is over and the present restrictions are elim-
inated, how long will it be before the can industry can con-
vert to container manufacture?”
Mr. BuscHMAN: It is my opinion that for the greatest
part, can manufacturing facilities are available right now. In
other words, it remains only for the shortage of raw materials.
to be alleviated before we can swing right back into container
production. There will be no serious delay in converting can.
manufacturers back to normal requirements.
CHAIRMAN LyncuH: I have another one while you are here:
“T think many here would be interested in the present and
future availability of a type of container not touched upon
this morning; namely, steel drums in 55-gallon and 5-gallon
capacity.”
Mr. BuscHMAN: The demands for military: needs are so
great that in my opinion there is very little, if any. possi-
bility for any release in the present restrictions. The war
program as we know it, calls for tremendous step-up in
5-gallon and 55-gallon containers for gasoline, and I doubt
whether you would be able to get any relief unless you are
operating on at least a double A priority.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Here is another one: ‘The cosmetic
industry has been cut to 65 per cent of its glass use under
L-103. Will there be any special dispensation with respect to
opal glassware that has been generally used by the cosmetic
industry?”
Dr. TouLouse: I think not; because the furnaces used
for that glass, which is simply an opaque glass, are the same
as used for other glass products, and since it is possible to con-
vert those furnaces and make, for instance, food bottles, I
don’t believe that any special dispensation will be given the
cosmetic industry.
CHAIRMAN LyNcH: This one is on boxboard: ‘‘What are
the possibilities of further restrictive orders, or the issuance
of control orders regarding the use of boxboard by the War
Production Board?”
Mr. Huyssoon: Of course, any forecast as to what the War
Production Board is likely to do is always very dangerous,
but I don’t think that the present thinking down there is
along the lines of further limitation orders in the use of box-
board. I think probably any further attempt to issue control
orders will be along the lines of partial allocation or partial
priority.
It is almost impossible to consider the relative essentiality
of all of the uses of boxboard for civilian requirements. It is
easy to take off the top requirements for the armed service,
Lend-lease, and so on, but after you have done that, to at-
tempt to establish a 1, 2, 3 classification of requirements for
civilian uses is a terrific job.
CHAIRMAN LyncuH: “Is there any change to be made in the
weights of liner stocks of shipping containers in order to in-
crease the amount of liner stock for shipping containers
such as on lightweight liners, and so forth?”
Mr. Matcotmson: I don’t think so. Many people don’t
realize that their present Rule 41 is already an emergency rule
to reduce the caliber. That rule was made effective November
15, 1941, for one year and at the end of that year the emer-
gency still existed and it was extended several times and is now
slated to expire next February 15. This emergency rule under
which we are operating in the corrugated industry does permit
the use of 9-point liners, 14-point and 23-point for the heavier
boxes, and I know the railroads are firmly convinced that those
calibers are too light right now and they intend to go back to
the old rule or something very similar at the very earliest
moment they can. At this point they feel that will be next
February, so that in answer to that question I don’t think
there is much room for any further reduction in caliber with-
out greatly increasing the chances of loss and damage in
shipment due to ineffective protection.
xKkKKwKk *
CHAIRMAN LYNCH: Here is one on metal cans: ‘‘When tin
cans are again available, will they be cheaper or more ex-
pensive than they were before the war?”
Mr. BuscHMAN: Inasmuch as the food containers and
standard type can prices have been constant during the war
period, it is reasonable to presume they should continue after
the war. Whether the present price structure will remain
undisturbed, in my opinion undoubtedly will be determined
by the raw material and available labor costs existent after
the war.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Another question on tubes: “Should
collapsible tubes be looked to as a relief substitute to cover
shortages of other containers?”
Mr. REMINGTON: I should say distinctly not. That is
because of the fact that the collapsible tube industry had
better set itself on record as being sold out, at least, for the
year 1944.
CHAIRMAN LyNCH: Here is one on protective papers:
“What will be the effect of wastepaper salvage on the light-
weight protective papers?”
Mr. Connor: At first glance it would seem that the
production of lightweight protective papers is definitely tied
up with the salvage campaign. To some extent that is true.
If the campaign is successful, obviously, certain pulps are
going to be released for use in protective papers. However,
the salvage papers cannot be used directly in most protective
papers.
CHAIRMAN LyNncH: ‘‘What materials are available for small
molded transparent boxes preferably with compartments for
separating small metal items? Over-all size, roughly 3 X 6
X 2 deep, cover hinged or telescope type. What would be
DECEMBER °* 1943 129
the minimum thickness of walls of a box for such purpose?
Net weight of contents up to one pound.”
Mr. Brown: The materials available would depend on the
actual product that was going into the box. If it were a war
product or a fairly high level of civilian essentiality, we could
use any one of three or four different materials. Polystyrene,
possibly; phenol-formaldehyde, for example. I wouldn’t
try to answer the engineering questions until I see a blue-
print.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: ‘Are AA-1 orders given precedence
over lower rated orders in the corrugated box industry?”
Mr. Matcotmson: I think if they are not we are liable to
have a $10,000 fine and a year in jail, or something like that.
Actually, though, we have to file a rating pattern with Wash-
ington at stated intervals showing exactly how much per-
centage of our business is in each of the different categories
and those, of course, are all subject to checking up, Govern-
ment inspection, and so forth. I haven’t said a word about
the integrity of the industry, but I can assure you that
those AA orders are observed very religiously.
x KK Kk *
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Here is a corker: ‘‘Are 71/2 per cent
tin lead collapsible tubes to be made available after the first
of the year? This question is in reference to the announce-
ment that probably after the first of the year only coated lead
tubes will be available. If the above is true, are lacquers and
waxes to be made available in this use for pharmaceutical
packages? Can we look for an easing up of the waterproof
paper situation for export government packaging in the next
two or three months? Have any developments been made, or
is any development in process on other substitute metallic
tubes?”
Mr. REMINGTON: Well, there are really two separate ques-
tions there. I won’t even touch on the one relating to paper
or waxed papers of any kind.
As far as tubes are concerned, I am not at all sure that 71/2
‘per cent tin coated or alloy tubes are going to be withdrawn.
I am hoping that they will not be withdrawn.
However, if they are, I think that the over-all wax picture,
which is the only one that I can answer at this moment, is
sufficiently good that pharmaceuticals would probably have
good resistant waxes allotted to the tube industry for that type
of coating. ;
That is only a personal opinion and the first thing, as I
said, about hoping that 71/2 per cent would be retained is
also a personal hope. I have not been given any clear indica-
tion that they expect to withdraw that perticular type of tube
from the market for pharmaceutical use for the present time
at least.
The last part of the question, as I recall it, deals with other
materials. There has been considerable work done by, I
might call it generally, the plastics industry in the production
of a plastic tube or plastic tubes. I am not in any position to
answer the extent to which they have been successful, and I
simply know that the collapsible tube industry is in the posi-
tion that it thinks there will be an adequate supply of lead and
a sufficient amount of allotted tin to continue its present
volume.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: Mr. Connor, do you want to answer
that question on paper? It says, ‘Can we look for any easing
up of the waterproof situation—the waterproof paper situa-
130 MODERN PACKAGING
tion for export Government packaging in the next two or
three months?”’
Mr. Connor: I am a little bit nonplussed, because [ ~
didn’t think there was a great shortage there. Those of us
that are more interested in the civilian field, so far as water-
proof or moisture-vaporproof barriers are concerned, have
had some considerable difficulty in getting materials because
of the greatly increased demands for overseas packaging.
There are in the wax fields a great many substitutes being
developed at the present time. Some of them are relatively
wax-free. That is going to extend the amount of wax which is
now available for those uses, and if the demand for overseas
shipment continues to grow, it can grow probably to the extent
that wax can be extended.
Mr. REMINGTON: I would like to amplify my statements,
particularly after what the last gentleman has said.
There are a great many different types of waxes that are
used by the collapsible tube industry as inside liners. Some of
them are critical. Some are not. When we first started lining
tubes with waxes, it was our desire to give the customer the
best available wax that could be obtained.
However, there are a great many products on the market
that could use, may I say, less critical and more available
waxes. The result is that perhaps some customers will be
asked to take a wax that is more available and not as highly
protective simply because his product doesn’t need as much
protection as was originally thought.
So by such a division of types of waxes with types of prod-
ucts, we believe that the tube industry will receive enough
waxes for its purpose.
CHAIRMAN LyncH: ‘‘Will standardization be extended in
the glass field?”
Dr. TouLouseE: I do not believe that standardization will
be extended very far. A few minutes ago there was a question
on pharmaceuticals, and that is representative of one: field
that has not been forced into a standardized package. The
possibility of such a requirement of course always exists. The
industry that is required to use a standardized package will
have to give up, as food and other industries already have
given up, the versatility of the glass container in design. The
glass industry itself is giving up similarly one of its chief dif-
ferences in the versatility of design.
A possible pattern has been given by the recent addition of
the particular types of bottles we call Boston Rounds. That
is a simple round bottle, or an oblong bottle, and there are a
few other standards which are not yet obligatory. That could
be required, and there would be a pickup in the amount of bot-
tles that could be made by the same machinery.
I am firmly of the opinion that many in industry would be
without a package to take their goods to market if it had not
been for the standardization that went through last year.
The drugs are largely in standardized containers already.
Proprietary products and pharmaceuticals other than the
drug industry as a whole are not in standardized containers.
Some standardization might be done in the milk bottle field,
although there is a fairly standard milk bottle. Nevertheless,
the short-run proposition, that is the small orders, to take up
considerable production time in the preparation period that
precedes the manufacture itself.
So for that reason I say that standardization can be ex-
tended only a very little so far as gains are concerned, but I
should not wonder but what the drug and cosmetic industry,
drugs and proprietary products, medicines and the like and
possibly cosmetics, would be the ones where standardization
could be effected if WPB so considered.
eas
ent
are
2 of
ing
the
ket
ble
be
hly
uch
‘od-
ugh
1 in
will
tion
ield
The
The
will
ave
The
dif-
n of
‘hat
rea
yuld
bot-
1 be
not
ady.
the
1ers.
ield,
less,
2 up
that
ut I
try,
and
tion
CHAIRMAN LyNncH: That completes the questions that
were written. We will be glad to answer any question from
the floor that we are capable of answering.
Mr. Burroucns, Western Electric: On the containers for
re-use, second-hand containers, in connection with the label
there has been a preparation which has been worked out
which is something that you can put right on the container
that will mark out the present label and you can get the name
of the manufacturer by writing to Tomiska, at Washington.
In connection with this Monsanto Chemical Co. matter, on
waterproofing with waxes, I don’t know whether this will be
of any interest or not on Army and Navy packages: we take
the article and put it in a corrugated carton. That corrugated
carton is wrapped in wax paper which in turn is dipped in
wax, half at a time, and allowed to dry. That in turn is put
into a fibreboard container and sealed with friction tape.
That is one of the uses of a wax barrier that we have found
to be very successful in the past.
x KK
FRIDAY AFTERNOON, November 5
Machinery and Production Round Table.— Presiding: Wat-
LACE D. KIMBALL, | st vice-president, Standard-Knapp Corp.,
Portland, Conn. Members of the panel: JoHN W. Hooper,
vice-president, American Machine & Foundry Co., Brooklyn;
GeorcE A. Moniman, president, Package Machinery Co.,
Springfield, Mass.; DExTER Nortu, chief, War Production
Section, Office of Alien Property Custodian, Washington.
Mr. Hooper: As most of you may know by now, the
Army has attempted to regularize the administration pro-
cedures involving the termination of Army contracts. To
date I am not aware that any such procedure has been worked
out by the Navy.
I believe they are conducting termination arrangements
informally and entirely around the termination clause that
they standardized on some 16 months ago which has been
changed a number of times. So, our consideration today will
resolve itself into a consideration of Procurement regulation
No. 15, and the Accounting Manual the Army has gotten out.
Regulation PR-15 prescribes two modes of settlement. One
is called the negotiated method and the other is called the
formula method. In theory the negotiated settlement is one
whereby the prime contractor and the contracting officer get
together and agree on a settlement, on a basis perhaps not
strictly related to cost or inventory.
In order to make clear just what I mean in the way of a
negotiated settlement: you may be a contractor who does
not operate on a particularly elaborate set of job costs or
standard costs, and you might therefore find it very difficult
to agree or to prepare the prescribed data that would enable
you to set forth a claim for recovery based on inventory values
or accumulated costs. Therefore, you go to the contracting
officer and you say, ‘‘Here—our engineering records and our
production records indicate that 60 per cent of the work has
been completed. Therefore, we ought to get 60 per cent of the
contract price.”” If the contractor can substantiate his 60
per cent by engineering evidence, that is satisfactory to the
Army contracting officer.
You and J, however, as practical people, know that if we
were in the shoes of the contracting officer, we would want as
much bookkeeping, arithmetical computation as possible to
satisfy you or me, as the contracting officer, that the engineer-
ing estimates were reliable in the face of the accumulated ex-
perience of the particular contractor on that contract or any
similar contracts that might be used as a guide, or any similar
previously performed contracts that might be used as a guide
before passing final judgment.
Therefore, as a practical matter, I concede that the nego-
tiated contract will simply resolve itself into the use of the
formula method, whereby, in the long run, you will be called
upon either to settle on an inventory basis or else to settle
upon the basis of accumulated costs.
From the standpoint of the settlement of the contracts
where termination has been ordered, the prime contractor
deals directly with the Government, and the Government
deals directly with the prime contractor only. There is no
direct line from the Government to the subcontractor. Set-
tlements are entirely between the prime contractor and the
Government. However, this does not mean that the prime
contractor is called upon to accumulate all of the claims
of his subcontractors before receiving a settlement for his own
expenditures or claims. The prime contractor may submit
his claim independent of the subcontractors, and obtain set-
tlement from the Government. However, in order to protect
himself (I am talking now of the prime contractor) against
his subcontractors, it behooves him to take immediate steps
and intensive steps to get his subcontractors to file their
claims through him as soon as possible, because if you do not
do that you will have a contingent liability which is more
than a contingent liability; it is a direct liability hanging
over your heads as prime contractors, for all the period that
the subcontractor will not have had his claim satisfied.
There is nothing in the regulation so far, or in the contract
clause, that specifies a time limit within which a subcontractor
must file his claims.
Now, then, any payments to be made by the Government
will pass through the prime contractor to the subcontractor.
The subcontractor has no direct claim on the Government.
The claim of the subcontractor is against the prime contrac-
tor. Therefore, if there is a question of the solvency of the
prime contractor, an arrangement will be made whereby the
Government will pay to the prime contractor, in trust for the
subcontractor, a percentage of the claim of the subcontrac-
tor. That is provided for in PR-15. I am expressing a per-
sonal opinion now when I say that I very much doubt the
ultimate effectiveness of that, because the subcontractor,
along with other suppliers, is a general contractor, and in the
absence of an assignment (which, incidentally, does not im-
pair the rights of other creditors) I fail to see how a trust
arrangement could be made that would stand up against the
claims of other creditors. The only kind of assignment that
would stand up would be in the case of a bank loan or an as-
signment at a time when it was definite that said assignment
was not an act of bankruptcy. And how anyone in these
days can tell whether we are bankrupt or not, I am sure I
don’t know.
Of course there is the practical consideration that the
subcontractor may go to the Government and say, ‘“‘Here—
this fellow is not sound, and we want some money,’’ and you
might get together with a contracting officer and, by an ex-
change of checks, as it were, (a Government check to the
prime contractor endorsed over then by him to the sub-
contractor) immediately pass the necessary funds to the
subcontractor.
Nevertheless, the claim of the subcontractor is against the
prime contractor, and that point should not be overlooked,
because at no time in his claim directly against the Govern-
DECEMBER ®* 1943 131
ment. The procedure outlined here is the correct one.
(Mr. Hooper then quoted at length from a speech given
before the New York Credit Men’s Assn. by Maj. Elbridge
Stratton, Officer in Charge of Terminations, New York
Ordnance District. A significant excerpt follows.)
“|, . a brief summary of the facts in connection with two
claims which were actually settled in our district. Nego-
tiated settlement was used in both cases. In the first case,
the total cost basis was the method followed, and the second
the inventory basis.
“The claim submitted on the total cost basis was in con-
nection with a contract for the production of 2,350,000
units, total contract price $718,000. The contract was par-
tially terminated, and the number of units reduced from
2,350,000 to 109,000. Production had not been completed
on 109,000 at the time of the partial termination, but was
completed approximately six weeks later, and the contractor
then submitted his claim.
‘His total costs were $74,200. He had received payment
for the completed units, $33,300. So there was a balance
representing his claim of $40,900, exclusive of profit allow-
ance and exclusive of his subcontractors’ claims, of which
there were seven, totaling $17,500. His costs were made
up of direct costs consisting of labor, material, and factory
overhead, and indirect costs, general administrative expen-
ses, and office salaries.
“The costs were reviewed in our office, and an auditor was
sent to the contractor’s plant to review his cost records. As
a result of this audit, certain items of cost, totaling $6,400,
appeared to us to be unjustified. These eliminations in-
cluded certain administrative costs, and rent extending be-
yond the time of the termination of the contract. The other
reductions were small and covered four or five other items.
“After giving effect to these reductions, to which the con-
tractor agreed, his costs applicable to the terminated part
of the contract were reduced from $40,900 to $34,500.
“In the contractor’s original proposal, his breakdown of the
unit price indicated a profit of 10 per cent, but it was agreed
between him and our negotiator, on the basis of the record
of performance of the contract to the date of termination,
that he would not have realized a profit of more than 4 per
cent, had the contract been completed. So the rate of 4 per
cent was applied to the total costs, as adjusted, and after
subtracting the amount which he had been paid on com-
pleted items, this left his claim of $35,900. He did have cer-
tain materials on hand, which he offered to retain at a dis-
count of approximately 25 per cent of their costs. We ac-
cepted this figure, and final settlement was reached with him
at the figure of $33,400.
“The subcontractors’ claims, totaling $17,500, were ex-
amined in our office. We made suggestions as to two or
three of them to our prime contractor. He went back for
some further negotiations with his subcontractors and a
small adjustment of $1,500 was made, so they were settled
at a total of $16,000.”
A question was later asked at this meeting at which this
talk was given with regard to what would happen in the
case of a subcontractor’s refusal to accept the write-down in
his claim that was proposed to the prime contractor by the
contracting officer, and it was said in no uncertain language
that the final dealing was entirely between the subcontractor
and the prime contractor, and that if the subcontractor once
went to law on it in a suit against the prime contractor, the
Army would acknowledge the judgment of the court. So it
spells out very definitely the principle that even though the
Army may recommend a write-down of your subcontractor’s
claims, the ultimate settlement of the claim of the subcon-
tractor is between the subcontractor and the prime contrac-
tor, just as if the Government were not in it.
132 MODERN PACKAGING
; “During the period of negotiations, the contractor re-
quested a partial payment. At that time we had received
his claim, given it an office review, and were satisfied that.
he was at least entitled to $20,000 payment, which we
promptly made him. He in turn used this to pay off the
balance of his bank loan, and it put him in a position to
negotiate an entirely new bank loan in connection with an-
other Government contract.
“Exactly three months elapsed between the filing of the
contractor’s claim and the approval of a negotiated settle-
ment by our contracting officer.’
I happen to know that they are doing their best to speed up
settlements,
“Briefly, the facts in connection with the other claim,
which was made on an inventory basis, covered a con-
tract for the production of 1,200,000 units at a contract
price of $93,000. This contract was terminated to the
extent of 441/. per cent. As soon as production was
complete, the contractor was able to prepare his claim and
file it, one month after that date.
“Computed on the inventory basis, his claim amounted
to $14,700, consisting of raw materials on hand, parts in
process, commercial parts on hand and unamortized costs of
various tools. The claim was reviewed in our office and an
auditor was sent to the contractor’s plant to make a selective
audit, and the check completely substantiated the contrac-
tor’s claim. He agreed to retain certain tools which were, of
course, applied as a credit. We allowed him a profit allow-
ance based on the indicated rate which he had made on the
units produced and delivered. In this case a total period of
two months and 24 days elapsed between the filing of the
claim and the negotiated settlement.
“In some cases the period has been longer—considerably
longer—than two months and 24 days or three months. In
some cases it has been shorter. I think as contractors ac-
quire greater familiarity with these procedures, and as we—
the Government personnel—have more extended training,
we hope to steadily reduce the average time.”
x *KK Kk *
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Are there any questions that you
would like to ask Mr. Hooper?
Mr. FERVER, Package Machinery Co.: Are there any con
tracts now being negotiated with the Government which
specifically state what the price will be for profit percentage
that will be allowed on the uncompleted portion of the con-
tract cancelled, and would it not be a good way to get
around some of the difficulties?
Mr. Hooper: The Army is trying to obtain from prime
contractors (and is pretty successful in doing it today) an
estimate of the amount of profit included in the contract or
in the estimate given for the job before the contract is closed.
But I do not know of anything in any contract I have seen or
heard of where a profit percentage is stipulated to be paid the
contractor in the event the contract is terminated for any
reason.
Mr. Moui_man: I understand, John, that every contract
has to stand on its own feet. It is not like renegotiation where
they are all lumped together, but that every time you make
a contract you still have to negotiate each one with the con-
tracting officer. Is that right?
Mr. Hooper: That is correct.
Mr. Paw.inc, The De Laval Separator Co.: By what
method can the so-called profit be applied to the uncompleted
Th
cratic
living
judge
disint
ved
hat
we
the
an-
the
tle-
up
im,
on-
act
the
was
and
ted
in
; of
ive
‘ac-
, of
Ww-
the
l of
the
you
on
ich
age
get
me
an
or
ed.
1 or
the
any
‘act
ere
ake
‘on-
hat
ted
portion of a contract when the completed unit is being sold at
a loss?
Mr. Hooper: I think that right here, in the second case
that I mentioned, it might be possible if you can get them to
agree to it. But in the case that I cited here, where the con-
tractor estimated originally a 10 per cent profit, in the final
upshot of the case on termination, his records indicated he was
only earning 4 per cent, and then he was only allowed his 4
per cent profit, and not what he originally estimated, namely,
10 per cent. So, if you apply that principle, I think you will
know what your answer is.
That is why Mr. Mohlman pointed out that, unfortunately,
contract termination and the negotiations that go along with
it, are a one-way street. It just goes in one direction, and
you do not have a chance to offset the traffic coming in the
other direction.
Mr. Barr: The questions that have been asked here indi-
cate that there is some provision for the normal profit or the
anticipated profit on the uncompleted part of a cancelled con-
tract. It has been my understanding that there has been no
allowance made for the profit that you would get on the un-
completed part of such a contract. Am I correct about
that?
Mr. Hooper: You are correct in your understanding,
Charlie. I have in my hand a booklet called ““War Contract
Termination Procedure’’—as announced on September 1 by
the War Department in Regulation 15, and parts of the
“Termination Accounting Manual for Fixed Price Contracts.”’
This also was published by the National Association of Credit
Men, and I imagine you can obtain it easily enough by
sending for it if you wish to have it.
zx KKK *
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: We wish to thank you, John, for
your fine contribution.
In the next subject on our program for the afternoon we
have another nut to crack—the re-negotiation of contracts,
and in view of the fact that the president of your association,
and also the president of the Packaging Machinery Corp. of
Springfield, has been re-negotiated, we have asked him to tell
us what he knows about the situation. Mr. George A. Mohl-
maft.
Mr. MouLMAN: One of the important questions for busi-
ness today is—shall we re-negotiate or not. Those who have
decided that they don’t want to will find, after considerable
hesitation, that they must, or should, if they want to continue
to do business with the Government. I quote a paragraph
from the Under Secretary of the Navy’s letter to the Lincoln
Electric Co.
“If you wish to be heard with respect to the determination
of excessive profits for your fiscal year ended December 31,
1942, please advise me not later than October 21, 1948.
Otherwise, action will be taken to eliminate such excessive
profits for your fiscal year ended December 31, 1942, by di-
recting the withholding of payments otherwise due to you
by the Government and by prime contractors with the
Government.”
This is technically legal, but is an example of the bureau-
cratic pressure which is going on, and under which we are
living for the time being. It makes the department the final
judge of what a profit should be without an appeal to some
disinterested tribunal which would look at both sides dis-
passionately. Even a murderer is entitled to a jury trial.
Furthermore, I do not believe that Congress will repeal the
act, although it may organize a joint board, or at least have
standard rules of the game.
Our first direct contract with the Army was made at a
price set by another contractor. We beat his costs so much
that we would voluntarily have returned some of the profit
without re-negotiation, if we had known whom to pay it to.
No one would take the money.
The point is, though, that when we were taken to the
cleaners, the penalty for cutting costs was much greater on us
than on the original contractor. This leads me to wonder if
efficiency and proper shop methods are worth as much in war
work as they are in peace times.
The case of our company is probably typical of those who
have gone through the wringer. When our local committee
from the Ordnance Department first came to us, and said
that they had been authorized to open re-negotiation pro-
ceedings with us, we were glad to see them, admitted that
we probably had made too much money by accepting someone
else’s prices for the machines we were told to build and told
the board to go ahead and figure out what they thought we
should pay, and we would abide by their decision. In a few
weeks they came back and submitted a figure, and we told
them that we would certainly stand by what we had said,
and accepted the amount that they recommended we pay
without question.
That was in October, 1942, and at that time, we and the
local board were given to understand that the local committee
had full authority to make such agreements, and that the War
Department in Washington would only interfere in cases of
fraud or other criminal practices.
Four months after this signed agreement, the local board
was told by Washington that they had been too liberal, but
would not give any figure which they thought would be satis-
factory. We felt that not only we, but the local board, had
been double-crossed somewhere along the line, and simply
let the matter rest.
As the result of the delay in the approval of the local board’s
findings, we were not able to present a clean financial state-
ment to our stockholders, and we were forced to hold up many
necessary State and Federal Government certificates, reports
and other papers.
Finally, in September of this year, Washington was per-
suaded to set a figure at which they would close the deal, and
this we accepted, and the matter is now history. The basis
of settlement was a little over 15 per cent on adjusted sales,
and was fair enough, in view of the tendency to settle between
10 per cent and 18 per cent.
If re-negotiation is to continue, I approve of the re-figuring
of prices of such settlements by local boards, because they
know the type and condition of the businesses in their area,
their history and their prospects for postwar business. For
example: the board felt that an old-line pistol and revolver
manufacturer in the area simply existed between wars, and
should be allowed to keep enough of a reserve to help keep
him in business until he might be needed again. This is, per-
haps, an extreme case, but does illustrate the usefulness of
local decisions.
In ordinary business practice, a concern estimates on a job
and figures overhead, taxes, etc., in its costs. These are all
known factors. Re-negotiation is another form of taxation,
but the company quoting has no way of knowing what that
tax will be. For that reason, the tendency is to figure high
and if they don’t get the business, there are always other war
DECEMBER ®* 1943
235
jobs. On the other hand, if you lose money on your contract,
there is no redress or recovery.
After all, what business wants is not a large profit now, but
enough reserve with which to continue business after the war,
and Section 403 could be amended to allow as a cost of pro-
duction, a reasonable charge for reserves for postwar con-
version. If some clear law were enacted by Congress, which
would insure that, the terrors of re-negotiation would be much
less and settlements would be made with less delay. What
the business man fears today is the unknown, whether it is
the definition and amount of excess profits or what. We, as
business men, want to know and should be told what is
going to be left in the pool after we have turned over our
facilities, honestly and sincerely, to the production of ma-
terials for war. At present, we are all in the race, but are not
even running on the same racetrack.
Unless the matter of re-negotiation is left in local hands, it
might be a good idea to have the Internal Revenue Depart-
ment do the work in connection with their tax returns. They
would certainly be able to quickly screen out all concerns
which were obviously not subject to re-negotiation and would
be in a much better position to decide on the amounts that
should be re-paid, because they would have the financial his-
tory of the company involved, for years back, to compare
with present earnings.
This method would take a heavy load off management and
would return just as much revenue to the departments in-
volved without the tremendous expense of the many re-
negotiating bureaus which have been set up throughout the
country. I doubt very much that the Government could show
a profit on the re-negotiated business they recover if the dif-
ference between that amount and the taxes collected by the
Revenue Department were the only yardstick they could
use to go by.
Perhaps at some later date this group might care to take
some action on re-negotiation or make some recommenda-
tions to our political leaders.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Are there any
questions you wish to ask Mr. Mohlman?
Mr. Barr: I want to ask Mr.
Mohlman this question: did you say
that the percentage of profit that was
allowed on your re-negotiated sales was
about 15 per cent?
Mr. MOHLMAN: Yes.
Mr. Barr: Before taxes, of course?
Mr. Mou_MAN: Yes, before taxes—
adjusted sales.
W. D. Kimball
Mr. Barr: It is very surprising the
widespread difference in the percentages that are apparently
allowed. We have heard that they vary all the way from
61/, per cent up to 18 per cent.
Mr. Mouiman: It is all over the lot—and it is a good deal
a matter of horse trading with the powers that be. Most of
our industries represented here must and do operate on a
large percentage of profit. We have to in order to stay in
business and to keep our customers provided with the sort
of things they want through the appropriation of certain of
our profits to experimental work and that sort of thing. I
believe that was taken into consideration in our case. I
think an appeal you could all profitably make, if you come up
for re-negotiation, is that we are in a specialized industry
which does need a large profit in order to keep going and to
keep our customers happy.
134 MODERN PACKAGING
Mr. Browne, The De Laval Separator Co.: I would
like to ask this question: is it true that the Lincoln Electric
Co. profits are in the neighborhood of 2 per cent?
Mr. Mouiman: If you are talking about the Lincoln
Electric Co. which I quoted here, I am not familiar with it
and don’t know.
Mr. Hooper: I understand that the Lincoln Co. has just
gone to court to serve an injunction on the War Department
to prevent the War Department from deferring or withhold-
ing payments to the Lincoln Electric Co. under the award of
$3,200,000. That was recently indicated by the Under
Secretary of War as the amount that the War Department
would expect from the Lincoln Co. and they have gone into
court seeking an injunction. That is the first test case and |
recommend that you all follow it. I am sorry I don’t have
the percentages in mind, but I think we all owe it to ourselves
as a duty to follow that case.
x KKK Kk
Mr. BEecKER, Peters Machinery Co.: Apropos of Mr.
Mohlman’s remarks about the peculiar type of business most
of us are in, I would say that the five-year period on which
they base their conclusions is very important—that is, the
audit for five years from 1939 back to 1934 or ’35, and that is
the basis on which we made up our recommendation for a per-
centage, because we showed a certain percentage of profit
over that five-year period. I believe that is very important
and is applicable mostly to this machinery manufacturers
group.
Mr. Hooper: George suggested that we all ought to get
after our representatives and see if they could not do some-
thing about this Re-negotiation Act. At the present time,
Wesley Disney of the Ways and Means Committee has been
chairmaning a subcommittee of the Ways and Means Com-
mittee with a view to drawing up a bill for modifying the
Re-negotiation Act so that you should direct your attention,
if you are going to take any political action at all, to the ac-
tivity of that subcommittee and the bill that is now before
the House Ways and Means Committee. It is important, if
you want something done, that you express yourselves now,
because the public hearings are all over. Now is the time
for you to take action.
Mr. MoutMANn: Yes, that is quite true. I think we should
do it at once, because the hearings are over and the conclusions
will come out very shortly. Any pressure we can put on the
Ways and Means Committee or our own Representatives
should be done right away.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: I think we ought to use what in-
fluence we can in this matter. It is something that is very
important.
Mr. SToKEs, Stokes & Smith: I am wondering whether we
as a group cannot send a telegram to Washington on this.
Wouldn’t our collective strength be better than our doing it
each one as a separate individual? There is not very much
time to act.
Mr. Moutman: That is what I had in mind in the last
paragraph of my remarks. I am glad Mr. Stokes has brought
itup. I think this Machinery Institute is strong and powerful
enough and well enough known to make such a telegram
worth while. I would like to hear someone make a resolution
which would be appropriate.
vould
ectric
ncoln
ith it
5 just
ment
hold-
rd of
Jnder
ment
- into
and J
have
elves
most
vhich
, the
lat is
L per-
or ofit
rtant
urers
O get
;ome-
time,
been
Som-
x the
ition,
e ac-
efore
nt, if
now,
time
10uld
sions
n the
tives
it in-
very
er we
this.
ing it
much
> Jast
yught
verful
gram
ution
Mr. STOKES: I would like to offer such a resolution.
Mr. Mou_tmMan: What form shall we put it in? Do you
want to work it out?
Mr. STOKES: I would be very happy to leave it in your
hands, sir.
Mr. MouHLMAN: We shall do what we can, then, on it.
Mr. STOKES: I so move.
Mr. Barr: I second the motion.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: It has been moved and seconded
that an appropriate telegram or letter be sent to the proper
parties in Washington relative to this matter and that the
wording thereof be left to Mr. George Mohlman. All those
in favor will please signify by saying ‘‘Aye.’”’ Contrary-
minded? It is carried and so ordered.
Mr. Hooper: May I make a suggestion there, too? At
the present time, termination, as we know, is being taken
care of by the Army only on single contracts. I think the
association ought to take some steps to get itself on record
with respect to the need for over-all termination and the need
for one body—the same as we are trying to work toward one
body on re-negotiation.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Doesn't that require additional ac-
tion—taking the matter up with the War Department in
addition to the Ways and Means Committee?
Mr. Hooper: No. There are hearings going on today on
the subject of termination with the idea in mind of enacting
a new bill that will allow financing of prime contractors on
termination, including a provision for an over-all hearing
body and over-all hearing regulations. That along with the
other matter ought to be addressed to the Ways and Means
Committee.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: George, you are the president of this
outfit now. We will let you wrestle with this problem.
Mr. MOHLMAN: We will work it out.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Are you satisfied, then, to have
John Hooper and George Mohlman work that out which-
ever way they see fit and send proper communications to the
proper people?
(Common consent was given by those present.)
x *wk*kKKk *
I want to call your attention to something that may or may
not be of interest to you. That has to do with the foreign
patents held by the Alien Property Custodian. In connection
with that subject we have been successful in inducing Mr.
Dexter North to come here this afternoon and tell us some-
thing about these alien patents.
Mr. Nortu: I am very happy to have this opportunity
to come here to talk to you about the subject of enemy pat-
ents for the reason that we are confident they will play an
important role in the transition period from a war to a civilian
economy and I suppose many of you are now thinking of the
postwar period.
The Alien Property Custodian has seized approximately
45,000 patents and patent applications of enemy aliens and
nationals of occupied countries, of which over two-thirds are
enemy. Their average remaining life is estimated to be 7 or
8 years. These patents constitute about one-sixteenth of all
unexpired United States patents so the Alien Property Custo-
dian controls the largest number of patents in the United
States. They cover inventions in nearly every field and rep-
resent millions of man-hours of research and the expenditure
of many millions of dollars. The inventions represent some
of the finest foreign research achievements, particularly in
dyes, plastics, pharmaceuticals, rayon, alloys and electronics.
A goodly number relate to packages and packaging machinery,
of which I shall speak in more detail later.
A series of digests, describing alien patents of particular
interest to the packaging field, prepared by Harold A.
Levey, will be presented in the forthcoming January
issue of MODERN PACKAGING.
On specific instructions from the President, the enemy
patents will neither be returned to their former owners, nor
sold. The patents formerly belonging to nationals of occupied
countries are being administered by the Custodian not only
for the benefit of the people of the United States but also for
their former owners who cannot under present conditions
manage them.
The patent licensing policy of the Alien Property Custodian
is directed towards two main objectives—winning the war,
and the permanent enlargement of our national production in
the postwar period. To obtain the maximum effectiveness
of this program, the following licensing conditions were de-
cided upon:
1. Under enemy patents and patent applications not ex-
clusively licensed prior to vesting, licenses will be non-
exclusive, royaliy-free for the life of the patents. Pre-
viously outstanding licenses will not be disturbed where
American interests exist, unless necessary for the war
effort.
Under patents and patent applications belonging to na-
tionals of enemy-occupied countries, not already ex-
clusively licensed, non-exclusive licenses will be granted
for the life of the patent. When no license is already out-
standing, new licenses will be royalty-free for the dura-
tion of the war and six months thereafter, and then sub-
ject to reasonable royalties. When non-exclusive
royalty-bearing licenses are already in effect, new licenses
will carry, for the life of the patent, the same royalty
terms as the licenses already outstanding.
3. Existing exclusive licensees under vested enemy patents
have the option of exchanging their royalty-bearing
exclusive licenses for non-exclusive royalty-free licenses,
but otherwise these licenses will be maintained except
where the public interest or the needs of the licensee may
require the revision of agreements.
4. Each licensee, unless operating upon a war secrecy
agreement, will report periodically to the Custodian on
the extent of his use of the patent.
5. The Custodian reserves the right to revoke a license.
In the absence of express Congressional authority, the
Government does not appear to have the power to
dispose of property on royalty-free terms except with
provision for recapture when in the public interest. No
reasons are apparent, in the absence of misconduct on the
part of the licensee, why licenses should be revoked.
bo
We have not yet issued licenses on patents of nationals of oc-
cupied countries, a subject on which we are consulting with
the State Department acting on behalf of the governments-in-
exile. Satisfactory clearing of this situation is anticipated in
the near future.
I have already pointed out that we are recognizing pre-
viously outstanding exclusive licenses. In order to ascertain
which patents were so licensed the Custodian issued a general
order requiring all licensees under vested patents to report the
facts in the case and other pertinent information. Our li-
censees are assured that the patents under which they are
operating are unencumbered with prior claims, and if this
position is challenged in the courts, the Custodian has ar-
ranged with the Department of Justice for the defense of the
licensees at any future time.
You will be interested to learn of the progress of our licens-
DECEMBER ®* 1943
135
ing program. As of October 20, the number of license applica-
tions received was 615, involving 8643 patents, and the num-
ber of licenses issued was 269, involving 1153 patents, both
patent figures being net after elimination of duplicates.
We are under no illusions that this is a great achievement,
but are aware that considerable time and research are often
necessary to prove a patent and that our industries are too
busy with war contracts to give thought to new products or
new processes. We have just initiated intensive efforts to
bring these patents to the attention of small industries of the
country.
I have with me a supply of our Index of patents vested in
the Alien property Custodian. This Index shows the num-
ber of patents which the Custodian holds, grouped according
to some 300 Patent Office classes. You will find there numer-
ous classes relating to packaging machinery and packages.
I have some mimeographed lists of the more important
classes. From the index sheet you can order from our Chicago
office those sections or classes of the catalog of patents which
interest you. The catalog lists the title, number, class and
sub-class of each patent. From these lists I have selected at
random a few titles of patents which might be of interest to
some of you who are connected with the packaging industry
as follows:
Closing of tins.
Packing of ground coffee.
Sealing bottles, jars and other receptacles.
Bottle closure.
Egg-carrying device.
Drum.
Cask.
Method of reinforcing the walls of packing cases.
Folding box.
Dispensing and closing device for tablets.
Sanitary toothbrush container.
Cosmetic holding device.
Device for drilling, filling and sealing hollow bodies.
Device for wrapping irregularly shaped objects.
Paper roll wrapping machine.
Machine for labeling and wrapping.
Automatic coin counting and wrapping machine.
Device for closing filled bags.
x KK Kk *
The next step is to examine the actual patents and patent
applications, copies of which may be purchased from the
Patent Office in Washington, inspected in our patent libraries
at our Chicago, New York or Washington offices, or at any of
the 17 depository public libraries receiving copies of United
States patents. Members of our staff at these offices will be
glad to be of assistance to you in examination of our patent
holdings.
Incidentally we have made available printed specifications
of vested pending patent applications, which are obtained in
the same manner and for the same price as copies of patents.
They represent the latest inventions of our enemies and the
countries dominated by them. This is the first time that
printed specifications of a large number of pending United
States patent applications have ever been made available to
the public.
Once you have selected a patent, follow the simple instruc-
tions for obtaining a license as shown in our catalog. A li-
136 MODERN PACKAGING
cense application fee of $15 is charged for each patent, pay.
able at the time of filing the application.
It is a challenge to American industry to put these vested
patents to active use. Failure to use them must not delay our
war production or conversion to peace-time pursuits. The
Custodian’s office stands ready to help you use these patents
to their fullest extent.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: In order to save time and in order to
direct the questions which we would like to put to Mr. North,
I have asked the assistance of a very good friend of mine, Mr.
W. Brown Morton, a partner in Penny, Davis, Marvin &
Edwards, and who is also my patent attorney. Mr. Morton
will direct questions which are pertinent to this problem to
Mr. North and will lead our discussion.
Mr. Morton: I would like to ask Mr. North first: is
there any procedure by which a license can be obtained under
the patents which are owned by corporations in this country
which have been taken over by the Alien Property Custodian?
Mr. Nortu: Yes, a certain number of them. Generally
speaking, we have not vested the patents owned :by corpora-
tions which we have taken over. We are operating those
corporations as going concerns and their patents, accord-
ingly, are worth money. We hope they are. But under the
general broad policies laid down by the Custodian, those
patents which they are not interested in exploiting them-
selves are being laid over to non-exclusive license on royalty-
bearing terms. One company already has published a list of
patents that they are willing to license. I refer to the Schill-
ing Corporation, which is a chemical company. The largest
company which we have vested, the General Aniline and
Chemical Corp., which purchased about five thousand pat-
ents in 1940 from the German I.G. and G.A.F., is now in the
process of evaluating those patents to determine which ones
they want to exploit themselves and which ones they will be
willing to license.
Mr. Morton: Will those lists be published?
Mr. Nort: The Schilling Corporation published their
list and sent it, I believe, to the Patent Bar Association. I
assume other companies will do likewise.
Mr. Morton: Is there any procedure by which an ex-
clusive license can be obtained under any of the enemy patents
which you have seized if the proposed licensee is contemplating
making a substantial investment in going ahead under the
seized patent?
Mr. Nortu: So far, the answer is no. We have had re-
quests for exclusive licenses, but it has been our experience
to date that either they finally have been willing to take non-
exclusive licenses or others have come forward and taken non-
exclusive licenses. There might be certain conditions under
which we would consider limited exclusive licenses. In the
case of a war item, we will say, where the applicant cannot
very well see his way to recouping the development cost (this
is entirely in the talk stage now) we might consider not
granting an additional license until the original licensee has
absorbed the development cost. Or, another alternative
would be that any additional licensees would share in this
development cost until such time as the development costs
are absorbed. Each case will have to be decided on its merits.
Mr. Morton: And no case of that kind has actually come
up as yet?
Mr. NortH: No.
Mr. Morton: I wish you would tell us, Mr. North, some-
thing about the obligation that the licensee assumes under the
licenses (the standard form) which are already issued.
Mr. Nortu: Do you refer to the reporting requirements?
an
on
at
So!
the
he
sul
get
the
8,0
cie
col
ha’
pre
fie!
Wi
Th
901
ser
tio
the
ay-
Sted
our
The
ents
r to
rth,
Mr.
1 &
‘ton
1 to
der
try
an?
ully
ra-
ose
rd-
the
ose
- of
ill-
est
ind
at-
the
nes
nts
ing
Mr. Morton: That, and any other obligations they may
assume. ;
Mr. NORTH: The reporting requirements are very simple,
and are not onerous. A licensee is asked to report annually
on his production under a patent. He may not have produced
at all; in which case all he has to say is ‘‘No production.”’
Some companies have taken out patents merely to safeguard
their patent position. Then he is also asked to report whether
he is conducting research.
Mr. Morton: Is anything being done to abstract the
subject matter of patents so that the prospective licensee can
get a better idea of the patents than merely from the titles?
Mr. NortH: Yes. Iam glad to say that is being done for
the chemical and process industry patents, which total nearly
8,000. The Chicago section of the American Chemical So-
ciety has volunteered to do this work and has appointed a
committee of nearly 250 men to make these abstracts. They
have compieted their job and these abstracts are now in the
process of being edited, indexed and grouped according to
fields of interest.
Beginning in January, we hope the first of the new volumes
will come out and that the job will be completed in February.
There will be a total of 31 or 32 volumes, each with about
900 abstracts. or an average of 150 words each. This will
serve as a very useful short-cut tool in the searches for inven-
tions in particular fields.
Now, on the non-chemical patents, we are discussing the
desirability of reproducing in printed form the drawing and
the claim which is contained in the Official Gazette of the
United States Patent Office. That will be the work of some
36 volumes and we are now sending out a letter to see how
much demand there might be for such a work.
xk kK Kw *
Mr. Morton: Please tell us the advantages of taking out
the non-exclusive license which you are now offering, over
just going ahead and using the subject matter of the seized
patent without that formality.
Mr. Nort: That is a question that is most frequently
asked, probably. In the first place, the license fee is only
$15. It is true that a company will hesitate to operate under
one of these patents, non-exclusively licensed, if it had to
make a large investment in plant and equipment. But do
not forget that any improvements he may work out belong
to him and not to any licensee, and that should be a great
incentive to obtain one of our licenses. Furthermore, most
patents are improving patents, anyway, and a great many of
the enemy patents certainly are subject to improvements by
Yankee ingenuity.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: There were some questions handed
in, of which this is one: ‘‘Will the seized Italian patents be
returned?”
Mr. NortH: So far as we know, there will be no change
in our treatment of Italian patents.
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Another question: ‘‘What incentive
is there for a manufacturer to secure a license from the Alien
Property Custodian and make a substantial investment of
plant and equipment if the license can be revoked at some
future time?’
Mr. Nortu: In the first place, the Government does not
license any of its property in perpetuity, a position for which
ample legal precedents can be cited. For instance, a railroad
may want to put a bridge over a river; but the Government
does not give trem perpetual right to maintain that bridge.
It may be necessary, in the national interest, to remove or
change that bridge some day. But a patent has only a life of
17 years. So we are now discussing the possibility of offering
an irrevocable license, except for cause, which would have the
life of the patent only, and it is possible we may be able to
get around that Government ruling.
I have had it told me that one reason for that revocation
clause is for use as a bargaining point at the peace table. I
can truthfully say this: that I have inquired about that and
I have never found any hint that such was the purpose in
back of this controversial clause.
x *kKKK *
CHAIRMAN KIMBALL: Brown Morton asked you this
question and for purposes of the record I will read it: ‘In-
stead of obtaining a license on a seized patent, what is to pre-
vent a manufacturer from utilizing the disclosures in the
patent without a license?”
Mr. Nortu: I don’t think I fully answered that. In the
first place, the taking out of a license shows the licensee that
the Alien Property Custodian, through the Department of
Justice, will defend him against any damage suits or infringe-
ment suit by the Alien Property Custodian, and possibly a
damage or infringement suit brought against him by the
former alien owner.
CHAIRMAN KimBALL: I wonder if this question is not
asked a good many times: ‘What incentive is there to ob-
tain a non-exclusive license if competitors can also obtain the
same license ?”’
Mr. Nortu: I have already answered that but I might
add another point: that exclusive licenses tend to channelize
research. The Custodian wants the widest possible use made
of these patents. Furthermore, an invention may have ap-
plications in another not readily discernible field. So that
we want as much as possible, to use the technique of one in-
dustry in other industries.
CHAIRMAN KimBALL: Are there any questions from the
floor?
Mr. REBNER, Hotel Research Laboratories: Will the
Custodian defend actions in infringement suits also when
brought in foreign countries, in connection with export busi-
ness?
Mr. NortH: No, I assume not, since the United States
patent offers protection only in the United States, not in
foreign countries.
Mr. Norpguist, American Type Founders: Did I under-
stand that if you took a license, you would not be subject
to any suits for infringement after the war was over, by
the original holder of the patent, in the event something like
that came to pass?
Mr. Nort: I would not say that. The Custodian will
undertake to defend the license.
Mr. Norpouist: The Alien Property Custodian will de-
fend any suits, then?
Mr. NortH: Yes.
Mr. JoHNSON: Who pays the damages growing out of
such a suit?
Mr. Nortu: The Alien Property Custodian.
CHAIRMAN KimBaLL: If there is no further business to
come before us during this session I will declare the meeting
adjourned.
(Adjournment was thereupon taken at 4:30 P. M.)
DECEMBER °* 1943
WASHINGTON REVIEW
by R. L. Van Boskirk
@ L-232 Amended—Amendment to Limi-
tation Order L-232 issued November 10,
1943, by the WPB Containers Division
postpones until January 1, 1944, the pro-
hibition against the packing of fresh vege-
tables in new wooden shipping containers
to permit growers to use this type of con-
tainer for shipping fresh vegetables which
will be picked during the balance of the
year. Shippers of the vegetables added
to the prohibited list by another amend-
ment to L-232 issued October 25 may for
a period of 60 days use any new wooden
shipping containers that were in inventory
or in transit on October 25, 1943, the
amendment says.
In addition, the newer amendment es-
tablishes restrictions as to the use of
wooden shipping containers on a quarterly
rather than a yearly basis.
The lumber required for boxing and
crating currently represents about 40 per
cent of total lumber production. Be-
cause of the critical supply situation on
lumber, veneer and plywood, which are
used in the manufacture of wooden con-
tainers, the Containers Division has had
to take drastic steps to make sure that
expanding military requirements are met.
The amendment issued on October 25
was designed to save annually approxi-
mately 170,000,000 board feet of wood that
otherwise would be used for containers.
This amendment prohibited the use of
wooden containers for the shipment of a
large number of products which can be
shipped satisfactorily in other types of
containers which are not so critical as
wood. These include certain building ma-
terials, a number of food items, some
fresh vegetables and a number of other
miscellaneous products. The order per-
mitted wooden containers to a limited
extent for a number of items which cannot
be satisfactorily shipped in other type
containers. These items, shipments of
which are restricted by quotas based on a
percentage of 1942 shipments, are the fol-
lowing fruits and vegetables: radishes
and cucumbers, 50 per cent; cantaloupes
and melons, cauliflower, celery and lettuce,
80 per cent. Carrot shipments may be
made at 100 per cent of the 1942 figure.
Miscellaneous products such as _ books,
carpets, clothing, glass tableware and
kitchenware, and linoleum and rugs are
given an 80 per cent quota. Animal
138 MODERN PACKAGING
proprietary drug remedies and furniture
other than for outdoor and garden use are
given a 65 per cent wooden box quota.
@ Paper and Paperboard Production
Reserves—Conservation Order M-241 has
been amended by WPB to revise the
industry’s production reserve of paper and
paperboard tonnage, particularly as it
affects filling Governmental orders and to
simplify and clarify paper and paperboard
procurement.
Reserve production requirements were
changed to permit WPB to direct delivery
of as much as 10 per cent of a paper mill’s
production in any month. The new
amendment makes it possible in the future
to modify the percentage as a whole or by
paper grades or grade groups and thus
makes the reserve production only as large
as is needed to meet war needs. Any
paper or paperboard manufacturer who
voluntarily schedules a recognized govern-
mental order and reports it to WPB on
the form indicated will receive credit
against his reserve or withheld production.
The amendment also provides that
paper -and paperboard inventories are
limited in total rather than by grades as
in the past. Manufacturers of folding
and set-up boxes and paper shipping sacks
may carry a 60-day total inventory.
@ No Lipsticks in Steel Cases—Rumors
that steel may be released for lipstick
cases and vanities are without foundation.
An amendment to Conservation Order
M-126 (Iron and Steel) would be necessary
to release steel for this purpose and no
such amendment is being considered at the
present time. According to a WPB
official, a hardship appeal might release
a small amount of steel for lipsticks and
vanities. The only other possibility, how-
ever, would arise if some one had frozen
blackplate or carbon steel that couldn’t
be used for more essential purposes and
then found a processer in a non-critical
area. This possibility is still remote.
@ Glass Container Order Revised—An
amendment to Supplementary Order
L-103-b issued November 1 by the Con-
tainers Division of WPB makes minor
revisions of new glass container quotas.
The expiration date of the Order L-103-b
has been extended to December 31, 1943,
by which time it is expected a permanent
order covering glass containers can be
issued. Adjustments in methods of com-
puting quotas have been made to adapt
them to the new 6-month quota period
(July 1-December 31, 1948) instead of
the old 4-month period (July 1—October
31, 1948). In addition to regular quotas,
a commercial user may borrow during the
month of December, 1943, an additional
1/, of his quota, not to be used prior to
January 1, 1944. As amended, the order
now controls only glass containers of less
than 2-gal. capacity instead of the former
5-gal. limit.
The maximum exemption figure for
small users of glass containers has been
raised from $1,000 to $1,500 worth of
empty new containers during the 6-month
period ending December 31, 1943.
Quotas of glass containers authorized
for packing coffee have been maintained
at 75 per cent with adjustments to allow
increased acceptance during the winter
months.
The filing of a one-time certificate when
purchases of new glass containers are made
is now required. The purchaser must
state that he is familiar with supplemen-
tary Order L-103-b and that he will not
accept containers in violation of the order.
@ Restrictions of Tinplate, Terneplate
and Tin Mill Blackplate Clarified—Sup-
plementary Order M-21-e, as amended,
was issued by WPB November 9, 1943,
to clarify restrictions on tinplate, terne
plate and tin mill blackplate. Under
the order it is permissible to recoat mate-
rial in a number of applications and thus
salvage misprinted or rusty material.
Minimum practicable coatings in excess
of 1.25 lbs. per base box for hot dipped tin
plates, in gauges heavier than 112 pounds
per base box, are permitted.
Tin- or terneplate coated with less tin
than specified in Schedule A for any per-
mitted use is specifically allowed in the
amended order. The provision restrict-
ing use of tin to the quarterly quota as-
signed by WPB is removed. Since pro-
duction is now restricted by production
directives, this provision was unnecessary.
@ L-83 Amended—Amendment to L-83
(Industrial Machinery) issued November
4, 1943, permits the renewal of leases of
Well, the can does look familiar!
But the product isn’t... unless
you re versed in the culinary art!
It's a Crown fabricated type beer
can all right! But this time it con-
tains Tournade’s Kitchen Bouquet
especially packed for the use of our
overseas forces.
This concentrated sauce has long
been popular with army cooks as
well as with civilian chefs for flavor-
ing and enriching gravies, stews and
soups... so Crown was called upon
to furnish a container that would
assure its safe transportation to
kitchens set up in the combat zones.
So the Crown fabricated type beer
can took on the job... not in its
regular line of duty .. . but ina
special wartime capacity... another
demonstration of Crown's ingenuity
in meeting military demands!
CROWN CAN COMPANY, New
York e Philadelphia. Division of
Crown Cork and Seal Company,
Baltimore, Md.
Crown Cr
__ ENRICHES 6
* “tients, Onions,
Tay, turnips, parsley,
bait Road sugar, oS
CONTENTS 42
UNION CITY,
re
*
DECEMBER ®* 1943
any kind of packaging or labeling machin-
ery without application to WPB for ap-
proval or for new ratings, if the original
lease or any prior renewal has been ap-
proved under this Limitation Order and
the machinery is still being used for the
purpose approved. This amendment ap-
plies to certain types of packaging and
labeling equipment used for can closing
which are customarily leased rather than
sold outright.
Packaging and labeling machinery which
is sold outright is covered by General
Limitation Order L-83 only on an order
for a single machine of a value in excess
of $200.
@ WPB Establishes Quotas for Canning
Machinery—WPB has announced quotas
establishing the quantities of more than
150 specified types of canning machinery
and equipment that may be manufactured
during the year beginning October 1,
1943, through issuance of Schedule III of
Crder L-292 (Food Processing Machinery).
Prior to the issuance of this schedule,
production of canning machinery was
limited to 50 per cent of the annual aver-
age number of units produced during
1939-41.
WPB may increase or decrease any
quota or transfer any portion of it from
one manufacturer to others, should there
be need to do so.
@ Recent Changes in M-81—Conserva-
tion Order M-81 (Containers) as amended
by WPB October 23, 1943, removes limi-
tations on the pack of grapefruit juice for
the 1943-44 season and limits packs for
other citrus products to the quantities to
be set aside for governmental agencies
under Food Distribution Order No. 22.
The order as amended permits the use of
No. 2 cans for packing spinach and other
green leafy vegetables, increases packing
quotas for paints from 55 per cent to 65
per cent of the 1942 pack, increases the
packing quota for printing inks by 10 per
cent and reinstates shoe polish in the order
with the 1943 packing quota fixed at 100
per cent of 1942.
@ Specialty Paperboard Industry Ad-
visory Committee Appointed—Twelve
business men representing the various
segments of the specialty paperboard in-
dustry have been appointed to an industry
advisory committee by OPA to advise and
consult with OPA on problems affecting
the specialty paperboard group of manu-
facturers who are subject to Appendix C
of Revised Price Schedule No. 32 (Paper-
board Sold East of the Rocky Mountains).
Members of the Committee are: Ken-
dall Wyman, Champion Paper & Fibre
Co., Hamilton, Ohio; A. K. Nicholson,
Hollingsworth & Vose Co., East Walpole,
Mass.; Joseph Auchter, Cherry River
Paper Co., Camden, N. J.; T. Stewart
Foster, Foster Paper Co., Inc., Utica,
140 MODERN PACKAGING
N. Y.; C. A. Goodrich, Case Brothers,
Inc., Manchester, Conn.; Cecil M. Pike,
Spaulding Fibre Co., North Rochester,
N. H.; W. S. Gamble, Brownville Board
Co., Brownville, N. Y.; F. Henry Savage,
International Paper Co., New York City;
Malcolm B. Lowe, Lowe Paper Co.,
Ridgefield, N. J.; J. B. Cowie, Hollings-
worth & Whitney Co., Boston, Mass.;
John A. Dodd, The Davey Co., Jersey
City, N. J.; Walter B. Sheehan, Missis-
quoi Corp., Sheldon Springs, Vt.
@ L-317 Interpreted—The following inter-
pretation has been issued with respect to
Limitation Order L-317 which limits the
manufacture and use of fibre containers.
The restrictions of L-317 are applicable
only to new fibre shipping containers.
A question has arisen about the status of
such containers which have been rejected
during the course of manufacture or upon
delivery because of errors in size, printing,
etc. Such containers are new containers
and subject to the restrictions contained in
the order until they have been used for the
packing of a product.
@ Wet-Strength Paper Markings Re-
quired—Limitation Order L-279 (Paper
Shipping Sacks) has been amended and
clarified to make it more practicable and
workable in view of the present paper
shortage, according to J. F. Zeller, Chief
of the Paper and Textile Bag Section of
WPB Containers Division.
Wet strength paper markings have been
defined in order to identify this type of
paper and aid in sorting papers in salvage
work. After December 1, 1943 all wet-
strength paper used in the manufacture of
single wall, duplex and multiwall paper
shipping sacks must be distinctly colored,
stained or printed or marked with longi-
tudinal stripes. No other grade of paper
used in the manufacture of such shipping
sacks may be so marked.
@ Stocks of Cork—Stocks of cork in the
United States are more than sufficient to
meet current requirements; therefore it
is felt that a portion of government stocks
should be liquidated through industry
channels. This situation was revealed at
a recent meeting of the Cork Industry
Advisory Committee, when a program,
which may forecast methods employed in
the liquidation of other war inventories,
was developed.
@ Paperboard Ceilings Increased—
Amendment 7 to RPS 32 (Paperboard
Sold East of the Rocky Mountains) was
issued October 29, 1943, by OPA as part of
a joint program with WPB to encourage
the production of the lower-priced grades
of paperboard made primarily from waste-
paper. Paperboard ceilings at the manu-
facturer’s level have been increased on
nine different items for a limited period.
By limitation and allocation orders, WPB
also will facilitate a shift in production to
lower-priced grades.
The increases became effective No-
vember 4, 1943, and will remain in effect
through January 14, 1944. The following.
day the former ceilings will again apply
unless OPA orders otherwise.
Another move to increase supplies for
the manufacture of paper boxes, boards
and other critically needed shipping mate-
rials is the three-point attack, designed to
break a serious black market in waste-
paper, which has been outlined jointly
by C. E. Wilson, Acting Chairman of
WPB, and Chester Bowles, General
Manager of OPA.
Key points of the joint program: (1)
OPA ceiling prices on wastepaper will
remain unchanged. Dealers and sup-
pliers cannot benefit by holding off sup-
plies awaiting higher prices. (2) Special
OPA investigators have been assigned in
the drive against any wastepaper handlers
who violate wartime price ceilings. Simul-
taneously, WPB is considering directives
or other controls on the distribution of
wastepaper to help wipe out the black
market by channeling wastepaper into
areas where the need isthe greatest. (3) A
paper salvage campaign is being under-
taken by WPB.
@ Paper from Bananas in Palestine—
According to the Department of Com-
merce, a new mill in Palestine is manu-
facturing a common paperboard from
cotton waste, pulp from banana and orange
peels and leaves of banana trees. A second
new mill is producing wrapping paper
from the papyrus plant and a “brown
leather board” from leather clippings.
@ New Prices for Staves, Headings and
Barrels—MPR 481 (Knife-cut Slack
Staves, Slack Heading and Slack Cooper-
age) has been issued by OPA to provide
a schedule of new prices for knife-cut slack
barrel staves, heading and finished slack
barrels. Because of increased production
costs, the new ceilings are approximately
15 to 20 per cent higher than those pre-
viously provided by the GMPR under
which the items were priced. The new
ceilings are retroactive to April 10, 1948.
The industry since that date has been
operating on an open billing basis, pend-
ing issuance of the present regulation.
@ Production of Zein Increased—During
the six months that zein has been under
allocation, production has been more than
doubled, and further increases are anti-
cipated soon. Zein is an alcohol-soluble
protein obtained as a by-product of corn-
starch manufacture and raw material for
its production is available in very large
quantities. As a shellac substitute in
commercial use it is combined with other
resinous materials and each pound re
places two or three pounds of shellac.
Some experiments have indicated that
for certain uses this substitute is superior
to natural shellac.
Tight Wrapper—Glues entire inside surface of
wrapper to insure strong, sift-proof, insect-proof
y package. Other machines for handling waxed-
if one-side wrappers,
al
l)
ill
D-
D-
al
in
TS
il-
es Single Head Capper—one of several differ
of models designed to handle even the most de’
: caps without breakage or scratching.
P .
f- :
me-
u- Hi-Speed Duplex
om eral other mor’
ge 4 boxes and jarr
nd -
yer -
wo OU
nd
ck
er-
de More than eighty major packaging and bot-
ck tling machines back up Pneumatic’s continued
ick assertion of “‘lower cost per container.’’ Take
oe the leading manufacturers of packaged goods
Pt in the food field for example. There, a wide
der variety of Pneumatic equipment is daily deliver-
“4 ing packaged foods with speed, smoothness,
° . .
as and dependability.
. ; Today, in designing and building machines
for producing ordnance, Pneumatic engineers
ing Oy have discovered important new facts about
* , E ;
der fF design and method. This means that after the
- : war Pneumatic Packaging and Bottling Ma-
nti- ; : : :
ble fy chines will be even better equipped to lower the
n- f cost per container.
for FF ,
ge As in peace times, we continue to advise with
in ' ‘authority on adapting packaging equipment to
ther
Tree
llac.
that
rior
ER COST
PER CONTAINER“
your particular needs—engineering the machine
and suiting it to the product in question.
We are now under the pressure of delivering
essential war goods. Nevertheless, we have
made provision in our production schedule to
continue to give your orders for essential new
equipment and parts the prompt and careful
attention they deserve.
Pneumatic Scale Corporation, Ltd., 71 New-
port Avenue, North Quincy, Mass. Branch
Offices: New York, Chicago, San Francisco,
Los Angeles.
PNEUMATIC
PACKAGING & BOTTLING MACHINERY
DECEMBER * 1943
YU. 8. patent digest
This digest includes each month the more important patents which are of
interest to those who are concerned with packaging materials.
Copies of pat-
ents are available from the U. S. Patent Office, Washington, at ten cents each
in currency, money order or certified check; postage stamps are not accepted.
ENVELOPE. P. E. Georgiou, Salt Lake
City, Utah. U. S. 2,330,045, Sept. 21.
An envelope of symmetrical shape com-
prising a front portion, a sealing flap
along the upper edge, and narrow front
flaps of equal area extending away and
along substantially the full length of the
opposite lateral edges of front portion.
CONTAINER. J.C. van Cleaf (to Gay-
lord Container Corp., St. Louis, Mo.).
U. S. 2,330,093, Sept. 21. A carton with
a tray member and a cover member
telescoped over said tray member.
DISPENSING BOX. E. M. Feinberg
(to Precious Metals Research Works,
Inc., New York, N. Y.). U.S. 2,330,117,
Sept. 21. A box of folded material, and
adapted to rotatively support a roll of
foil, paper or the like mounted upon a
cylindrical shaft, which shaft extends
beyond each end of the roll.
PAPER BALER. T. E. Wykes, Grand
Rapids, Mich. U. S. 2,330,165, Sept. 21.
A construction including a carton having
a bottom, vertical sides, upper end closing
flaps adapted to extend vertically from
the sides of the carton, said carton being
adapted to receive material to be com-
pressed therein.
MACHINE FOR MAKING AND
PACKING CIGARETTES, D. W. Mol-
ins (to Molins Machine Co., Ltd., Dept-
ford, London, England). U. S. 2,330,000,
Sept. 21. A combined cigarette-making
and packing machine, comprising in com-
bination a cigarette-making unit and a
packing-unit.
DISPENSING DEVICE. J. T. Bell
and C. E. Scarcrist, Alliance, Ohio. U.
S. 2,329,689, Sept. 21. A_ receptacle
having a cap with a delivery opening, an
ejector movable toward and from the open-
ing, and mechanism operable from the
top of the cap for shifting said ejector.
SEMICARTON. J. F. Ames, Selma,
Alabama. U. S. 2,330,255, Sept. 28. <A
bellows-type bag having integral bottom,
front, rear and side portions with bottom
portion lying in a flat plane, and other
portions extending vertically.
PACKAGE. §S. I. Darrow (to Beech-
Nut Packing Co., Canajohari, N. Y.).
U. S. 2,330,691, Sept. 28. A package
142 MODERN PACKAGING
having a wrapper that is wrapped about
the longitudinal surface of the package
with its edge portions overlapping and
its ends folded over the ends of the pack-
age.
CIGARETTE PACKAGE. F. A. Wodal
and J. J. Wodal, West Collingswood,
N. J. U. S. 2,330,772, Sept. 28. A
cigarette package rectangular in form of
two-ply material, one of said plies being a
straight continuous line of perforations
adjacent and paralleling one of the longer
edges of said blank, and provided with a
pull tab.
PACKING BOX AND _ LINING
THEREFOR. C. A. Biggs, Burlington,
Ontario, Canada. U. S. 2,330,262, Sept.
28. A box lining blank formed of a single
piece of cardboard or similar material
scored to form a bottom, sides, corner
pieces between adjacent sides.
CONTAINER. J. P. H. Leavitt and
E. W. Wells (to Container Corp. of
America, Chicago, IIll.). U.S. 2,330,294,
Sept. 28. A container formed of flexible
sheet material having four interconnected
side walls, adapted to be collapsed to a
flat condition.
PACKAGE. C. I. Elliot (to Radio Corp.
of America, a corporation of Delaware).
U. S. 2,330,345, Sept. 28. A one-piece
tray made of foldable sheet material and
comprising a rectangular support plat-
form having an odd number and at least
three rows of holes parallel to the sides of
said platform.
CARTON. C. I. Elliot (to Radio Corp.
of America). U. S. 2,330,346, Sept. 28.
A container for fragile articles comprising
an outer tubular box, an inner article-
supporting cradle comprising two pairs of
flat, thin straps of a width less than the
depth of said box.
SHIPPING CONTAINER: C. I. Elliot
(to Radio Corp. of America). U. S.
2,330,347, Sept. 28. A container of
paperboard for packing fragile articles
comprising a rectangular outer container.
PACKAGE. C. I. Elliot (to Radio Corp.
of America). U. S. 2,330,348, Sept. 28.
A package comprising an inner container
having four rectangular side panels, an
outer container having four rectangular
side panels, said containers having end |
flaps, and means for resiliently but firmly
spacing the inner container from the
sides and ends of the outer container.
DISPENSING RECEPTACLE. H. @
Atterbury (to Atlantic Carton Corp, |
Norwich, Conn.). U.S. 2,330,464, Sept,
28. A dispensing receptacle with side,
end and bottom wall members forming a
receptacle and upper, outer and inner
secured together, end members closing
said receptable, the inner member having
a trapezoidal-shaped opening with a rear
end adjacent to the rear side of the re-
ceptacle, and equipped with a spout form-
ing member.
COMBINED MAILING WRAPPER
AND COVER FOR MAGAZINES AND
THE LIKE. H. C. Pomeranz, New
York, N. Y. U. S. 2,330,619, Sept. 28.
A combined cover and mailing wrapper
for a magazine book, and the like of a
readily foldable material.
QUICK-OPENING ENVELOPE. §E.
B. Berkowitz (to Berkowitz Envelope Co.,
Kansas City, Mo.). U. S. 2,330,666,
Sept. 28. A quick-opening envelope
formed of fibrous material including a
body portion and a seal flap portion.
METHOD OF, AND APPARATUS
FOR, PRODUCING BAGS. 5S. R.
Howard (to Pneumatic Scale Co., Ltd.,
Quincy, Mass.). U. S. 2,330,361, Sept.
28. Method of making individual filled
bags; steps comprise forming bag, filling
and sealing on one apparatus.
FLUID DISPENSING MEANS. R. T.
Parker, Cleveland Heights, Ohio. U. S.
2,330,616, Sept. 28. Apparatus for filling
a substantially airtight container having
an opening through which liquid may be
admitted.
WRAPPER FEED FOR WRAPPING
MACHINES. W. Hoppe (to National
Bread Wrapping Machine Co., Spring-
field, Mass.). U. S. 2,330,715, Sept. 28.
A wrapping machine having a carrier
movable between loading and discharge
stations.
COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINER AND
METHOD OF PRODUCINGIT. L. B.
Pierce, Winthrop, Mass. U. S. 2,330,311,
Sept. 28. Producing collapsible contain-
ers by making a bag in the form, and
having the characteristics, of a conven-
tional paper bag.
BAG. S. P. Cerf and E.W. Cerf, Uni-
versity City, Mo. U.S. 2,331,536, Oct. 12.
Means for restoring to an initial datum
capacity a used bag composed of walls of
paper or the like.
And the Season's Greetings to all you people who sent me your excess bottles and bottle
caps. You certainly made possible a (Merry Chrichuns to « good many people whose busi-
nesses depended on filling bottles, and who had no means of obtaining any except hien people
like you with excess merchandise to dispose od. You also made it a very (Merry Christmas
to many sick people who went to hospitals to get medicine through the dispensaries. Chese
dispensaries were also caught short on bottles, and you helped relieve the shortage. Let us
‘ aliatin making people happy this coming year by disposing of 3 your excess merchandise in
this manner. « (We will continue to buy any odd; discontinued or obsolete bottles or
bottle caps, ie metal or balelite, plain or lithographed, regardless of size or
quantities. Gr fuck, any kind Jd containers, including paper or metal cans, compacts and
lipsticks. * Let us know what you have to dispose of and we shall contact you immediately.
Glass Containee & Cap Outlet Co.
14 &ast 17th Stecet + New York, MN. YY,
GIP EIGS TET IS
:
%,
bs
TIME-SAVING BOX CORNER STENCIL
The sales department of H. G. Hanline Co., Philadelphia, has
developed a box corner stencil which is said to save two-thirds
in man-power time. The stencil is of 16-gauge steel, 2 in. wide
and is made to stencil a distance of 5 in. in each of three direc-
tions from the corner of a packing case. It is equipped with a
handle and weighs 11/, lbs.
WEATHERPROOF ADHESIVE
The Grasselli chemicals department of E. I. du Pont de Nemours
& Co., Inc., has introduced a weatherproof adhesive (Dupont 77)
for use in the production of V-1, V-2 and V-3 weatherproof board.
(See pages 100-104.) The product is sold as a dry powder in
50-lb. paper bags and is said to require only simple mixing equip-
ment to produce stable solutions ready for use. The Grasselli
chemicals department is offering technical assistance to fibre-box
producers in adapting its new adhesive to their ‘‘V”’ box pro-
duction problems.
ASPHALT TESTING
An asphalt-testing department for determining the suitability
of various grades of asphalt used in the manufacture of weather-
proof boxes has been installed by Container Testing Labora-
tories, Inc., New York.
This new department was prompted by the order requiring the
use of asphalt in the manufacture of V-boxes. This confronted
many box makers with the problem of working with a material
with whose properties they are unfamiliar. Quality of asphalt
has been found to vary considerably from shipment to shipment.
Such variations often require changes in the operation of the
combiner or laminator. For example, a change in viscosity is
said to require a corresponding change in running temperature
in order to keep the same spread.
Because few boxmakers are equipped to make their own
control tests, the Container Testing Laboratories have provided
an independent agency for testing several of the more important
properties of asphalt, including penetration at various tempera-
144 MODERN PACKAGING
tures, flash point, fire point, Furol viscosity, solubility and
softening point and other factors involving asphalt.
Angier Corp., Framingham, Mass. announces a new oil-impreg-
nated crepe wrap for wrapping metal parts. The paper is said
to be flexible enough to conform to protruding parts of odd-
absorbing.
NEW WRAPPING FOR STEEL PARTS
shaped articles without puncturing or tearing and to be shock
IMPROVED BAG CLOSER
Union Special Machine Co., Chicago, announced a new column
type bag closer that accommodates all types of this company’s
sewing heads. Depending on the sewing head used the closer
produces (1) bound-over tape closure for all sizes of multiwall
bags, (2) straight-sewed closures for all sizes of cloth or paper
bags, (3) double-tape sewed closures for paper bags up to 10 lbs.
It is available in either the single-thread chain stitch type for
easy raveling or the two-thread, double-locked stitch type for
extra strong closures.
SYNTHETIC RUBBER CONVEYOR BELT
The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. has announced the develop-
ment of a new synthetic rubber conveyor belt which they claim
compares favorably with prewar high quality belts. According
to W. C. Winings, manager of Goodyear’s mechanical goods
division, the new belt not only matches its predecessor in flex
life, aging and resistance to abrasion, and cutting but it also
resists oil and high temperatures.
DEMAND FOR POSTWAR MACHINES
George A. Mohlman, president of the Packaging Machinery Co.
foresees a great replacement demand for wrapping machines in
the postwar era. ‘‘The majority of machines now in operation,
even if they do not need replacement, will at least need com-
plete overhauling,’ he said. ‘‘With proper care the average life
of a packaging machine is 10 to 15 years. Some have been run-
ning for 30 years and most have received only about 10 per cent
of normal maintenance.”
LIQUID CHEMICAL FOR TAPE SEALING
A new liquid chemical to dissolve glue on sealing tape has been
announced by Seal, Inc., Shelton, Conn. The company claims
that the liquid will cut sealing time in half. It dissolves the
glue on the tape in the few moments it takes the tape to pass
from the machine to the carton. The shipping clerk merely
has to place the tape on the carton.
BOOKLET ON STAINLESS STEEL
The Jessop Steel Co. of Washington, Pa., have just published a
new booklet on stainless steel which they claim to be of special
interest te fabricators contemplating the use of composite metal.
There are sections on deep drawing, grinding, polishing, cleaning,
gas-cutting, riveting, soldering, welding, etc. Copies are avail-
able on request to the company.
ADDENDUM-—In the November issue, the small printing press
illustrated in Fig. 7, Page 84, is manufactured by the Markem
Machine Co., Keene, N. H.
"THERE is no such thing as a market that favors either buyer
or seller exclusively ...it favors both or none.
in When the buying end of business cannot get raw materials,
- manpower, containers, or whatever is necessary for the produc-
fe tion of finished goods, the selling end cannot make shipments
= to customers on schedule.
It takes both buyers and sellers to make a business, and teamwork
to make a success of it. So...let’s not delude our-
i selves that these difficult times are a paradise for
the Mote 0 Wr so-called “sellers.” We are all confronted with iden-
Uo tical problems and we will have to work them out
A arene together. Together, we can work them out best.
da
vial
cal.
ng,
2il-
ess
em
DECEMBER ®* 1943
Plants and People
Herbert H. Leonard, long identified
with packaging machinery activities
and now president of the Consoli-
dated Packaging Machinery Co., has
been elected to the presidency of the
American Machine & Foundry Co.,
New York. He says this is not to be
interpreted that he is leaving the
packaging field, which means much
to him. Later, an announcement
will be made regarding his affiliation
with the Consolidated Packaging
Machinery Co. and the official personnel of that company. Mr.
Leonard was president of the Packaging Machinery Manufac-
turers Institute for a number of years.
H. H. Leonard
King Pedlar, advertising manager of Einson-Freeman Co., has
left to join the U. S. Army Air Forces. He will be succeeded by
Ben Dreyfuss.
Gene Reichert replaces A. J. Lyons as manager of the glass and
closure division and industrial division creative section of the
advertising and promotion department of the Armstrong Cork
Co. He will also continue to handle the advertising of the
industrial division. William Lamb has been named assistant
manager in charge of glass and closure division advertising.
Herman R. Thies has been appointed manager of the Good-
year Tire & Rubber Co.’s new plastics and chemical sales divi-
sion at Akron, according to R. S. Wilson, vice-president. Robert
D. Vickers, research and sales engineer from the company’s labo-
ratory staff, R. S. Sanders and Eileen Marshall will also be
members of the new division.
T. R. Baxter has been appointed manager of packaging and the
packaging development department of Standard Brands, Inc.,
according to an announcement made by James S. Adams,
president. He will consult with the research, new products,
sales, manufacturing and engineering departments on changes
in packaging equipment or design.
Emory J. Price is now industry manager for milling and cereal
industries in the newly established Minneapolis branch office of
the Reynolds Metals Co., Richmond, Va. Mr. Price will co-
operate in postwar packaging research for these industries. He
has had many years of experience in the milling industry and
was with the Pillsbury Flour Mills Co., Minneapolis.
The Package Machinery Co., Springfield, Mass., was awarded the
Army-Navy ‘‘E” on November 3 with George A. Mohlman,
president accepting the award for more than 600 workers.
Robertson Paper Box Co., Inc., Montville, Conn. recently received
the Treasury Star—the highest award of the Treasury Depart-
ment—in recognition of their employees’ attainment of the cash
quota for the purchase of War Bonds through the Payroll De-
duction Plan, and for investing more than 10 per cent of their
gross earnings in War Bonds.
The Gair Old Timers Assn., founded in 1933 in memory of Robert
Gair by those who had worked for him or his company, Robert
Gair Co., Inc., for a number of years, held its Eleventh Annual
Banquet, October 23 at the Hotel New Yorker. Frank E. Fors-
brey, assistant vice-president and general manager, Paper
Division of the Pulp & Paper Trading Co., New York, was
146 MODERN PACKAGING
elected president of the association for 1943-1944, succeeding
Charles F. Stocker, president of the Sweeney Lithograph Co.
A history of the Association, together with its ideals and ob-
jectives was published in booklet form and distributed to mem-
bers and historical libraries. It is interesting to note that the
founder established his business as a paper jobber only 60 days
after the conclusion of the Civil War.
G. A. Gustafson has been named manufacturing manager of the
plastics divisions of General Electric’s appliance and merchandise
department it has been announced by W. H. Milton, Jr., manager
of the division. Mr. Gustafson’s new headquarters are at 1
Plastics Ave., Pittsfield, Mass. The company has also ap-
pointed F. W. Warner as assistant engineer, plastics division.
Removals: Elmer E. Mills Corp. to 153 West Huron St., Chicago
10, Ill. Standard-Knapp Corp.’s Chicago Office to 221 No.
LaSalle St., Chicago 1, Ill. Pacific Fine Arts and Pacific Label
Co. to 1231 South Main Street, Los Angeles 15, Calif.
William H. Weintraub & Co., Inc. has been appointed by Anchor-
Hocking Glass Corp. as its advertising agency for radio. A
coast-to-coast program will be broadcast over Columbia network
starting sometime in January.
Enid Edson is the new director of
packaging for Richard Hudnut. Mrs.
Edson has been in the industrial
designing field for many years, the
last ten of which were in the cos-
metics field. She studied at both the
New England School of Design and
the Rhode Island School of Design to
prepare for her career as an industrial
designer, particularly of packages.
Robert S. Solinsky has resigned his :
position as Chief of the Metal Can ne Seon
and Tube Section, WPB, a post he has held since the early days
of the Containers Division. Mr. Solinsky is president of Cans,
Inc., Chicago.
The Comstock Canning Corp., Newark, N. Y., is first food proc-
essing company to receive the ‘“‘A’’ award, War Food Adminis-
tration’s recognition of “achievement.” Richard E. Comistock,
president, accepted the award for all six plants.
Paul A. Parker, manager, corrugated carton division, Anchor
Hocking Glass Corp., has been granted a leave of absence to
serve as chief consultant of the Paper Board Division of the
Office of Civilian Requirements. He assumed these new duties
November 16.
OBITUARY
C. C. Van Stray, eastern sales engineer for the Cameron Machine
Co., Brooklyn, N. Y., died at his home in West New York, N. J.,
October 14. Mr. Van Stray was known by paper mill officials all
along the East Coast south of New York in which territory he
represented the Cameron Machine Co. for almost 15 years.
Louis S. Reynal, former President of The American Paper Goods
Co., died on October 18. Mr. Reynal was the chairman of the
board of directors up to the day of his death and he was well
known and loved throughout the industry.
George E. Senseney, 69, president of the Marvellum Co.,
Holyoke, Mass., died November 18 at his home in Ipswich, Mass.,
after along illness. Mr. Senseney was born in Wheeling, W. Va.
He was known widely in the paper industry, but was also inter-
nationally recognized as an etcher,
The distinctive flavor of Bowey’s famous
DARI-RICH chocolate syrup has been enjoyed
by soda and sundae-loving Americans for al-
most a decade.
Bowey’s, Inc., has manufactured for nearly
half a century a full line of high quality Choc-
olate Products, Fruits, Fruit Syrups, Vanillas,
Flavors, Extracts, Colors, etc.
DARI-RICH chocolate is just one of the
many Bowey’s products that are protected with
Crown Screw Caps—available in a wide vari-
ety of types and sizes for all kinds of glass
packed products.
CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY
World’s Largest Makers of Closures for Glass Containers
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
Gow
ROWN’S WARTIME POLICY: To supply closures, containers and services for packaging foods, beverages, chemicals, etc.,
*eded by civilians and the armed forces. To build an ever-increasing volume of vitally needed weapons of war for our fighting men.
NAVY CALLS FOR PACKAGE EXPERTS
Men with packaging experience who can qualify as
officers are needed by the Navy in connection with a
special program. These officers will be assigned to the
Containers Section of various Bureaus for service at shore
establishments. Applicants must have a college degree
and at least three years’ experience in the packaging or
packing field or two years of satisfactory college work and
five years’ experience.
The age bracket is 28 to 48 years. Applicants must meet
Naval physical requirements and possess officer-like quali-
ties. Applications should be made at the nearest Office of
Naval Officer Procurement. These offices are located in
principal cities throughout the United States.
To fill a vital packaging job Joel Y. Lund, president of Packaging
Institute, Inc., calls on the packaging industry in a letter to
members as follows:
‘‘We have been requested by the United States Army to bring
to your attention the fact that they are establishing in the Wash-
ington area a laboratory equipped for package testing.
“At the present time they have not as yet decided upon a di-
rector for this laboratory. With the realization of the tremendous
importance of the laboratory to the industry, they have requested
us to advise all of our membership that the position is still open,
and that they earnestly request all of us to suggest qualified
candidates. Their reason, very simply, is that from past experi-
ence they know that industry wishes men in these key govern-
mental positions to be high calibre, capable men. Through the
medium of the Institute, they wish to call upon industry to take
part in choosing and in finding the best man for the job.”
WPB’s “Salvage Manual for Industry,” the first comprehensive
manual on industrial salvage ever prepared has been completed
by an editorial board of seven practical industrial salvage engi-
neers and business paper editors. This 250-page book, published
by the Technical Service Section, Salvage Division, WPB, con-
tains instructions regarding efficient salvage methods and prac-
tices for segregating and preparing secondary waste materials.
WPB claims that putting the information in the manual to work
in a well-organized salvage program will not only conserve valu-
able war materials but also will result in more efficient plant oper-
ations with substantial savings after the war.
Copies are procurable for 50 cents through Superintendent of
Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Roth F. Herrlinger, President of the Gummed Products Co.,
Troy, Ohio, was again named president of the Gummed Industries
Assn. at the annual meeting in Cleveland. John McLaurin,
president of the McLaurin-Jones Co., Brookfield, Mass., was
named vice-president. Philip O. Deitsch was appointed man-
aging director of the association and the following directors were
chosen: E. J. Durkin, The Tanglefoot Co., Grand Rapids,
Mich.; R.A. Maish, Dennison Mfg. Co., Framingham, Mass.;
Wm. Mazer, Hudson Pulp & Paper Corp., New York; Irving
McHenry, Mid-States Gummed Paper Co., Chicago; F. A.
O’Neill, Jr., Paper Manufacturers Co., Inc., Philadelphia.
One of the highlights of the meeting was when Herbert T.
Holbrook of the Packaging Section of the Ordnance Department
outlined some of the obligations to be imposed on the industry
in the use of its new waterproof paper sealing tape. Later in the
program Messrs. Hrubesky and Spinar of the Forest Products
Laboratory discussed the technical obligations that will be im-
148
MODERN PACKAGING
posed upon this new product. The convention authorized its
committee of technicians to meet with representatives of the
Forest Products Laboratory and Dr. B. W. Scribner of the Bureau
of Standards to perfect a tentative specification covering this
new product. In a specially prepared paper, C. W. Boyce,
special assistant to the director of the paper division of the WPB,
outlined the extremely critical pulp situation and urged the in-
dustry to continue its conspicuous record of cooperation in deal-
ing with this particularly difficult situation.
Thousands of British school children gave up their summer holi-
day to work instead for the Royal Army Ordnance Corps, helping
to pack and send vital supplies to the British armies all over the
world. Inthe depots of the R.A.O.C. these boys and girls worked
voluntarily and without pay counting, packing and stenciling
stores for shipment. When they started working they were care-
fully supervised by R.A.O.C. personnel and those in charge claim
that the children handled thousands of tons of shipping a week.
To cut down absenteeism, the American Can Co.’s Amertorp
plant has designed an Employees Service Bureau. According to
Carl G. Preis, vice-president of the company, the bureau is oper-
ated by three-full time clerks who are war-working wives, under
the supervision of Vincent T. Day, assistant to the industrial
relations manager. Among the services which the bureau pro-
vides are: handling gasoline and special mileage applications;
purchase of new automobiles, bicycles, tires, tubes, etc., listing
of rooms, apartments and houses; the purchase of war bonds,
automobile licenses and tickets for social functions.
The National Adhesives Division of National Starch Products,
Inc., has prepared a two-color mailing piece which shows how to
make metal drums last longer and which urges the trade to return
empties (barrels too) promptly. Its title is ““Ever Been Beaten
By a Drum?”
The food processing industry, with a minimum reconversion
problem in prospect, can look forward to an orderly readjustment
to a peacetime economy, with probability of broadened volume
to sustain the peak production volume attained under the war
program. This was the general feeling expressed at war con-
ference sessions of Grocery Manufacturers of America. Current
postwar planning, it was said, includes provision for the introduc-
tion of numerous new products and packages at the termination
of hostilities. It was added that while the termination of govern-
ment contracts will slow down operations for a brief time, the
changeover to outright production of civilian lines will require
only a brief transitory period.
A new and enlarged edition of the Canned Food Reference
Manual has just been published by the American Can Co. The
revised edition presents the latest knowledge concerning con-
tainers for commercially canned foods and commercial canning
technology, together with recent phases of wartime research in
food, it is said. Prepared and edited by member of the Canco
research department the new handbook contains 106 illustrations,
65 of them new and 552 pages of textual matter covering the
story of tin can making from the Napoleonic wars to the present.
Multiwall bags for dehydrated molasses—Due to shortage of
tanker facilities in the Caribbean, some 275,000,000 gallons of
molasses in Cuba, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands and other West
Indies Ports cannot be exported. This is a serious economic
problem in the islands which are almost entirely dependent upon
sugar product exports and also curtails to the United States a
Th
tor
str
N the world’s far-flung battle fronts, our fighting men
are carrying out that stirring command—“Advance!”
Their courageous deeds are writing a glorious page in his-
tory. And helping them to write that history—to keep
strong in body—to combat sickness and disease—are col-
lapsible tubes.
These small tubes whose peacetime duties have been
devoted largely to such products as tooth paste, shaving
cream and powders are now doing scores of vital jobs for
our armed forces.
Collapsible tubes hold emergency rations... sulfa drugs...
pyrotechnics and many other wartime products. And to
provide them Sun Tube is busily at work.
In addition, Sun Tubes are being used more and more for
domestic products. Sun Tubes are sturdy and durable, per-
fect protection against dirt and germs. They are the ideal
containers for dozens of everyday products.
If your product needs a container such as Sun Tube
offers, we'll be glad to give you details. Just call or write
our nearest office for details.
SUN TUBE CORPORATION ---: Hillside, New Jersey
el ley Nevoun | am
James L. Coffield, Jr.
360 No. Michigan Avenue
ST. LOUIS, MO.
M. P. Yates
315 Chestnut St. (Room 125)
ST. PAUL, MINN.
Alexander Seymour
903 Pioneer Bldg.
LOS ANGELES, CALIF.
R. G. F. Byington
1260 North Western Ave.
critical import needed for the distillation of alcohol for munitions
and other commercial alcohol uses such as cattle feed.
As a wartime expedient the Board of Economic Warfare has
developed a process for dehydrating and packaging molasses,
with the idea of making possible the movement of molasses in
greater volume to the States. In this form, it is said, molasses
can be shipped in freighters in 40 per cent less space than fluid
molasses.
Packaging tests of the dehydrated blocks in multiwall paper
bags have been conducted at the University of Louisiana, Baton
Rouge, by BEW and Union Bag and Paper Co. Experiments
included bags of various types and number of plies subjected to
conditions approximating those of actual handling and shipping.
Since this, actual test shipments are being made. Results are
expected to provide data with regard to performance and costs
to show whether this project with the equipment, labor and
packaging materials involved can be feasibly done. Some sugar
people argue that it can never be done at a cost comparable with
that of pouring the molasses into tankers at a loading point and
syphoning it out at its port of destination. On the other hand,
if the molasses must be moved, this may be the way, regard-
less of cost.
American Iron and Steel Institute has issued a 180-page manual,
‘Packaging, Marking and Loading Methods for Steel Products
for Overseas Shipment.’”’ The manual is the culmination of an
intensive three-year study of methods in preparing steel products
for overseas shipment in wartime. It contains instructions ap-
proved by the Army, Navy and other government agencies for
wrapping, tying, marking and loading of steel products. In
preparing the instructions, many consultations were held with
purchasing missions representing the British Empire, China,
U.S.S.R., the Fighting French and others.
Twenty-five awards for coffee, tea, spice, condiment and flavor
containers entered in the Seventh Annual Packaging Show con-
ducted by The Spice Mill, were announced at the National Coffee
Assn. Convention at French Lick, Ind.
Awards were made largely upon consumer appeal, wartime
availability and utility. Entries this year continued to show
marked improvement in design, informative labeling, color and
other qualities regarded as essentials for consumer appeal. No
single ‘‘top’”’ award was made for the entire show. Each of the
25 blue ribbons was for outstanding merit in a particular classifi-
cation. Consideration was also paid to the kind of performance
in wartime markets each entry might be expected to give.
Serving as judges for the Seventh Spice Mill Packaging Show
were: Arthur S. Allen, designer; Agnes Adams, food editor,
New York Post; and, Lester J. Loh, art director, J. M. Mathes,
Inc. Following is a list of the blue ribbon winners:
Bag—Parker House Coffee. Banker Coffee Corp. Bag by Benj.
C. Betner Co.
Quality Appeal (Bag)—Choisa Coffee. S. S. Pierce Co. Bag by
Benj. C. Betner Co.
Display Value (Bag)—Stewarts Private Blend Coffee. Stewart
Ashby Coffee Co. Bag by Thomas M. Royal & Co.
Informative Labeling (Bag)—Richelieu Coffee. Sprague Warner-
Kenny Corp. Bag by Benj. C. Betner Co. Designed by How-
ward List, Sprague, Warner & Co.
Brand Identification (Bag)—Red Head Coffee. Banker Coffee
Corp. Bag by Union Bag & Paper Corp.
Double Purpose Bag—Emmrich Coffee. Emmrich Coffee Co.,
} Inc. Bag by Thomas M. Royal & Co.
Kraft Bag—Arabian Coffee. Arabian Coffee Co. Bag by Benj.
C. Betner Co.
Hotel Bag—M-C Coffee. Majestic Coffee Mills. Bag by Benj.
C. Betner Co.
Carton—Holland House Coffee. Holland House Coffee & Tea
Corp. Carton by Robert Gair Co., Inc.
Carton (Tea)—Mayfair Tea. The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea
! Co. Carton by Robert Gair Co., Inc.
Carton (Tea Bags)—Royal Scarlet Tea Bags. R. C. Williams &
Co. Carton by Rossoti Lithographing Co., Inc.
150 MODERN _PACKAGING
Carton (Spices)—Pickling Spice. National Tea Co. Carton by
American Coating Mills, Inc.
Carton (Dehydrated Foods)—Soup Mixes. Stahl-Meyer, Inc.
Carton by American Coating Mills, Inc.
Carton (Family Group)—‘‘Mc”’ Spices. McCormick Sales Co,
Cartons for Whole Spices by Guilford Folding Box Co. De-
signed by James Harley Nash.
Carton Can—Parker House Coffee. Banker Coffee Corp. Car-
ton Can by American Can Co.
Carton Can (Quality Appeal—Limited Market)—Medaglia
D’Oro Caffé. S. A. Schonbrunn & Co., Inc. Carton Can by
American Can Co. Label designed by H. S. Fromme.
Can (Spices)—Pepper. A. Schilling & Co. Can by American
Can Co.
Can (Family Group)—‘‘Mc’”’ Spices. McCormick Sales Co.
Cans for Ground Spices by American Can Co. Designed by
James Harley Nash.
Glass—Del Monte Coffee. California Packing Corp. Jar by
Owens-Illinois Glass Co. Caps and ‘‘Cel-O-Seal’’ Bands by E.
I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc.
Glass (Quality Appeal)—-Flame Room Coffee. McGarvey Coffee
Co. Jar and Cap by Owens-Illinois Glass Co. Seal by The
Celon Co. Label Design by Art Gruber, Jensen Printing Co.
Glass (Condiments)—-Glass Top Prepared Mustard. Plochman
& Harrison. Jar by Hazel-Atlas Glass Co. Closure by Trio
Metal Cap Co. Label by Abbott Way Printing Co.
Glass (Family Group)—-M M & R Flavors. Magnus, Mabee &
Reynard, Inc. Bottles by Fairmount Glass Works. Embossed
Corks by Armstrong Cork Co. Labels by Columbia Litho-
graphic Co. Glassine Paper by Deerfield Glassine Paper Co.
Design by J. B. Magnus, Vice-president M M & R, Inc.
Combination Family Group—Coffee, Tea, Tea bags, Rice. Ar-
nold & Aborn. Coffee Cartons by Brooks & Porter. Tea and
Rice Cartons by Acme Folding Box Co.
Envelobe—Morton Salt. Morton Salt Co. Envelope by Amsco
Packaging Machinery Co. Packed by Neostyle, Inc.
Bulk Package—Sterling Salt. International Salt Co. ‘“‘Bagpak”
by Bagpak, Inc. International Paper Products Division,
International Paper Co.
Eagle Printing Co., division of General Printing Ink Corp., has
issued its thirteenth folder in the color facts series. This latest
folder, titled ‘‘More Illusions and Facts About Color’’ contains
several demonstrations of visual phenomena. Copies can be had
by writing the company, 100 Sixth Ave., New York.
The Lamson Corp., Syracuse, N. Y. have published a booklet
entitled ‘‘Simpson’s Revised Methods of Wrapping & Packing”
in the interest of paper conservation in store operation. The
booklet lists groups of merchandise along with the former cost for
wrapping and the present cost and it tells how the saving was
achieved. Copies can be had from C. S. Jennings, sales promo-
tion manager of the company.
Gordon Dilno, advertising manager of the Sutherland Paper Co.,
Kalamazoo, Mich., is chairman of the Kalamazoo Waste Paper
Conservation Committee. According to Mr. Dilno his commun-
ity has been doing such an excellent salvage job that nearby com-
munities have asked for an outline of the collection method used.
The outline is now available in printed form and can be had upon
request from Mr. Dilno by writing him at Sutherland Paper Co.
The Committee for Economic Development moved from the De-
partment of Commerce Building, Washington, to 285 Madison
Ave., N. Y. In announcing the move John Fennelly, executive
director of the CED stated: ‘‘Wartime Washington is so crowded
that every activity which can be moved to another city helps
the war effort by making room for those activities which ab-
solutely must be located next to government agencies.”
Milprint, Inc., Milwaukee, has just published a booklet on metal
replacement packaging. The booklet shows the various ways in
which a cellophane pouch can be used to line either a cylindrical or
rectangular carton.
lia
CO
a
on,
1as
est
ins
ad
”
£
‘he
for
yas
10-
e-
on
ive
led
Ips
ib-
tal
in
°
*
pees
oe
BISLIN
(C-)) 34 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA « NEW YORK 20, N. Y.
ee
Read how Beerie* helped Vick
solve a merchandising problem «
—and style the product, too!
One of the most attractive packages on dru}store shelves is
this inhalant produced by the Waterbury Button Company
for Vick Chemical. Molded of BEETLE Plastic, the Vick
inhaler presents as trim a container as you one Whi to
find in merchandising today—or Tomorrow! \
All these vital characteristics \
Yet, surprisingly, appearance was a secondary consideration ‘
in the selection of BEETLE. The real problem was in finding
a container material that would resist attack from the
medication to be packaged. In BEETLE, with its durability,
chemical inertness and adaptability to mass production ©
needs, the package designer found the answer.
BEETLE also offers freedom from odor and taste to preve
product contamination, smart, pleasing appearance, and
ready adaptability to many types of design.
Planning the package for postwar
For the present, of course, BEETLE is restricted to essential —
packages and closures. But it is not too soon to be thinking of
this colorful plastic for future packaging. Investigation now
may solve Tomorrow’s distribution problem... give you :
that all-important head-start—a more attractive and eco- B Bul . URAC
nomical package—for postwar merchandising. In writin
for more ame n, nf use our Postal Zone alleen” é MELURAC - LAMINAC ©
New York 20, N. Y.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY |
PLASTICS DIVISION
ey *Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
Saran film
(Continued from page 99) and tapes are cooled by a blast
of cool air. Saran’s low thermal conductivity allows the
tapes to cool first and thus insures freedom from sticking to
the tapes. Temperatures of the heated metal shoes must be
controlled to a +4 deg. F., due to Saran’s sharp melting
point. Thus a very sensitive temperature controlling unit
is required if satisfactory welds are to be made on this type
of machine.
High-frequency welding has been performed successfully
for some time on a laboratory scale. Saran, like most thermo-
plastic materials, readily lends itself to this type of joining.
Although this type of sealing is still more or less in the experi-
mental stage, it holds considerable promise as a method of
sealing Saran film when machines of this type are commer-
cially available.
Saran film in tubing form has been successfully closed by
an ingenious method of sealing with soft lead rings. This
method has been approved by military agencies for use in
the Method II package. The ends of the tube to be closed
are threaded through the lead ring, which is then clamped
tightly onto the film by means of a clamping device or a
large pair of pliers. This method of closure produces a
moisture-vaporproof and watertight seal quickly and easily
and without the use of heavy and cumbersome heat-sealing
devices (see Fig. 13).
Attempts at sewing, stapling and binding Saran film are
still in the experimental stage. Inasmuch as these types of
joining do not produce moisture-vaporproof seals, it is doubt-
ful if they will receive too much attention, at least, during
wartime.
Typical of the present military uses for which Saran film
is suited is the Method II package, used on the 50-calibre
machine gun. This package was developed by the Frigidaire
Division of General Motors Corp. (MopDERN PACKAGING,
July, 1943, page 72). The film has been approved for use in
compliance with the following military specifications: ANC-
67, AN-O-P-406 (Type 2), 100-14a (Type 2). Of the prod-
ucts approved by military specifications to be used as mois-
tureproof barriers, Saran film is the only single-ply material.
The other materials are dependent upon coatings or com-
pounded by being laminated with other materials to obtain
the properties required for this use. The film not only
possesses these required properties but is transparent and
package inspection can readily be made without opening the
closure.
Difficulties sometimes encountered in moistureproof pack-
aging with laminates are readily overcome by the use of
Saran film. There is no dependence on the adhesive quali-
ties of the laminating agent in a heat-sealed joint made with
the film as it is homogeneous throughout its entire thickness.
Another factor not to be overlooked is that all the required
properties are obtained without the use of heavy, bulky,
multi-ply materials. Saran film has an unusual flexible
drape-like quality and can be folded and creased as is required
in placing the packaged part in the outer container. This
may be done without fear of cracking or fracturing along the
fold after extended exposure to elevated or reduced tempera-
tures for a considerable length of time according to results of
tests made.
Saran film is subjected to certain wartime restrictions
which confine its use to the packaging of metal parts and
assemblies, as set forth in the Method II type military
package. The base material—polyvinylidene chloride—is
152 MODERN PACKAGING
subject to allocation in accordance with the Materials Gou-
servation Order No. M-10.
The present Type M film was expressly designed as a .
packaging medium for metal parts and assemblies and has
a taste and odor which are undesirable for general food use;
however, developmental work is directed toward the elimina-
tion of this taste and odor. Other types of film for wide-
spread applications in food packaging are the subject of
further investigation.
The adaptation of the natural shrinkage of the film which
is caused by exposure to elevated temperatures when the
material is unrestrained to shrink packages has been under
development for some time. Additional work of this nature
is being carried on now in conjunction with casings for meats
and poultry.
The immediate acceptance and the rapidly growing demand
for the present type Saran film as a packaging material for
war use and the experience gained from such use under war-
time conditions assure its role as a major contender in post-
war packaging.
Package versus bulk
(Continued from page 75) Since the report has not yet
been released and because such a distribution cost analysis
necessarily carries many important qualifying factors that
could not be detailed in an article of this sort, no actual
figures can be given here. However, the more important
results of the study can be set forth in general terms. The
explanation of the method of analysis that was set forth above
points to the fact that although bulk handling does away
with the cost of packaging, at the same time it incurs the
costs of weighing and bagging the bulk rice in the store, which
is not necessary for the packaged product. The put-up cost
(cost of retail weighing and bagging) is an offsetting item
that is overlooked by those who have been busy setting forth
the reputed economies of bulk handling. More than this,
however, our study shows, contrary to the belief of many in
the grocery trade, that a few operations in addition to those
of packaging and put-up (which are by far the most important
in terms of the amount of the cost) show a sufficient cost dif-
ference between bulk and package handling to require in-
clusion in the calculation. One such case is bulk-packing at
the mill, which may be avoided altogether if the rice is pack-
aged at this point. Another is the cost of getting a package
of rice from the shelf of the retail store for the consumer.
This is by no means a negligible cost,
In determining the cost of packaging rice, which was neces-
sary in order to compute cost differences, it was found that
there was an amazing variation among the packaging opera-
tions at various local grocery warehouses. The highest-
cost operation of the six that were covered was almost three
times as costly as the lowest-cost operation and the remaining
four had direct costs well scattered between these two ex-
tremes. Since these operations were representative of all
local rice packaging, it is apparent that an average packaging
cost figure, whether used for legislature or other purposes, is
subject to very serious limitations for the particular market
area to which the study was confined. It is also evident
that there must be room for considerable improvement in the
efficiency of some of the packaging operations at the various
warehouses.
The direct cost of put-up of bulk rice in 11 retail stores
STANDARD-KNAPP CORPORATION
MANUFACTURERS OF CASE SEALING, CASE PACKAGING, AND CAN LABELING MACHINES
FACTORY and GENERAL OFFICES PORTLAND, CONNECTICUT
570 Lexington Ave. 208 W. Washington Street 702 Society for Sav. Bldg 300 Seventh Street
NEW YORK, N. Y. CHICAGO CLEVELAND SAN FRANCISCO
420 S. San Pedro Street 3224 Western Avenue 1208 S. W. Yamhill Street Paul Brown Building
LOS ANGELES SEATTLE PORTLAND, OREGON ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
Windsor House, Victoria Street, LONDON, ENGLAND
located in the given market area showed even greater varia-
tion. The expense for the highest-cost store was about
four times as great as that for the lowest-cost store. The
put-up costs for the other nine stores were fairly widely
scattered between these limits.
The figures for packaging and put-up costs do not include
the cost of shrinkage, i.e., the loss of weight that occurs
during each of these operations. This omission is due to the
fact that reliable data on the amount of weight loss for the
put-up operations could not be gotten. However, despite
the fact that such loss could not be measured, observations
and inquiry showed beyond a doubt that the cost of shrinkage,
while it may vary greatly from one operation to another
for both packaging and put-up, is by no means an insignifi-
cant item in the cost of both types of such distribution
operations.
Finally, and most important, it was found that for 11
particular marketing channels each of which moved rice in
both bulk and packaged form, package handling cost was less
than bulk handling cost in five of the channels. The reverse
was true in five of the other channels and for one channel there
was no appreciable difference in the cost of handling the
rice in bulk and in packages. However, the cost differences
that favored package handling were much smaller than those
that favored bulk handling. These costs differences had to
be computed by using the direct costs of packaging and put-
up because direct costs alone could be determined for all 11
channels. For eight of these channels total cost (excluding
shrinkage expense) could be calculated for the put-up and
packaging operations. Using these figures in computing the
cost differences resulted in two channels showing package
handling costs that were less than bulk handling and six
contrariwise.
The packaged rice that moved through these 11 channels
was all packaged at local grocery warehouses, which supply
from one-third to one-half of the total packaged rice con-
sumed in the market area to which the investigation was
confined. For this sizable portion of the vast packaged
rice volume of this metropolitan area our study creates a
strong presumption that there are a very considerable number
of cases in which it actually costs less to handle* rice in
packages than in bulk, although they are without doubt a
minority.
The study also showed that the package was rendering the
consumer distinct net additional services in the way of pro-
tection, cleanliness and convenience over those afforded by
the paper bags used for putting up bulk rice for consumers.
In the channels where package handling costs less than bulk
these net additional services of the package to the consumer
represent an additional advantage to the trade over and above
the cost advantage, while the trade at the same time obtains
the benefits of the selling work done by the advertising fea-
tures of the package. In those channels where package hand-
ling costs exceed bulk handling costs, the difference in cost
to the trade that runs against package handling must be set
over against the net additional services of the package to the
consumers and also the benefits to the trade of the advertising
done by the package.
In conclusion, it may be said that the cost-difference pat-
tern could be swung to a much more favorable position for
package handling if improved, up-to-date machinery and
operating methods were employed by more of the local rice
packaging operations in the market area covered by the
study.
§ According to the special use of this term explained previously.
154
MODERN PACKAGING
Frozen victory gardens
(Continued from page 67) wrapper. No matter how pro-
tective the wrapping material itself may be, it is quite obvious
that unless the wrapping is applied to prevent seepage of
air or moisture through the folds, the wrapper cannot fully
protect the meat in the way intended.
The method most generally used in locker plants today
consists of placing the product to be wrapped on the sheet
diagonally or on a bias, bringing one corner of the sheet up
and over the cutof meat and then, in a rolling fashion, folding
in the two opposite corners of sheet. The package is turned
over and the remaining opposite diagonal corner of the sheet
is folded over and the wrapper sealed in place by means of
string or tape.
This is a simple and quick method of wrapping and its
only weakness is that it does not provide for a positive closure
as it is possible for air and moisture to seep through the folds
of the wrapper.
Examination of cuts of meat wrapped in this fashion that
had been frozen and stored in lockers for periods ranging from
one month to a year or more, by carefully unfolding the wrap-
per from the frozen meat and observing closely the color of
the meat, show signs of air or moisture seepage as evidenced
by the presence of freezer burn—light grayish spots on the
surface of the meat usually at points in the folds of the
wrapper.
Increasing the size of the wrapper through tearing off
more material than is actually needed to enclose the meat
completely not only adds to the cost of packaging but fails
many times to provide for a better sealed package. No mat-
ter how much wrapping material is used, whether it be cello-
phane or a good grade of locker paper or a combination wrap
of cellophane and locker paper, it is still extremely important
that the style of wrap be such as to provide for a good mois-
ture-vaportight seal.
The other method of wrapping is not new or untried. It
has been successfully used in other fields for years, particularly
in the baking industry in providing a moisture-vaportight
wrap for fresh cakes and other baked goods items wrapped in
cellophane. It is working out successfully in a number of
locker plants because of the saving in the amount of wrapping
material used, as well as providing for a more positive mois-
ture-vaportight seal.
The same principle applies in wrapping, whether it be
your present locker plant paper, cellophane or a combination
wrap of cellophane and locker paper and requires no more
labor than a single-wrap as the wrapping is done all in one
operation.
A combination wrap of cellophane and a sheet of locker
paper has proved very successful in view of the added as-
surance against tearing which the cellophane receives by
reason of the locker paper being on the outside. The paper
also provides a surface for easy stamping or writing the
name of item, date, locker number or other information re-
quired on each package.
Careful study and actual experience will solve the problems
of proper packaging for frozen foods.
Credit: Containers shown in Figs. 1 and 2, Interstate Folding Box
Co., Middletown, O. Bag-in-box in Fig. 4, Sutherland Paper Co.,
Kalamazoo, Mich. Carton in Fig. 5, Container Corp. of America,
Chicago, Ill. Bag in carton in Fig. 6 by Bloomer Bros., Newark,
N.J. Bag in Fig. 7, Thomas M. Royal & Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
se ph thee AREER IIE NEE RA 4
r of
ing
\0iS-
_ be
tion
1ore
one
cker
- as-
by
aper
the
1 re-
lems
+ Box
r Co.,
erica,
wark,
Pa.
EVE I TR 37 UM"
BALTIMORE, M
amd Paper Box Co.
OSTON, MASS.
Bicknell & Fuller Paper Box Co.
BROOKLY*., N. Y.
Specialty —_— Box Co.
E. J. Trum ic.
BUFFALO, N. Y.
Thoma Paper Box Co.
CHARLOTTE, N. C.
Old Dominion Box Co.
yin fase vay A —
Atlas Paper Box Co
CHICAGO, ILL.
Kroeck Paper Box Co.
COLUMBUS, OHIO
Columbus Paper Box Co.
DANVERS, MASS.
Friend Paper Box Co.
DETROIT, MICH,
Stecker Paper Box Co.
HOBOKEN, N. J.
Shoup-Owens, Inc
KANSAS CITY, MO,
Crook Paper Box Co.
LOUISVILLE, KY.
Finger Paper Box Co.
Kentucky Paper Box Co.
MERIDEN, CONN.
Shaw Paper Box Co.
NASHVILLE, TENN.
recency Tri-State Paper Box
NEWARK, N.
Mooney & Sead ney
Newark Paper Box Co.
ONTIL VICTORY IS
MASTER CRAFTSMEN
NEW YORK, N. Y.
A. Dortman Co.
PAWTUCKET, R. I.
Shaw Paper Box Co,
| fangs yg gpa PA.
Geo.
Sprowles & hea. Inc.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
Keystone Box Co.
PORTLAND, ME.
Casco Paper Box Co,
PROVIDENCE, R. I.
Hope Paper Box Co.
Taylor Paper Box Co.
SEATTLE, WASH.
Union Paper Box Mfg. Co.
SOMERVILLE, MASS.
Consolidated Paper Box Co.
ST. oo MICH.
Williams
ST. LOUIS, MO,
Great Sore Paper Box Co.
— T Box
Schivicher Pa et Box Co.
a . Paper Box
UTICA, NEW YORE
Utica Box Co., Inc.
WILMINGTON, DEL.
Wilmington Paper Box Co.
TORONTO, CANADA
The Fielder Paper Box Co., Ltd,
WON—BUY BONDS
Topay, war production comes first. But to create
post-war jobs, numerous manufacturers have already
completed plans for products they will turn out in peace-
time. And many of these products will be packaged for
added sales appeal in set-up paper boxes. The custom-
built set-up paper box is the most versatile of packages;
and none is more beautiful. Its attractive covering papers
enhance its appeal.
If you are an executive interested in post-war plans,
why not talk to a Master Craftsman in the field of packag-
ing. Like yourself, these men are creative, welcome a
problem, and know how to produce economically.
Master Craftsmen
OF THE SET-UP PAPER BOX INDUSTRY
Cooperating Suppliers: Appleton Coated
Paper Company; Blackstone Glazed Paper
Company; Bradner Smith & Co.; Louis
Dejonge & Co.; Globe Mfg. Co.; Hampden
Card & Paper Co.; Hughes & Hoffman Co.;
Lachman-Novasel Paper Co.; Marvellum
Company; Matthias Paper Corp.; Nashua
Gummed & Coated Paper Co.; Pejepscot
Glazed Paper & Card Co.; Hartford City Paper Co.; Plastic Coating Corp.; Rac-
quette River Paper Co.;Stokes & Smith Co.
Paper Co.; Hazen Paper Company ; Holyoke
DECEMBER ®* 1943
155
Must labels be blacked out?
(Continued from page 85) the Army’s requirements
can be met while at the same time preserving merchandising
advantages for American canners.
That Washington is not unaware of the selling job that
labels do is indicated by OWI’s current activity in developing
a national insignia for all lend-lease shipments. Examples
of these latest approved insignias, in many languages—which
are intended in the future to go on food can labels also—are
shown in Fig. 3.
So far, Uncle Sam has done a poor job of label propagan-
dizing. In North Africa and in the South Seas, invading
American troops have found American labels outshown by
those of Allies and even by those of the enemies. A collec-
tion made by a member of the armed forces in North Africa
from stores supplying the civilian population shows that
German, Italian, British and Australian brands generally
bear beautiful, full-color labels; the one American label is a
drab, black-and-white affair.
Similarly, Fig. 4 shows samples of labels taken from the
commissaries and stores in Borneo. Australian brands show
to good advantage, but the few American labels are among
the poorer specimens, as regards both attractiveness and
durability.
Looking ahead into the postwar period, the new water-
resistant labeling technique would appear to have distinct
possibilities. It might permit breweries to apply paper labels
to beer cans, capable of withstanding immersion in ice-water
coolers. It might permit packers of citrus fruits, apple,
tomato and other juices to merchandise their products in this
manner, like soft drinks. Moreover, the same labels and
adhesives are said to be suitable for use on cylindrical glass
and waterproof fibre containers.
Credit: Water-resistant labels by Stecher-Traung Lithograph
Corp., Rochester, N. Y. Water-resistant adhesives by National
Adhesives Division of National Starch Products, Inc., New York.
Navy standards—
(Continued from page 70) to see that there was much
work behind the system developed by the Naval Clothing
Depot. The choice of the particular types of cartons now in
use was not based upon guesswork, but upon experimentation
and study. The type of container to be used for each of the
hundreds of items handled and how these items were to be
arranged and folded was undoubtedly also a major point for
consideration. In getting the approval of the proper author-
ities in Washington for the system, the depot used
photographs and charts to show the various sizes of containers
most suitable for standardization and how these could be pal-
letized. Once the system has been approved, the next step
was to get it into effect.
To enable contractors and suppliers to send the articles
they furnish the depot in conformance with the system,
a “Navy Handbook for Packaging, Packing and Marking of
Clothing, Small Stores and Textiles,’’ was prepared for their
use. It contains detailed instructions for style of carton, di-
mensions, size and weight of material to be used, how to mark,
including size of print, how to center, spacing of letters. It
also tells how the contents of the packages are to be arranged,
156 MODERN PACKAGING
and applies to items which the Navy uses as diverse as whisk
brooms and mattresses.
The handbook is useful in several respects. Formerly, .
specifications, contract requirements and purchase orders
contained as many as two or three pages of instructions on how
to package and how to arrange contents in the packages,
Now there is merely a line referring to the handbook. Since
the handbook is being put into the hands of all boxmakers,
the relaying of the detailed instructions all along the line will
no longer be necessary. Another advantage is that the in-
structions in the handbook were compiled by specialists in
packaging and they are couched in the language of the in-
dustry. This was not always truein the past and it makes
for better understanding.
The willingness of the Navy—and of Captain Kirk and his
depot in particular—to draw upon the knowledge and
experience in industry, and to adapt those resources to
its own uses, is commendable. Industry, in turn, can
learn from the Naval Clothing Depot’s project, since many of
its features are applicable in specific packaging fields.
An engineer speaks—
(Continued from page 91) giving as much thought as is
possible to these matters in view of their wartime problems.
They may have many answers to these suggestions already
on the drawing boards. But the feeling among users is that
the pressure of the necessity of these suggestions would be
felt much more, if designers could see more at first hand how
their designs are working out. Most users would welcome
further collaboration of this sort. If the designers could live
a little more with the troubles, as users do every day, their
horizon would be broadened along the lines which need their
attention.
It may be that only new entrants to this field, those who
must look to converting from war goods to peace goods, can
“see the forest for the trees.” It may be that users must de-
sign and build their own equipment. But thoughtful users
are confident that somewhere, somehow, strides will be made
toward better equipment for after the war and these strides
will be made toward safer and faster production.
What makes cans corrode?
(Continued from page 104) normal manner. This com-
plete closure did not cause condensate to form in any of the
boxes.
7. The coating of the inside surface of the Code C with
Du Pont weatherproof No. 77, prior to kiln treatment seems
to indicate that the polyvinyl alcohol base adhesive does not
in itself promote corrosion of the cans.
8. The cans from the American Can Co. and those from
the Continental Can Co. were equally corroded throughout
the course of the investigation.
9. The individual cans which were placed in the kiln un-
boxed and which were only slightly corroded would seem to
indicate that major source of corrosion is in the container
itself, perhaps due to a chemical constituent of the pulp
furnish, e.g., alum, sulphur or iron.
om-
the
vith
ems
not
rom
10ut
un-
n to
iner
pulp
Ay 3) Po
Chemistry Created Bonderized Steel Sheets
Bonderizing steel sheets is a mech-
anized operation from the time plain
steel enters these machines until the
sheets drop
resistance.
out, treated
for rust
to take a vital part in winning the war
Canned food is of vital importance in
both military and civilian life, and the
economical packaging of our critical
food supply is one of our pressing prob-
lems. An important contribution toward
its solution was the creation of the
Bonderized steel sheet—a new material
for the production of cans, containers
and closures. While this material had its
inception in the Parker research labor-
atories, it took the close cooperation of
the technical staffs of the leading can
manufacturers and steel mills to quickly
make it a practical commercial product.
Countless detailed problems had to be
faced and licked by this team.
For months now American steel mills
have been turning out tons of Bonderized
steel sheets for the can and container
industry. This is a new, useful manu-
facturing material. It has the strength
of steel, rust resistance, excellent enamel
adhesion, and the forming and other
manufacturing qualities necessary to its
practical commercial use.
War stimulated the development and
application of Bonderized sheet steel
—but it will remain long after the war
as a useful packaging and closure
material, because of proven valuable
characteristics.
PARKER RUST PROOF COMPANY
2187 E. MILWAUBEE AVE., DETROIT ll, MICHIGAN
PARKER PropucTs CONQUER RUST
DECEMBER ®* 1943
PARCO LUBRIZING
Parco Lubrizing is a chemical
treatment for iron or steel friction
surfaces, in mechanical assem-
blies, that improves bearing prop-
erties, and retards wear.
BONDERIZING
Bonderizing is a chemical treat-
ment for iron, steel, or zinc that
insures cohesion of applied coat-
ings of paint, enamel or lacquer,
resulting in longer-lived, rust-
resistant finish.
PARKERIZING
Parkerizing is a chemical treat-
ment for iron or steel, resulting
in a surface that can be stained,
oiled, waxed or painted and is
substantially resistant to rust.
Pug-nose box withstands 1,000 foot drop from plane
Above, close up of the wire-strapped aerial unit. Below,
medical supplies unpacked from these new cases after
test drop with all bottles and other equipment intact.
7 Army’s answer to keeping ground troops supplied from
the air may be found in this new pug-nose wooden con-
tainer which can be dropped without parachute.
The new box is a development of Army Air Corps officers
from Wright Field, Dayton, Ohio, and a Chicago maker of
steel strapping. Cargo planes have dropped test consign-
ments of food, ammunition, gasoline and medical supplies
placed in these boxes from heights of a 1,000 feet without para-
chutes and with almost 100 per cent recovery.
Other consignments, packed deep in excelsior and weighing
from 100 to 200 lbs.—even including delicate instruments—
were said to have been dumped out at 200 m.p.h. from 2,000
feet with breakage averaging only 0.5 per cent.
The boxes are made of three-quarter-inch lumber and have
pug noses to prevent rolling. The top is left slightly open
and the box is wrapped with strands of wire by a machine
which tightens, ties and cuts the wire. The strands have a
tensile strength of 14,000 lbs. per square inch, it is claimed.
When the package lands the wire and the open top permit the
box to stretch freely, but prevent breakage.
Military spokesmen say this shockproof unit has advantages
over the use of cargo parachutes, because it allows greater
accuracy in placing deliveries and lower flight altitudes that
reduce chances of the action being spotted by the enemy.
The boxes cost an average of $2.75 apiece, in comparison
with an average cost of $25 for a parachute. Probable post-
war uses include speedier delivery of air express and mail at
intermediate points, it is said.
Credit: Collaborating designers af box and strapping, The Gerrard
Co., Chicago.
New technique—drugs
(Continued from page 87) to the United States and
marketed it as Massol in 1910. This was a forerunner of
Acidophilus which came out in 1921.
In 1910, Dr. Lederle needed more room for research and
manufacturing and moved his plant to Pearl River, N. Y.,
where it continued to expand and Lederle’s smallpox vaccines
and tetanus antitoxins soon became famous the world over.
During World War I, Lederle Laboratories was the only
American source of gas gangrene antitoxin. The company
was purchased by American Cyanamid Co., Inc., in 1930.
Since then the research and manufacturing facilities have
increased and the business expanded to include pharmaceutical
specialties and standard products. Today, although the bio-
logical sales have continued to increase, they are but a small
part of the total business. Among other projects Lederle
has been a leader in the development of sulfa drugs and vita-
min products, and is at present building one of the largest
plants in the country for the production of the new life-saving
drug penicillin.
Credit: Package designs, Arthur S. Allen, New York.
158 MODERN PACKAGING
Questions and answers
(Continued from page 106) carton stocks printed with
dark-colored inks, it may be necessary to open a few sample
packages and observe the staining on the inside since the
dark-colored areas will not show grease staining on the
outside. Different package materials and different methods
of making the closure will probably give a wide difference
under this test and it should give a reliable index of
the ability of the package to hold this fat. Test can be sup-
plemented with taste and flavor examination after various
periods in the oven compared with samples retained and
held in cool storage. The later examination will provide
you with information about the stability of the fat and
whether or not any of the elements of the package are causing
contamination of the product. Asa control test for your ma-
terials, I suggest that you follow Technical Assn. of the Pulp
and Paper Industry Specification No. T454M-42 for grease
resistance of paper except that you use as a testing liquid the
fat which is contained in the product colored red as indicated.
It might be advisable to make this test on flat as well as on
creased samples.
rrard
with
mple
> the
| the
hods
rence
ax of
sup-
rious
i and
ovide
- and
using
r ma-
Pulp
rrease
id the
rated.
as on
aa a
DON’T SABOTAGE
OVERSEAS
SHIPMENTS
The safe arrival of overseas shipments is vital to
ultimate victory for the United States and our allies.
These must be packaged for delivery to any point
in the world. Such packages cannot be designed for
specific climatic conditions due to rerouting of most
materials to meet the varying needs from the many
air fronts. GLU-WELD adhesives used to seal water-
proof paper liners and “Victory Board”: containers
assure the packager of perfect closures whether the
shipment ultimately arrives at the freezing ports of
Russia or the tropical climate of the South Pacific.
Write today for our booklet “GW-1”, which will tell
you the full story on GLU-WELD.
Or better yet, send us a small sample of your board.
We will, in turn, forward a sample of the proper
GLU-WELD formulation.
IN THE EAST
Union Paste Company
1605 Hyde Park Ave., Hyde Park 36, Mass.
IN THE MID-WEST
The F. G. Findley Co.
1230 No. 10th St., Milwaukee 5, Wis.
THE SHAPE OF
THINGS TO COME
Post-War Products will be MERCHANDISED
in LUSTEROID Vials and Tubes
With an eye to post-war merchandising, more and
more manufacturers are shaping their plans around
LUSTEROID. They know it will pay them to dress
their products in containers that display as well as
protect.
By every standard, LUSTEROID meets the most
exacting requirements of modern display-mer-
chandising. Amazingly light in weight. Strong,
rigid and unbreakable. Transparent for product
visibility. Colorful for eye appeal. Economical,
too. No protective partitioning or special packing
needed. No labels to affix because the sales
message can be reproduced as an integral part of
the container. They save work, time and money.
All colors . .. clear or opaque . . . with cork,
slip-on or screw-cap closures. Diameters from
Yy" to 114" and lengths up to 6”.
Write for complete details
LUSTEROID CONTAINER CO., Inc.
FORMERLY LUSTEROID DIVISION
OF SILLCOCKS-MILLER COMPANY
OFFICE AND FACTORY
10 PARKER AVENUE W MAPLEWOOD. N. J
MAILING ADDRESS SOUTH ORANGE, N. J
DECEMBER * 1943
Saved eee
A
#
Z
r
“We saved the
labor of two per-
sons and made a
very satisfying
saving by the use
of Silverstitcher.”
Gen’! Supt.,
Chicago Mfr.
Replace Labor Shortage With
acme dilverdstitchow
..- AND YOU CAN SAVE MONEY TOO.
This improved stitching equipment
assures faster, easier box stapling. In
some plants, output has been doubled,
costs cut and complete satisfaction is
the rule where Silverstitcher is in use.
FOR BEST RESULTS, USE ACME SILVER-
STITCH STAPLING WIRE. This silvery ,
wire is made in six standard sizes...true
to size and temper, provides stitches gy
which clinch tightly and stay that way.
Try it on your present equipment.
C A SILVERSTITCHER TO SUIT YOUR USE.
Sturdily built Silverstitchers are made
: in various sizes and types to meet your
J
requirements. Many exclusive features
mean quiet, trouble-free, speedy oper-
ation. Sold under guarantee.
YOU'LL NEED A PRIORITY GET THE FACTS...
Silverstitchers are available on send coupon below for
ratings of A-9 or better when FREE Booklet giving com-
placed in conformity with Limi- plete details about Acme
tation order L-83. Silverstitchers.
AUME STEEL CUMPANY
2843 ARCHER AVE., CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
Branches and Sales Offices in Principal Cities
ACME STEEL COMPANY,
2843 Archer Avenue, Chicago, Illinois
I’m interested in faster, easier, box stitch-
t ing at lower cost. Send me FREE Folder
with all the facts.
j Name
Address
160 MODERN PACKAGING
Introducing
MULTIWAX
MICRO-CRYSTALLINE PETROLEUM WAX
For full information write to
PETROLEUM SPECIALTIES
INC.
570 LEXINGTON AVENUE NEW YORK 22,N. Y.
PLAZA 8-2644
' “Se
Ned Steeak SEALING TAPE
ree? “NS
y,
In RED STREAK tapes you find a combination
of good papers, good glue and plenty of it, that
gives you the best sealing job possible.
Ask us for details, samples, prices.
SEALING
BROWN-BRIDGE MILLS, Inc., Troy, Ohio:
—
basi
WIRE STITCH REMOVER
return trip for re-use. Send orders to New York Office.
Box with Stitches Removed and
Flattened for Return Trip
CHICAGO, ILL. ° PHILADELPHIA, PA, *
ont ba, EO
To Conserve Shipping Containers
The Containers Branch of the War Production [7
Board has ruled in favor of re-use of Wire |
Stitched Shipping Containers, to conserve cor-
rugated and solid fibre board.
Regular slotted containers that are both bot-
tom and top stitched, when emptied, may now
be knocked down by removing the wire stitches,
flattening the boxes as illustrated here, and re-
turning them in bundles to the original packer.
This wire stitch remover is a handy, practical
Price $1.60 Postpaid tool for quickly removing the wire stitches
without breaking or tearing the board. It will
materially reduce the time and cost of preparing wire stitched containers for their
Box Stitched
Top and Bottom
DEXTER FOLDER COMPANY
330 West 42nd Street, New York 18, N. Y.
CINCINNATI, OHIO in less than one minute.
BLISS TOP and BOTTOM STITCHER
For assembling cases, the blade anvil
is lowered, table is swung to one side,
and post placed in position for bottom
stitching. For top stitching, the post
is removed and blade anvil and table
swung into position. Change is made
TO WIN THE WAR
Atter sixty years of close contact with paper converters
throughout the world, we now find ourselves engaged in an all-out
production of essential equipment for the war program.
The army and the navy now have first call on our men and
machines and we are unable to accept orders for machines, or parts
used in our machines now operating unless the War Production
Board deems the same necessary for promoting the war effort.
—_
ee SET, ala NET PMO oe
We want to keep in touch with all of you. We want to help
you keep up the flow of essentials from mills and converting plants.
BPN es
If we can advise you, do not hesitate to call on us. If you need
machines or parts which the War Board will pass favorably upon,
we will try to serve you. We wish, however, to advise that army
y 4 and navy requirements will come first until no longer needed.
HUDSON -SHARP
MACHINE CO +GREEN BAY* WIS
close sidewise register.
ee Sy nates
j So writes E. A. Bradshaw, of Bradshaw’s Limited, Toronto,
about a Camachine Electric Eye Side Guide Control which
incorporates also a Camachine Constant Web Tension Con-
trol. “Our enthusiasm for the work it is doing increases
every day,” says Mr. Bradshaw; and that is understandable,
for his plant is slitting small wraps which require a very
For precision register, side-
wise and lengthwise, on web
printing presses—and for ac-
curate, uniformly rewound
rolls on slitting and rewinding
equipment—the Electric Eye
Side Guide Control with Con-
stant Web Tension Control is
a money-earner. Write for
descriptive literature.
CAMERON MACHINE
COMPANY
61 Poplar St., Brooklyn, 2, N. Y.
MID-WEST OFFICE:
Harris Trust Bidg. 111 W. Monroe St., Chicago, 3, Ill.
DECEMBER * 1943
Save
Paper! |
Every Armful
Counts
Your supply of paperboard
depends on the ability of
the paperboard mills to
obtain waste paper.
Urge your employees,
neighbors and friends to
save waste paper.
Remember, every armful
does count.
OTSEGO, MICHIGAN PHONE KALAMAZOO 5500
CHICAGO, 228 N.LaSALLE PHONE CENTRAL 1798
162 MODERN PACKAGING
THIS ONE
and a MILLION MORE WRAPPED
on a HAYSSEN Automatic
The high-speed HAYSSEN automatic wrapping ma-
chine does such a perfect job that you can't tell the first
package from the millionth in the same run.
Perfect registration is achieved through the photo-
electric cell. Capital investment is low, so is upkeep.
Handles both Cellophane and waxed paper. Design
is simple and parts are interchangeable. Speed is rapid
and may be adjusted to any production, within range.
Every package wrapped on the HAYSSEN is a
perfect job.
Send for further data, quotations.
HAYSSEN MFG. CO, SHEOYSAN | J
Builders of Wrapping Machines for more than 30 years
Sedona ona,
nally!
A DURABLE
DECORATING
MATERIAL
FOR PLASTIC \
SURFACES.
CREATIVE PRINTMAKERS GROUP 14 W.17 ST. NLY.C.
meax * $ER EE WH PRINTERS
Ie. eee F eee ee
ie Ea
i dap
Pied ainar aon 9
PAPER TUBES
WAR
POST WAR
THE PAPER TUBE HAS COME OF AGE. WAR- |
TIME NECESSITY WAS THE SPRING-BOARD TO
PUBLIC ACCEPTANCE. IT IS ON THE FIGHTING
FRONT WITH MEDICINE, RADIO AND OTHER |
COMMUNICATIONS.
FRONT IN MANY UNIQUE PACKAGING FORMS,
SUBSTITUTE CANS, COSMETIC CONTAINERS
AND — OUR OWN UNIQUE ALL PAPER SWIVEL
LIPSTICK CONTAINER. THE POST-WAR PERIOD
WILL LIFT THE HORIZONS OF THE PAPER TUBE
CONTAINER STILL FURTHER — WILL PLANT IT
EVEN MORE FIRMLY IN THE PACKAGING FIELD
AND IN THE FIELD OF ELECTRONICS.
OUR ORGANIZATION IS NOW WORKING
TOWARD THESE GOALS. LET US HELP YOU
PLAN YOUR POST-WAR PACKAGES.
NlEMAND BROS. INC.
37-11 THIRTY-FIFTH AVENUE, LONG ISLAND CITY, N. Y.
MANUFACTURERS OF PRECISION PAPER TUBE PRODUCTS
IT 1S ON THE HOME |
SElLEp Srey
JOHNSGNIS
Waterproofing Waxes for
Cartons and Packages
““Get 'em ashore fast!’’ That’s the order . . . even though it
means a dip in the sea for many cartons and packages.
Overseas shipments can’t have too much protection
against moisture. That’s why many manufacturers are giv-
ing their packages “extra” protection afforded by Johnson’s
Waterproofing Waxes.
Perhaps you're packaging vital war materials in cartons
and paper, materials that must have moisture protection.
We suggest you get all the facts about Johnson’s Water-
proofing Waxes for Cartons and Packages. Write us today
for full particulars.
Made by the makers of JOHNSON’S WAX
S.C. JOHNSON & SON, INC.
* Dept. MP 103 -
Racine, Wis.
Industrial Wax Division
* BUY UNITED STATES WAR BONDS AND STAMPS *
DECEMBER * 1943
163
Miller Model MP Wrapping Machine and
Corley-Miller Speed-Wrap wrapping paper
pads at Rockwell-Barnes Company, Chicago
©PAPER, indispensable carrier
of the written message, must
proceed in uninterrupted flow to
our army and navy. Rockwell-
Barnes Company, Chicago, in-
sures steady output and _ high-
speed production on government
contracts by wrapping their pack-
ages with the Miller Model MP
Wrapping Machine and Corley-
Miller Speed-Wrap Combination.
3 x< 5’, 6 X 9", and & X 1034”
pads, also 8% X 11” reams, are
all wrapped on these machines.
The packages are sealed with cold
glue, no gummed tape required.
One operator is used to feed the
reams or pads into the machine.
All packages are end sealed, and
can therefore be wrapped with a
minimum amount of paper. The
wrapping paper is fed from a roll.
If you have a problem involving
wrapping, bag making, filling, or
sealing, consult Miller. Write for
information.
MACHINES FOR:
Amsco Model CL-2 Rotary Bag
Sealing Machine
Shipping War
Materiel in Bags?
Amsco Rotary Bag Sealing
Machines provide moisture-
vapor proof sealing plus high
speed production. Amsco Ro-
laries have gained wide popu-
larity for sealing bags con-
taining rations, dehydrated
foods, drugs, bandages, ord-
nance materials, and _ other
bugged products. Companion
eyuipment including bag open-
ers and loaders, air extractors,
and conveyors is also offered.
WRAPPING, BAG MAK-
ING, BAG AND CARTON
FILLING, BAG CRIMPING OR CLOSING, GLUING
AND SHEETING
M; in Meow haying Sag Mails
14 South Clinton Street
164
Chicago 16, Illinois
MODERN PACKAGING
JAW-TYPE HEAT SEALER
FOR Vexrsatile PRODUCTION
@ The jaw-type heat-sealing machine
manufactured by Automatic Scale is a ma-
chine of wide versatility. It can be used for
hand-sealing of lightweight packages, and
for bag making. The same machine can
be tipped to handle heavier packages.
Automatic heat-sealers are widely used for
wrapping packages and making bags for ex-
port shipping. The heat seal is as strong
and water-tight as the material itself.
These machines handle bags up to 30’ wide
in all heat-sealing materials. Tempera-
tures from 70° to 500°F.
ALTOMATIC FCALE COMEANY
'NCORPORATFED
591 HUDSON STREET
NEW YORK 14, N. Y.
r THE
Unknown Package
Victim of a faulty adhesive, the package
that loses its label loses not only its per-
sonality but its identity as well. All the
trouble of making its contents the best in
the field—all the effort of creating a sound
container and sending it through modern
automatic production—all are lost when the
glue fails.
Bingham glues stick on all types of pack-
ages under all sorts of circumstances and
climates. Let our technicians recommend
one of our adhesives for your purpose.
“Make Your Identity Stich”
BINGHAM BROTHERS COMPANY
FOUNDED 1849
vety Kind o, of Koller and Uddenve
NEW YORK
406 Pearl St.
ROCHESTER
980 Hudson Ave.
§21 Cherry St.
NEWARK
BALTIMORE
Brown St. & Lister Ave.
131 Colvin St.
Eliminates Bottlenecks in
War Plants
Whether packaging rivets, or large and small
parts for aircraft, the AMSCO rotary sealer will
give the speediest operation, and the most
efficient in terms of quantity, space-saving and
labor cost.
An unique packaging principle gives the
AAMSCO Hi-Speed Rotary Heat-Sealer extra
speed, turning former bottlenecks into the
smoothest function of many production lines.
450 linear inches of perfectly moistureproof heat-
sealing per minute—a speed that is faster than
most lines require. Ease of operation reduces
operator fatigue and expediting output. Aijir
extraction from packages before sealing elimi-
nates oxidation F seme Maximum production in
a minimum of space and low labor cost.
Many war industries have eliminated packaging
bottlenecks with AMSCO equipment. An
AMSCO engineer will be glad to describe and
demonstrate their possibilities to you.
AMSCO
Equipment Packages
plaster bandages
emergency field
AMSCO PACKAGING MACHINERY, Inc.
31-31 Forty-Eighth Ave. $v: Long Island City, N.Y.
life boat rations
tank and truck
rts blies
dehydrated foods
dehydrated soup
batteries
teletype ribbons
tobacco
blood plasma
photographic
film and sup-
plies
rifle and machine
gun parts
rivets and small
assemblies
large assemblies
and subassem-
SHIPMENTS
aoe? SNES er:
FLOQUIL METHOD
NEW
MARKING
METHOD
FOR
OVERSEAS
Striping . . . Cornering . . . FLOQUIL — new speedy,
approved method for marking overseas shipments for Armed
Services. Applies APPROVED SERVICE COLORS by roller.
We supply rollers, colors, tanks. Also: FLOQUIL Salvage
Kraft color for salvaging and re-using packing cases.
IS LOW-COST, FAST-DRY, CLEAN.
Send for literature, color cards.
a
a
w.c. Zk AND COMPANY
8845 BALTIMORE AVENUE - CHICAGO
ST. LOUIS
WAR TIME
PACKAGES
For WAR MATERIALS
For CONSUMER ITEMS
affected by Government orders
covering packaging materials
MINNEAPOLIS
DECEMBER ® 1943
SET-UP PAPER BOXES
FIBRE CANS
TRANSPARENT PACKAGES
YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION IS CALLED TO THIS NEW
NO. 17 IMPROVED AUTOMATIC TUBE FILLING, CLOSING
AND CRIMPING MACHINE for SEALING COLLAPSIBLE TUBES.
TYPE “A” for PASTE. “B” for POWDERS. “C” for LIQUIDS.
The famous COLTON CLOSURE machine has been greatly im-
poved and simplified. It now offers you these new advantages:
1. Motor is underneath, out of the way.
2. Equipped with REEVES drive for speed control.
3. New design filling head gives a positive free smooth action of
nozzle.
Start and stop push button switch. '
5. Two hand levers. One for starting the machine proper. One
for stopping and starting filling mechanism.
All of these improvements — yet no increase in price.
Write today for a sample tube and full information on
this machine.
ARTHUR COLTON CO. |.
No. 17-A. I d Aut tic Tub
Filling, Closing and Crimping Machine 2602 JEFFERSON AVE., EAST
DETROIT, 7 MICHIGAN
CHARTS reprinted from 7. fost Wr Prasrama™
1943 PACKAGING CATALOG “ne
Chart of Functional Packaging Materials
Tabulates physical, chemical and mechanical
properities of all flexible commercial packaging mate-
terials—the first over-all standardized compilation.
each... 75¢
ee ay
THE BECK SHEETER
After “Unconditional Surrender”’ is a fact of history, you
Packaging Materials Under Government Control
Lists all materials affected by Government
order, from Acetone to Zinc, and gives reference to
siactitiantiees an 2 will want the highest productive Sheeting equipment f
obtainable, to meet competition. Your choice may be
ae THE TWO CHARTS a ee ea $1 = | from the hi-speed Electric Eye machines for ‘‘spot sheet- ff
; ing’’ down to the more simple standard machines for
Please send remittance with order to plain work.
Industrial Magazine Service, Iuc. Write us to-day for to-morrow.
122 East 42nd Street CHARLES BECK MACHINE CO.
NEW YORK 17, N. Y. 13th & Callowhill Streets Philadelphia, Pa. .
166 MODERN PACKAGING
of
ne
on
Zz
Yuu | il
... to do your packaging
It's pretty hard to find human
fingers to do the work today, but
Triangle Elec-Tri-Pak Vibratory Feed
Weighers are ready to package all
kinds of candies, marshmallows, etc.,
in cans, cartons, bags or bottles. The
electric fingers of the Elec-Tri-Pak
handle your product gently, weigh it
carefully to fraction-of-an-ounce ac-
curacy and save you time, money
and headaches. Users report labor
savings as high as 60%; space sav-
ing of 1/3 and more, and many other
benefits.
A complete range of models is
available to meet any requirements.
For high speed and continuous pro-
duction, completely automatic Elec-
Tri-Line Systems are available.
For full details, write explaining
your needs.
Illustration above shows Elec-Tri-Pak
at Jewel Tea Co. packaging candies.
WRITE FOR BULLETIN
oS
(oe
\
“
ve os
ZIANGLE PACKAGE MACHINERY CO,
Te aeall
907 NO. SPAULDING AVENUE. CHICAGO
¥
Offices in Principal Cities, United States and Canada
WEIGHERS—FILLERS—CARTON SEALERS
IT’S SMART TO MAKE
YOUR POST-WAR PLANS
Many changes in production requirements have taken
place since the war began. Where formerly it was possible
to get along with slow packaging methods, it has now
become almost out of reason to endeavor to continue in
this vein. Greater production is the key to winning the
war as soon as possible and greater production will be the
key to efficient and profitable operation when peace is
again restored.
If you are unable to obtain a high priority now, in-
vestigate these machines for installation as soon as possible
after the war. Send us a sample of each size carton you
desire to handle and we will recommend machines to meet
your specific requirements.
This PETERS JUNIOR
CARTON FORMING
AND LINING MA-
CHINE sets up 30-40
cartons per minute, re-
quiring one operator.
After the cartons are set
up, they drop onto the
conveyor belt where they
are carried to be filled.
Can be made adjustable
to handle several carton
sizes.
This PETERS JUN-
IOR CARTON FOLD-
ING AND CLOSING
MACHINE closes
30-40 cartons per min-
ute requiring no opera-
tor. The cartons enter
this machine as open,
filled cartons on con-
veyor belt and leave
machine completely
closed, ready to be
packed for shipment or
wrapped. Can also be
made adjustable to han-
dle several carton sizes.
If you require repair parts, do not hesitate to order them.
We will make prompt shipment without interfering with the
large amount of war work we are now doing.
PETERS MACHINERY COMPANY
OFFICE AND FACTORY
4700 RAVENSWOOD AVENUE, CHICAGO, ILL.
GENERAL
DECEMBER °* 1943
SEALING problems disappear when a CAPEM
screw capping machine goes on the line. CAPEM delivers
a tight, leakproof seal with all styles of metal and plastic
caps as well as caps of certain acceptable substitute mate-
rials. This capper seals bottles, jars or cans of any size or
shape at speeds ranging from 2000 to 7500 per hour.
Fully automatic, it saves from 2 to 4 operators.
Enlarged facilities enable us to produce more than
ever before. Right now all of this equipment is devoted to
the war effort. When this crisis is over, however, we hope to
utilize these enlarged facilities to build new types of
packaging equipment in addition to the standard line of
Consolidated packaging machinery.
lems. Such an interchange of ideas will benefit all users of
packaging equipment by helping them to plan NOW on
ways to meet post-war needs.
CONSOLIDATED
PACKAGING MACHINERY CORP.
1400 WEST AVENUE @ BUFFALO, N. Y.
RE RN ea
MODERN PACKAGING
To this end, we welcome suggestions from users |
of packaging machinery as to new types of equipment |
which might help to solve their post-war packaging prob- |
All classified advertisements payable in advance of publica-
tion. Rates: $5.00 up to sixty words; enclosed in border,
$10.00 per inch. Publisher reserves right to accept, reject
or censor all classified copy.
WANTED: MANUFACTURERS’ AGENTS to represent
manufacturer producing new marking device and marking
colors, to establish distribution, contact government de-
partments and industrial plants. State your qualifications,
lines carried, territory covered and age of establishment.
oy a. Products, Inc., Dept. M-1, 1974 Broadway,
WANTED
LARGE NATIONAL CONCERN producing packaging
material wants three men who are familiar with
packaging materials and equipment to serve as
packaging engineers. Also one man_ thoroughly
familiar with laminating equipment and laminated
materials and fancy papers. Also one man thoroughly
experienced in the manufacture and sales develop-
ment of bags. Write to Box 201, giving experience,
age, salary, etc. All replies will be held in strictest
confidence.
FOR SALE: Model S Improved Economic World Labeler,
motor driven, to place labels 234” x 534” and 214” x 51/;” on
box ends, with general Electric 42 H.P., A.C. Motor, Type
R.K.T., 220 Volts, 60 Cycle, 3 Phase, 1725 R.P.M., Snap
switch, serial No. 745810. Reasonably priced. Box #199,
Modern Packaging.
AVAILABLE SOON
HIGH TYPE EXECUTIVE WITH 20 YEARS OF
PACKAGING, MERCHANDISING AND FACTORY
MANAGEMENT EXPERIENCE IN TWO LARGE
WELL-KNOWN CORPORATIONS AS WELL AS FIVE
YEARS AS PRESIDENT OF SMALL SUCCESSFUL
COMPANY. IS NOW ENGAGED IN WAR WORK,
BUT DESIRES PERMANENT EXECUTIVE POSI-
TION SUITABLE TO HIS BACKGROUND AND
BROAD EXPERIENCE. BOX 205, MODERN PACK-
AGING.
PACKAGING ENGINEER, experienced on high speed
wrapping machines to maintain continuous production on
gum wrapping machines. Excellent opportunity. State
age, experience, and salary desired. Write care of Box #198,
Modern packaging.
MIDSOUTH BOX PLANT OPPORTUNITY
SET UP AND FOLDING PLANT, annual volume
nearly $500,000. Can double with present equipment.
Orders on hand $125,000. Good mill connections with
excellent board allotment. Labor situation best in
United States according to Government survey. Not
a war plant in city. Real opportunity for Northern
or Eastern concern to relieve their present produc-
tion problems and have an established business for
postwar business. Owner wants to retire. Write
P. O. Box 1042, Memphis, Tenn.
MAINTENANCE MECHANIC:
wrapping machines. Excellent starting salary. Plenty of
overtime. Good future. Write Mr. O’Brien, SHULTON,
INC., 1500 Hudson St., Hoboken, N. J.
Experienced on S & S
WANTED: An experienced Packaging Foreman for Depart-
ment now employing 35 people. We want a man well versed
in small package operation to grow with a new development
with a definite post-war outlook. Fine opportunity for an
aggressive young man who can handle people. Plant
located near Newark, New Jersey. Reply Box 196, Modern
Packaging.
kee ee ee
A =a KARA Ae Sa eeaae ee os ts oe ee ob oe 6S
aus eae eee eae eae ee a, eo —]—eeTs4 COT
2 tor &
rs
e
P
Ds
m
te
8,
in
rn
INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS
psig MN a hg OS ke ia 4.4 ke 160 Lowe Paper Co... ine es au ae ae
Aiuminem Co. of America. . oo... 0. os cece cdane ss 5 Lusteroid Container Co. POR eee ty Ae LY 159
stich CMM’. «065-0 bi id cs oes Inside Front Cover
American Commend Co... «. ccc ce cccebesss ioeen: ies De Peer fess dies el es 162
Amsco Packaging Machinery Wit. osc asccevscccs MMM Manhattan Paste & — vend Ree. 94
Anchor Hocking Glass Corp. . PRCT rs. hay dey a ag pSugy £e ee eG: Cee
Pewstrong Cote CO... . 5 eee eee cn ce cces eee Rl, Mason Box Co., The . OE ey ee
oe A, en. ee Waite CHM... «so scence ccc csvecses. 155
Automatic Sete Co... 2... cc cence ceseees 164 3 say Seon ie eT aeee Bre eu ore 50
: icnigan Carton Co. ............... nside Back Cover
a Sona ee Co. eee eee eee be Miller Wrapping & Sealing Machine Co......... 164
Bingham B sae gi Se an ne 164 tai ae ve o oa otabaitdetedaetl cabanas beh asi ister 7
aks Mee... RererreeeeeeeeeneneS 56 ge 7 ee ee eee 170
Brown- n-Bridge M Mills, Diets Gas National Starch Products Inc., National Adhesives
§ Burt, F ce 93 ea oon ten ade 145
Cameron Machine Co. Pee Dee xe > 161 PUI TR os i og hee ce mban 163
nna og) be eee eee i
—— — NN 25k 6cnd Fabre eee eee on ae a ie wet eee ee ee ee ee ees Back C
Cell ti PORE STE Sy eeeen ae wens-Ilinols lass CO... ... 1 ee ee ee ee ack Cover
a... os 168 ee clip, EE ee 57
CN PO NN ac ui wba ads os ox x ER 166
Consolidated Packaging Machinery ee Latncaeaccans 168 Package Machinery Co... ........-...-. 02-000 94
Container Corp. of America....... ee Packaging Catalog Corp... ............2 2000 ee. 166
Cotinectel Con Co. a Lua dhe ee oe PUNE, POE Oc Bs sk os cee cece wsecsaweees 11
Creative Printmakers Group . . oases dhee ae ain ee a Parker Rust Proof Co. . bitte t tee ee cess TST
ay OY. a a a. 139 ee 167
Crown Cork & Seal Co... oo occ cc cccncnnceee $47 Petroleum Specialties Inc.......... 2.0000 cece eee 160
eres on a de sae ri ea Se ree re ee wise
ee a ae ee eee ea eee ae ee ee ee umati Nik lig We S.A iad Og eh
say cor) gl ele eae 41 ree Ee ee
| de. a ee eee er eee 105 meynolds Metals Co. Inc.........6.06..5.50008. 37
| du Pont de Nemours, E. |. & Co., Inc., Cel-O-Seai iii... 58
/ “tee sctealt COC ee 9 St oii, ~ ee a eee 165
: Cellophane Division ..................00000% 60 Roesch, Louis, Ge Say a ar Aa ir ees eee 30
Einson-Freeman Co., ae eet eee Be oe 55 Roto- Lith cha, © gaacte wp ane a Fo rece eae 53
! NN, BE RR iene ciurtuigecennd wees 44 re 39-33
Floquil Products RR ee re eee IE ee 165 ar we Yana ig te re a Ce we ee 59
S § Gair, Rob CE os ae ea 49 tandard-Knapp Corp. ...........------+ eee ees 153
\% el be eden hey Ol cbeasvatense.e.... 1 Stecher-Traung Lithograph Corp................ 59
Coad tanee....................... I wd cn kg Sc ao eb db ow Gu ek wee 48
era ting 99
Glass Container & Cap Outlet Co.............. 143 eer emer ire ee 149
S Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co., Inc......-....--.. 45 ee stig shale. asia, 8
| Great American Plastics Co., The............... 18 Swift & Co... eee eee eee eee ees 10
Sylvania Industrial Corp....................... 39
SEER mney eis oe enD a 162
\ Piame)-Piies (eet Coe cs ok om vncck ice ecsecss 51 Traver Corp PE Oe Ne oy ET, ae 5 Senne Te 45
| terial okay Sr eee Gt reat a | j | | | | | ; | | Triangle Package Machinery Co A eg ee ee ey aie 167
| ~— Hudson-Sharp Wischden (Ce. << ccivesrcssc..s 4 — i elez fee eR ao 159
nited otates Automatic Box Machinery Co....... 36
; Johnson, S. C., & Son, Inc.....+++++++sseeeeees ™ United States Envelope Co............00202005. 54
} Kalamazoo ht, gga Parchment Co...........-. 6
| OE EEE LOI OTT Oe 0 a a ere 98
Krause, Richard M., Inc.......--....-++0eeeees 38 Wright's Automatic Machinery Co...........-.. 46
MODERN PACKAGING
BRESKIN PUBLISHING CORPORATION
122 East 42nd St. New York 17, N. Y.
DECEMBER ®* 1943
169
Many a sales executive is looking forward
to the day when he can once again put his
Christmas merchandise on display in rigid,
transparent packages of Vuepak. When that
day comes, you will find Vuepak even bet-
ter than the sleek sturdy material you knew
before the war. MONSANTO CHEMICAL Com-
PANY, Plastics Division, Springfield, Mass.
i MONSANTO
SERVING INDUSTRY...WHICH SERVES MANKIND
VUE
MODERN PACKAGING
| Pass me the
cranberries
Hs Clit
He won’t be putting his feet under
the family table this Christmas .. .
sO we are passing him the well
deserved turkey and “trimmings”
across thousands of miles of land
and sea. They will reach him with
all of their original lip-smacking
tastiness and flavor — still full of
morale and energy giving nutrition.
Again American ingenuity rises
to the challenge of “it’s got to be
done.” We are proud of the part
Michigan Cartons are playing in
making the soldiers’ Christmas hap-
pier ... glad that our 36 years of
package engineering readied us for
the unusual requisites of wartime
food protection.
ca *
an
CARTON CO.
BATTLE CREEK, MICHIGAN
CARTONS FOR WARTIME NEEDS PEACETIME MARKETS
Serving the packaging world for well over half
a century has given Owens-lllinois the
background to produce and to create
successful packages.
Knowledge, teamed with wide experi-
ence in material selection and fabrication,
sets the pattern for our ideas in plastic packaging.
Today, the war effort has first priority on our
plastic facilities. This continuing experience
points ahead to new plastic developments that
will be yours...tomorrow.
OWENS-ILLINOIS
TOLEDO, OHIO